diffutils has moved

This commit is contained in:
christos 2016-01-13 03:41:44 +00:00
parent fe8efd354c
commit 5380b83191
199 changed files with 0 additions and 95356 deletions

View File

@ -1,396 +0,0 @@
Notes on the Free Translation Project
*************************************
Free software is going international! The Free Translation Project
is a way to get maintainers of free software, translators, and users all
together, so that will gradually become able to speak many languages.
A few packages already provide translations for their messages.
If you found this `ABOUT-NLS' file inside a distribution, you may
assume that the distributed package does use GNU `gettext' internally,
itself available at your nearest GNU archive site. But you do _not_
need to install GNU `gettext' prior to configuring, installing or using
this package with messages translated.
Installers will find here some useful hints. These notes also
explain how users should proceed for getting the programs to use the
available translations. They tell how people wanting to contribute and
work at translations should contact the appropriate team.
When reporting bugs in the `intl/' directory or bugs which may be
related to internationalization, you should tell about the version of
`gettext' which is used. The information can be found in the
`intl/VERSION' file, in internationalized packages.
Quick configuration advice
==========================
If you want to exploit the full power of internationalization, you
should configure it using
./configure --with-included-gettext
to force usage of internationalizing routines provided within this
package, despite the existence of internationalizing capabilities in the
operating system where this package is being installed. So far, only
the `gettext' implementation in the GNU C library version 2 provides as
many features (such as locale alias, message inheritance, automatic
charset conversion or plural form handling) as the implementation here.
It is also not possible to offer this additional functionality on top
of a `catgets' implementation. Future versions of GNU `gettext' will
very likely convey even more functionality. So it might be a good idea
to change to GNU `gettext' as soon as possible.
So you need _not_ provide this option if you are using GNU libc 2 or
you have installed a recent copy of the GNU gettext package with the
included `libintl'.
INSTALL Matters
===============
Some packages are "localizable" when properly installed; the
programs they contain can be made to speak your own native language.
Most such packages use GNU `gettext'. Other packages have their own
ways to internationalization, predating GNU `gettext'.
By default, this package will be installed to allow translation of
messages. It will automatically detect whether the system already
provides the GNU `gettext' functions. If not, the GNU `gettext' own
library will be used. This library is wholly contained within this
package, usually in the `intl/' subdirectory, so prior installation of
the GNU `gettext' package is _not_ required. Installers may use
special options at configuration time for changing the default
behaviour. The commands:
./configure --with-included-gettext
./configure --disable-nls
will respectively bypass any pre-existing `gettext' to use the
internationalizing routines provided within this package, or else,
_totally_ disable translation of messages.
When you already have GNU `gettext' installed on your system and run
configure without an option for your new package, `configure' will
probably detect the previously built and installed `libintl.a' file and
will decide to use this. This might be not what is desirable. You
should use the more recent version of the GNU `gettext' library. I.e.
if the file `intl/VERSION' shows that the library which comes with this
package is more recent, you should use
./configure --with-included-gettext
to prevent auto-detection.
The configuration process will not test for the `catgets' function
and therefore it will not be used. The reason is that even an
emulation of `gettext' on top of `catgets' could not provide all the
extensions of the GNU `gettext' library.
Internationalized packages have usually many `po/LL.po' files, where
LL gives an ISO 639 two-letter code identifying the language. Unless
translations have been forbidden at `configure' time by using the
`--disable-nls' switch, all available translations are installed
together with the package. However, the environment variable `LINGUAS'
may be set, prior to configuration, to limit the installed set.
`LINGUAS' should then contain a space separated list of two-letter
codes, stating which languages are allowed.
Using This Package
==================
As a user, if your language has been installed for this package, you
only have to set the `LANG' environment variable to the appropriate
`LL_CC' combination. Here `LL' is an ISO 639 two-letter language code,
and `CC' is an ISO 3166 two-letter country code. For example, let's
suppose that you speak German and live in Germany. At the shell
prompt, merely execute `setenv LANG de_DE' (in `csh'),
`export LANG; LANG=de_DE' (in `sh') or `export LANG=de_DE' (in `bash').
This can be done from your `.login' or `.profile' file, once and for
all.
You might think that the country code specification is redundant.
But in fact, some languages have dialects in different countries. For
example, `de_AT' is used for Austria, and `pt_BR' for Brazil. The
country code serves to distinguish the dialects.
The locale naming convention of `LL_CC', with `LL' denoting the
language and `CC' denoting the country, is the one use on systems based
on GNU libc. On other systems, some variations of this scheme are
used, such as `LL' or `LL_CC.ENCODING'. You can get the list of
locales supported by your system for your country by running the command
`locale -a | grep '^LL''.
Not all programs have translations for all languages. By default, an
English message is shown in place of a nonexistent translation. If you
understand other languages, you can set up a priority list of languages.
This is done through a different environment variable, called
`LANGUAGE'. GNU `gettext' gives preference to `LANGUAGE' over `LANG'
for the purpose of message handling, but you still need to have `LANG'
set to the primary language; this is required by other parts of the
system libraries. For example, some Swedish users who would rather
read translations in German than English for when Swedish is not
available, set `LANGUAGE' to `sv:de' while leaving `LANG' to `sv_SE'.
In the `LANGUAGE' environment variable, but not in the `LANG'
environment variable, `LL_CC' combinations can be abbreviated as `LL'
to denote the language's main dialect. For example, `de' is equivalent
to `de_DE' (German as spoken in Germany), and `pt' to `pt_PT'
(Portuguese as spoken in Portugal) in this context.
Translating Teams
=================
For the Free Translation Project to be a success, we need interested
people who like their own language and write it well, and who are also
able to synergize with other translators speaking the same language.
Each translation team has its own mailing list. The up-to-date list of
teams can be found at the Free Translation Project's homepage,
`http://www.iro.umontreal.ca/contrib/po/HTML/', in the "National teams"
area.
If you'd like to volunteer to _work_ at translating messages, you
should become a member of the translating team for your own language.
The subscribing address is _not_ the same as the list itself, it has
`-request' appended. For example, speakers of Swedish can send a
message to `sv-request@li.org', having this message body:
subscribe
Keep in mind that team members are expected to participate
_actively_ in translations, or at solving translational difficulties,
rather than merely lurking around. If your team does not exist yet and
you want to start one, or if you are unsure about what to do or how to
get started, please write to `translation@iro.umontreal.ca' to reach the
coordinator for all translator teams.
The English team is special. It works at improving and uniformizing
the terminology in use. Proven linguistic skill are praised more than
programming skill, here.
Available Packages
==================
Languages are not equally supported in all packages. The following
matrix shows the current state of internationalization, as of March
2002. The matrix shows, in regard of each package, for which languages
PO files have been submitted to translation coordination, with a
translation percentage of at least 50%.
Ready PO files bg ca cs da de el en eo es et fi fr
+-------------------------------------+
a2ps | [] [] [] [] |
bash | [] [] [] [] |
bfd | [] [] |
binutils | [] [] |
bison | [] [] [] |
clisp | [] [] [] [] |
cpio | [] [] [] [] |
diffutils | [] [] [] [] [] [] |
enscript | [] [] |
error | [] [] |
fetchmail | () [] [] [] () |
fileutils | [] [] [] [] [] |
findutils | [] [] [] [] [] |
flex | [] [] [] [] |
gas | [] [] |
gawk | [] [] |
gcal | [] [] |
gcc | [] [] |
gettext | [] [] [] [] [] |
gnupg | [] [] [] [] [] [] |
gprof | [] [] |
grep | [] [] [] [] [] [] |
hello | [] [] [] [] [] [] [] [] |
id-utils | [] [] [] |
indent | [] [] [] [] [] |
jpilot | () [] [] [] |
jwhois | [] [] |
kbd | [] [] |
ld | [] [] |
libc | [] [] [] [] [] [] [] |
lilypond | [] [] |
lynx | [] [] [] [] |
m4 | [] [] [] [] [] |
make | [] [] [] [] |
mysecretdiary | [] [] |
nano | [] () [] [] [] [] |
nano_1_0 | [] () [] [] [] [] |
opcodes | [] [] [] |
parted | [] [] [] [] |
ptx | [] [] [] [] [] |
python | |
recode | [] [] [] [] [] [] |
sed | [] [] [] [] [] [] [] [] |
sh-utils | [] [] [] [] [] [] [] [] |
sharutils | [] [] [] [] [] [] |
sketch | () [] () |
soundtracker | [] [] [] |
sp | |
tar | [] [] [] [] [] [] |
texinfo | [] [] [] [] [] |
textutils | [] [] [] [] [] |
util-linux | [] [] [] [] |
vorbis-tools | |
wdiff | [] [] [] [] [] |
wget | [] [] [] [] [] [] [] [] |
+-------------------------------------+
bg ca cs da de el en eo es et fi fr
1 12 11 31 36 9 1 8 39 15 1 50
gl he hr hu id it ja ko lv nb nl nn
+-------------------------------------+
a2ps | () () [] |
bash | |
bfd | [] |
binutils | [] |
bison | [] [] |
clisp | [] |
cpio | [] [] [] |
diffutils | [] [] [] |
enscript | [] |
error | [] |
fetchmail | |
fileutils | [] [] [] |
findutils | [] [] [] [] [] [] |
flex | [] |
gas | |
gawk | [] |
gcal | |
gcc | |
gettext | [] |
gnupg | [] [] [] |
gprof | |
grep | [] |
hello | [] [] [] [] [] [] [] [] [] [] |
id-utils | [] |
indent | [] [] [] |
jpilot | () () |
jwhois | |
kbd | |
ld | |
libc | [] [] [] [] |
lilypond | [] [] |
lynx | [] [] |
m4 | [] [] [] [] |
make | [] [] [] [] |
mysecretdiary | |
nano | [] [] [] () [] () [] |
nano_1_0 | [] [] [] () [] () [] |
opcodes | [] |
parted | [] [] [] |
ptx | [] [] [] [] |
python | |
recode | [] [] [] |
sed | [] [] [] [] [] [] [] |
sh-utils | [] [] [] [] [] |
sharutils | [] [] [] |
sketch | () |
soundtracker | [] |
sp | |
tar | [] [] [] |
texinfo | [] [] |
textutils | [] [] |
util-linux | () [] |
vorbis-tools | |
wdiff | |
wget | [] [] [] [] [] |
+-------------------------------------+
gl he hr hu id it ja ko lv nb nl nn
19 7 0 4 6 11 22 9 1 8 19 4
no pl pt pt_BR ru sk sl sv tr uk zh_TW
+----------------------------------------+
a2ps | () () () [] [] [] () | 8
bash | | 4
bfd | [] [] | 5
binutils | [] | 4
bison | [] [] [] | 8
clisp | | 5
cpio | [] [] [] [] | 11
diffutils | [] [] [] [] [] | 14
enscript | [] [] [] | 6
error | [] [] [] | 6
fetchmail | () () [] | 4
fileutils | [] [] [] [] | 12
findutils | [] [] [] [] [] [] [] | 18
flex | [] [] [] | 8
gas | [] | 3
gawk | [] [] | 5
gcal | [] [] | 4
gcc | [] | 3
gettext | [] [] [] [] | 10
gnupg | [] [] [] | 12
gprof | [] [] | 4
grep | [] [] [] | 10
hello | [] [] [] [] [] [] [] | 25
id-utils | [] [] | 6
indent | [] [] [] [] | 12
jpilot | () () | 3
jwhois | () () [] | 3
kbd | [] [] | 4
ld | [] [] | 4
libc | [] [] [] [] [] [] | 17
lilypond | [] | 5
lynx | [] [] [] | 9
m4 | [] [] [] | 12
make | [] [] [] [] | 12
mysecretdiary | [] [] | 4
nano | () [] [] [] [] | 14
nano_1_0 | () [] [] [] | 13
opcodes | [] [] | 6
parted | [] [] [] | 10
ptx | [] [] [] [] [] [] | 15
python | | 0
recode | [] [] [] [] | 13
sed | [] [] [] [] [] [] | 21
sh-utils | [] [] [] [] [] [] [] [] [] | 22
sharutils | [] [] [] | 12
sketch | [] () | 3
soundtracker | [] | 5
sp | | 0
tar | [] [] [] [] [] [] [] | 16
texinfo | [] [] [] | 10
textutils | [] [] [] [] | 11
util-linux | [] [] [] | 8
vorbis-tools | [] | 1
wdiff | [] [] [] [] | 9
wget | [] [] [] [] [] [] [] | 20
+----------------------------------------+
35 teams no pl pt pt_BR ru sk sl sv tr uk zh_TW
55 domains 5 13 2 12 25 11 11 41 34 4 7 489
Some counters in the preceding matrix are higher than the number of
visible blocks let us expect. This is because a few extra PO files are
used for implementing regional variants of languages, or language
dialects.
For a PO file in the matrix above to be effective, the package to
which it applies should also have been internationalized and
distributed as such by its maintainer. There might be an observable
lag between the mere existence a PO file and its wide availability in a
distribution.
If March 2002 seems to be old, you may fetch a more recent copy of
this `ABOUT-NLS' file on most GNU archive sites. The most up-to-date
matrix with full percentage details can be found at
`http://www.iro.umontreal.ca/contrib/po/HTML/matrix.html'.
Using `gettext' in new packages
===============================
If you are writing a freely available program and want to
internationalize it you are welcome to use GNU `gettext' in your
package. Of course you have to respect the GNU Library General Public
License which covers the use of the GNU `gettext' library. This means
in particular that even non-free programs can use `libintl' as a shared
library, whereas only free software can use `libintl' as a static
library or use modified versions of `libintl'.
Once the sources are changed appropriately and the setup can handle
to use of `gettext' the only thing missing are the translations. The
Free Translation Project is also available for packages which are not
developed inside the GNU project. Therefore the information given above
applies also for every other Free Software Project. Contact
`translation@iro.umontreal.ca' to make the `.pot' files available to
the translation teams.

View File

@ -1,112 +0,0 @@
Authors of GNU diffutils.
Copyright 2001 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
This file is part of GNU diffutils.
GNU diffutils is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
any later version.
GNU diffutils is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
GNU General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
along with GNU diffutils; see the file COPYING. If not, write to
the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330,
Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.
The following contributions warranted legal paper exchanges with the
Free Software Foundation. Also see files ChangeLog and THANKS.
DIFFUTILS Leonard H. Tower Jr. US 1949 1987-03-09
Assigns diff (diff.c, initial version).
DIFFUTILS Torbjorn Granlund Sweden 1961 1988-01-11
Assigns cmp.
tege@matematik.su.se
DIFFUTILS Mike Haertel US 1967 1988-09-16
Assigns changes to diff.
DIFFUTILS David S. Hayes US ? 1988-01-12
Assigns changes to diff.
DIFFUTILS Randall Smith US 1964 1988-09-21
Assigns diff3.
DIFFUTILS Richard Stallman US 1953 1988-01-15
Assigns changes to GNU Diff.
DIFFUTILS F. Thomas May US 1965 1989-08-22
Assigns changes to diff (for -D).
DIFFUTILS Optimal Solutions, Inc. 1989-08-14
Disclaims changes by Thomas May to diff.
DIFFUTILS Wayne Davison 1990-09-10
Disclaims changes to diff.
DIFFUTILS Digital Research Inc. 1990-09-13
Disclaims changes by Wayne Davison to diff.
DIFFUTILS Paul Eggert 1990-03-16
Disclaims changes to diff.
eggert@twinsun.com
DIFFUTILS Paul Eggert 1990-08-14
Disclaims changes to GNU Diff.
eggert@twinsun.com
DIFFUTILS Twin Sun Inc. 1990-03-16
Disclaims changes to GNU Diff by Paul Eggert.
DIFFUTILS Twin Sun Inc. 1990-08-14
Disclaims changes to GNU Diff by Paul Eggert.
DIFFUTILS Chip Rosenthal US 1959 1990-03-06
Assigns changes to diff.
chip@chinacat.Unicom.COM
DIFFUTILS Unicom Systems Development 1990-03-06
Disclaims changes by Chip Rosenthal to diff.
GCC DIFFUTILS Paul Eggert and Twin Sun Inc. 1992-03-11
Disclaims changes by Paul Eggert to gcc and diff.
eggert@twinsun.com
DIFF Wayne Davison 1993-06-20
Disclaims diffcvt.c.
DIFFUTILS Francois Pinard Canada 1949 1993-01-15
Assigns wdiff and future changes submitted to the FSF.
pinard@iro.umontreal.ca
DIFFUTILS Patrick D'Cruze Australia 1971 1994-11-10
Assigns changes (makefile.in, analyze.c, cmp.c, error.c, diff.c,
diff3.c, getopt.c, getopt1.c, regex.c, sdiff.c, util.c, xmalloc.c;
new file: language.++)
DIFFUTILS Paul R. Eggert US 1954 1997-04-07
Assigns past and future changes.
eggert@twinsun.com
DIFFUTILS Paul R. Eggert US 1954 1997-04-07
Assigns past and future changes to manual.
eggert@twinsun.com
ANY DIFFUTILS GNATS Cyclic Software 1997-11-11
Assigns past and future works (work for hire by Tim Pierce (diffutils) and
Abe Feldman (GNATS)).
kingdon@cyclic.com
WEBPAGES Gregory B. Harvey Canada 1976 1998-02-14
Assigns web pages describing GNU Diffutils and future changes.
DIFFUTILS Olga Nikulin Russia 1965 2001-01-11
Assigns changes to diff. (diffutils-2.7.2/analyze.c, context.c, diff.[ch],
ed.c, ifdef.c, io.c, normal.c, side.c, util.c)
onikulin@yahoo.com

View File

@ -1,340 +0,0 @@
GNU GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE
Version 2, June 1991
Copyright (C) 1989, 1991 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307 USA
Everyone is permitted to copy and distribute verbatim copies
of this license document, but changing it is not allowed.
Preamble
The licenses for most software are designed to take away your
freedom to share and change it. By contrast, the GNU General Public
License is intended to guarantee your freedom to share and change free
software--to make sure the software is free for all its users. This
General Public License applies to most of the Free Software
Foundation's software and to any other program whose authors commit to
using it. (Some other Free Software Foundation software is covered by
the GNU Library General Public License instead.) You can apply it to
your programs, too.
When we speak of free software, we are referring to freedom, not
price. Our General Public Licenses are designed to make sure that you
have the freedom to distribute copies of free software (and charge for
this service if you wish), that you receive source code or can get it
if you want it, that you can change the software or use pieces of it
in new free programs; and that you know you can do these things.
To protect your rights, we need to make restrictions that forbid
anyone to deny you these rights or to ask you to surrender the rights.
These restrictions translate to certain responsibilities for you if you
distribute copies of the software, or if you modify it.
For example, if you distribute copies of such a program, whether
gratis or for a fee, you must give the recipients all the rights that
you have. You must make sure that they, too, receive or can get the
source code. And you must show them these terms so they know their
rights.
We protect your rights with two steps: (1) copyright the software, and
(2) offer you this license which gives you legal permission to copy,
distribute and/or modify the software.
Also, for each author's protection and ours, we want to make certain
that everyone understands that there is no warranty for this free
software. If the software is modified by someone else and passed on, we
want its recipients to know that what they have is not the original, so
that any problems introduced by others will not reflect on the original
authors' reputations.
Finally, any free program is threatened constantly by software
patents. We wish to avoid the danger that redistributors of a free
program will individually obtain patent licenses, in effect making the
program proprietary. To prevent this, we have made it clear that any
patent must be licensed for everyone's free use or not licensed at all.
The precise terms and conditions for copying, distribution and
modification follow.
GNU GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE
TERMS AND CONDITIONS FOR COPYING, DISTRIBUTION AND MODIFICATION
0. This License applies to any program or other work which contains
a notice placed by the copyright holder saying it may be distributed
under the terms of this General Public License. The "Program", below,
refers to any such program or work, and a "work based on the Program"
means either the Program or any derivative work under copyright law:
that is to say, a work containing the Program or a portion of it,
either verbatim or with modifications and/or translated into another
language. (Hereinafter, translation is included without limitation in
the term "modification".) Each licensee is addressed as "you".
Activities other than copying, distribution and modification are not
covered by this License; they are outside its scope. The act of
running the Program is not restricted, and the output from the Program
is covered only if its contents constitute a work based on the
Program (independent of having been made by running the Program).
Whether that is true depends on what the Program does.
1. You may copy and distribute verbatim copies of the Program's
source code as you receive it, in any medium, provided that you
conspicuously and appropriately publish on each copy an appropriate
copyright notice and disclaimer of warranty; keep intact all the
notices that refer to this License and to the absence of any warranty;
and give any other recipients of the Program a copy of this License
along with the Program.
You may charge a fee for the physical act of transferring a copy, and
you may at your option offer warranty protection in exchange for a fee.
2. You may modify your copy or copies of the Program or any portion
of it, thus forming a work based on the Program, and copy and
distribute such modifications or work under the terms of Section 1
above, provided that you also meet all of these conditions:
a) You must cause the modified files to carry prominent notices
stating that you changed the files and the date of any change.
b) You must cause any work that you distribute or publish, that in
whole or in part contains or is derived from the Program or any
part thereof, to be licensed as a whole at no charge to all third
parties under the terms of this License.
c) If the modified program normally reads commands interactively
when run, you must cause it, when started running for such
interactive use in the most ordinary way, to print or display an
announcement including an appropriate copyright notice and a
notice that there is no warranty (or else, saying that you provide
a warranty) and that users may redistribute the program under
these conditions, and telling the user how to view a copy of this
License. (Exception: if the Program itself is interactive but
does not normally print such an announcement, your work based on
the Program is not required to print an announcement.)
These requirements apply to the modified work as a whole. If
identifiable sections of that work are not derived from the Program,
and can be reasonably considered independent and separate works in
themselves, then this License, and its terms, do not apply to those
sections when you distribute them as separate works. But when you
distribute the same sections as part of a whole which is a work based
on the Program, the distribution of the whole must be on the terms of
this License, whose permissions for other licensees extend to the
entire whole, and thus to each and every part regardless of who wrote it.
Thus, it is not the intent of this section to claim rights or contest
your rights to work written entirely by you; rather, the intent is to
exercise the right to control the distribution of derivative or
collective works based on the Program.
In addition, mere aggregation of another work not based on the Program
with the Program (or with a work based on the Program) on a volume of
a storage or distribution medium does not bring the other work under
the scope of this License.
3. You may copy and distribute the Program (or a work based on it,
under Section 2) in object code or executable form under the terms of
Sections 1 and 2 above provided that you also do one of the following:
a) Accompany it with the complete corresponding machine-readable
source code, which must be distributed under the terms of Sections
1 and 2 above on a medium customarily used for software interchange; or,
b) Accompany it with a written offer, valid for at least three
years, to give any third party, for a charge no more than your
cost of physically performing source distribution, a complete
machine-readable copy of the corresponding source code, to be
distributed under the terms of Sections 1 and 2 above on a medium
customarily used for software interchange; or,
c) Accompany it with the information you received as to the offer
to distribute corresponding source code. (This alternative is
allowed only for noncommercial distribution and only if you
received the program in object code or executable form with such
an offer, in accord with Subsection b above.)
The source code for a work means the preferred form of the work for
making modifications to it. For an executable work, complete source
code means all the source code for all modules it contains, plus any
associated interface definition files, plus the scripts used to
control compilation and installation of the executable. However, as a
special exception, the source code distributed need not include
anything that is normally distributed (in either source or binary
form) with the major components (compiler, kernel, and so on) of the
operating system on which the executable runs, unless that component
itself accompanies the executable.
If distribution of executable or object code is made by offering
access to copy from a designated place, then offering equivalent
access to copy the source code from the same place counts as
distribution of the source code, even though third parties are not
compelled to copy the source along with the object code.
4. You may not copy, modify, sublicense, or distribute the Program
except as expressly provided under this License. Any attempt
otherwise to copy, modify, sublicense or distribute the Program is
void, and will automatically terminate your rights under this License.
However, parties who have received copies, or rights, from you under
this License will not have their licenses terminated so long as such
parties remain in full compliance.
5. You are not required to accept this License, since you have not
signed it. However, nothing else grants you permission to modify or
distribute the Program or its derivative works. These actions are
prohibited by law if you do not accept this License. Therefore, by
modifying or distributing the Program (or any work based on the
Program), you indicate your acceptance of this License to do so, and
all its terms and conditions for copying, distributing or modifying
the Program or works based on it.
6. Each time you redistribute the Program (or any work based on the
Program), the recipient automatically receives a license from the
original licensor to copy, distribute or modify the Program subject to
these terms and conditions. You may not impose any further
restrictions on the recipients' exercise of the rights granted herein.
You are not responsible for enforcing compliance by third parties to
this License.
7. If, as a consequence of a court judgment or allegation of patent
infringement or for any other reason (not limited to patent issues),
conditions are imposed on you (whether by court order, agreement or
otherwise) that contradict the conditions of this License, they do not
excuse you from the conditions of this License. If you cannot
distribute so as to satisfy simultaneously your obligations under this
License and any other pertinent obligations, then as a consequence you
may not distribute the Program at all. For example, if a patent
license would not permit royalty-free redistribution of the Program by
all those who receive copies directly or indirectly through you, then
the only way you could satisfy both it and this License would be to
refrain entirely from distribution of the Program.
If any portion of this section is held invalid or unenforceable under
any particular circumstance, the balance of the section is intended to
apply and the section as a whole is intended to apply in other
circumstances.
It is not the purpose of this section to induce you to infringe any
patents or other property right claims or to contest validity of any
such claims; this section has the sole purpose of protecting the
integrity of the free software distribution system, which is
implemented by public license practices. Many people have made
generous contributions to the wide range of software distributed
through that system in reliance on consistent application of that
system; it is up to the author/donor to decide if he or she is willing
to distribute software through any other system and a licensee cannot
impose that choice.
This section is intended to make thoroughly clear what is believed to
be a consequence of the rest of this License.
8. If the distribution and/or use of the Program is restricted in
certain countries either by patents or by copyrighted interfaces, the
original copyright holder who places the Program under this License
may add an explicit geographical distribution limitation excluding
those countries, so that distribution is permitted only in or among
countries not thus excluded. In such case, this License incorporates
the limitation as if written in the body of this License.
9. The Free Software Foundation may publish revised and/or new versions
of the General Public License from time to time. Such new versions will
be similar in spirit to the present version, but may differ in detail to
address new problems or concerns.
Each version is given a distinguishing version number. If the Program
specifies a version number of this License which applies to it and "any
later version", you have the option of following the terms and conditions
either of that version or of any later version published by the Free
Software Foundation. If the Program does not specify a version number of
this License, you may choose any version ever published by the Free Software
Foundation.
10. If you wish to incorporate parts of the Program into other free
programs whose distribution conditions are different, write to the author
to ask for permission. For software which is copyrighted by the Free
Software Foundation, write to the Free Software Foundation; we sometimes
make exceptions for this. Our decision will be guided by the two goals
of preserving the free status of all derivatives of our free software and
of promoting the sharing and reuse of software generally.
NO WARRANTY
11. BECAUSE THE PROGRAM IS LICENSED FREE OF CHARGE, THERE IS NO WARRANTY
FOR THE PROGRAM, TO THE EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW. EXCEPT WHEN
OTHERWISE STATED IN WRITING THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND/OR OTHER PARTIES
PROVIDE THE PROGRAM "AS IS" WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESSED
OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. THE ENTIRE RISK AS
TO THE QUALITY AND PERFORMANCE OF THE PROGRAM IS WITH YOU. SHOULD THE
PROGRAM PROVE DEFECTIVE, YOU ASSUME THE COST OF ALL NECESSARY SERVICING,
REPAIR OR CORRECTION.
12. IN NO EVENT UNLESS REQUIRED BY APPLICABLE LAW OR AGREED TO IN WRITING
WILL ANY COPYRIGHT HOLDER, OR ANY OTHER PARTY WHO MAY MODIFY AND/OR
REDISTRIBUTE THE PROGRAM AS PERMITTED ABOVE, BE LIABLE TO YOU FOR DAMAGES,
INCLUDING ANY GENERAL, SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES ARISING
OUT OF THE USE OR INABILITY TO USE THE PROGRAM (INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED
TO LOSS OF DATA OR DATA BEING RENDERED INACCURATE OR LOSSES SUSTAINED BY
YOU OR THIRD PARTIES OR A FAILURE OF THE PROGRAM TO OPERATE WITH ANY OTHER
PROGRAMS), EVEN IF SUCH HOLDER OR OTHER PARTY HAS BEEN ADVISED OF THE
POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES.
END OF TERMS AND CONDITIONS
How to Apply These Terms to Your New Programs
If you develop a new program, and you want it to be of the greatest
possible use to the public, the best way to achieve this is to make it
free software which everyone can redistribute and change under these terms.
To do so, attach the following notices to the program. It is safest
to attach them to the start of each source file to most effectively
convey the exclusion of warranty; and each file should have at least
the "copyright" line and a pointer to where the full notice is found.
<one line to give the program's name and a brief idea of what it does.>
Copyright (C) <year> <name of author>
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
(at your option) any later version.
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
GNU General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307 USA
Also add information on how to contact you by electronic and paper mail.
If the program is interactive, make it output a short notice like this
when it starts in an interactive mode:
Gnomovision version 69, Copyright (C) year name of author
Gnomovision comes with ABSOLUTELY NO WARRANTY; for details type `show w'.
This is free software, and you are welcome to redistribute it
under certain conditions; type `show c' for details.
The hypothetical commands `show w' and `show c' should show the appropriate
parts of the General Public License. Of course, the commands you use may
be called something other than `show w' and `show c'; they could even be
mouse-clicks or menu items--whatever suits your program.
You should also get your employer (if you work as a programmer) or your
school, if any, to sign a "copyright disclaimer" for the program, if
necessary. Here is a sample; alter the names:
Yoyodyne, Inc., hereby disclaims all copyright interest in the program
`Gnomovision' (which makes passes at compilers) written by James Hacker.
<signature of Ty Coon>, 1 April 1989
Ty Coon, President of Vice
This General Public License does not permit incorporating your program into
proprietary programs. If your program is a subroutine library, you may
consider it more useful to permit linking proprietary applications with the
library. If this is what you want to do, use the GNU Library General
Public License instead of this License.

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff

View File

@ -1,231 +0,0 @@
Copyright 1994, 1995, 1996, 1999, 2000, 2001 Free Software Foundation,
Inc.
This file is free documentation; the Free Software Foundation gives
unlimited permission to copy, distribute and modify it.
Basic Installation
==================
These are generic installation instructions.
The `configure' shell script attempts to guess correct values for
various system-dependent variables used during compilation. It uses
those values to create a `Makefile' in each directory of the package.
It may also create one or more `.h' files containing system-dependent
definitions. Finally, it creates a shell script `config.status' that
you can run in the future to recreate the current configuration, and a
file `config.log' containing compiler output (useful mainly for
debugging `configure').
It can also use an optional file (typically called `config.cache'
and enabled with `--cache-file=config.cache' or simply `-C') that saves
the results of its tests to speed up reconfiguring. (Caching is
disabled by default to prevent problems with accidental use of stale
cache files.)
If you need to do unusual things to compile the package, please try
to figure out how `configure' could check whether to do them, and mail
diffs or instructions to the address given in the `README' so they can
be considered for the next release. If you are using the cache, and at
some point `config.cache' contains results you don't want to keep, you
may remove or edit it.
The file `configure.ac' (or `configure.in') is used to create
`configure' by a program called `autoconf'. You only need
`configure.ac' if you want to change it or regenerate `configure' using
a newer version of `autoconf'.
The simplest way to compile this package is:
1. `cd' to the directory containing the package's source code and type
`./configure' to configure the package for your system. If you're
using `csh' on an old version of System V, you might need to type
`sh ./configure' instead to prevent `csh' from trying to execute
`configure' itself.
Running `configure' takes awhile. While running, it prints some
messages telling which features it is checking for.
2. Type `make' to compile the package.
3. Optionally, type `make check' to run any self-tests that come with
the package.
4. Type `make install' to install the programs and any data files and
documentation.
5. You can remove the program binaries and object files from the
source code directory by typing `make clean'. To also remove the
files that `configure' created (so you can compile the package for
a different kind of computer), type `make distclean'. There is
also a `make maintainer-clean' target, but that is intended mainly
for the package's developers. If you use it, you may have to get
all sorts of other programs in order to regenerate files that came
with the distribution.
Compilers and Options
=====================
Some systems require unusual options for compilation or linking that
the `configure' script does not know about. Run `./configure --help'
for details on some of the pertinent environment variables.
You can give `configure' initial values for variables by setting
them in the environment. You can do that on the command line like this:
./configure CC=c89 CFLAGS=-O2 LIBS=-lposix
*Note Defining Variables::, for more details.
Compiling For Multiple Architectures
====================================
You can compile the package for more than one kind of computer at the
same time, by placing the object files for each architecture in their
own directory. To do this, you must use a version of `make' that
supports the `VPATH' variable, such as GNU `make'. `cd' to the
directory where you want the object files and executables to go and run
the `configure' script. `configure' automatically checks for the
source code in the directory that `configure' is in and in `..'.
If you have to use a `make' that does not support the `VPATH'
variable, you have to compile the package for one architecture at a
time in the source code directory. After you have installed the
package for one architecture, use `make distclean' before reconfiguring
for another architecture.
Installation Names
==================
By default, `make install' will install the package's files in
`/usr/local/bin', `/usr/local/man', etc. You can specify an
installation prefix other than `/usr/local' by giving `configure' the
option `--prefix=PATH'.
You can specify separate installation prefixes for
architecture-specific files and architecture-independent files. If you
give `configure' the option `--exec-prefix=PATH', the package will use
PATH as the prefix for installing programs and libraries.
Documentation and other data files will still use the regular prefix.
In addition, if you use an unusual directory layout you can give
options like `--bindir=PATH' to specify different values for particular
kinds of files. Run `configure --help' for a list of the directories
you can set and what kinds of files go in them.
If the package supports it, you can cause programs to be installed
with an extra prefix or suffix on their names by giving `configure' the
option `--program-prefix=PREFIX' or `--program-suffix=SUFFIX'.
Optional Features
=================
Some packages pay attention to `--enable-FEATURE' options to
`configure', where FEATURE indicates an optional part of the package.
They may also pay attention to `--with-PACKAGE' options, where PACKAGE
is something like `gnu-as' or `x' (for the X Window System). The
`README' should mention any `--enable-' and `--with-' options that the
package recognizes.
For packages that use the X Window System, `configure' can usually
find the X include and library files automatically, but if it doesn't,
you can use the `configure' options `--x-includes=DIR' and
`--x-libraries=DIR' to specify their locations.
Specifying the System Type
==========================
There may be some features `configure' cannot figure out
automatically, but needs to determine by the type of host the package
will run on. Usually `configure' can figure that out, but if it prints
a message saying it cannot guess the host type, give it the
`--build=TYPE' option. TYPE can either be a short name for the system
type, such as `sun4', or a canonical name which has the form:
CPU-COMPANY-SYSTEM
where SYSTEM can have one of these forms:
OS KERNEL-OS
See the file `config.sub' for the possible values of each field. If
`config.sub' isn't included in this package, then this package doesn't
need to know the host type.
If you are _building_ compiler tools for cross-compiling, you should
use the `--target=TYPE' option to select the type of system they will
produce code for.
If you want to _use_ a cross compiler, that generates code for a
platform different from the build platform, you should specify the host
platform (i.e., that on which the generated programs will eventually be
run) with `--host=TYPE'. In this case, you should also specify the
build platform with `--build=TYPE', because, in this case, it may not
be possible to guess the build platform (it sometimes involves
compiling and running simple test programs, and this can't be done if
the compiler is a cross compiler).
Sharing Defaults
================
If you want to set default values for `configure' scripts to share,
you can create a site shell script called `config.site' that gives
default values for variables like `CC', `cache_file', and `prefix'.
`configure' looks for `PREFIX/share/config.site' if it exists, then
`PREFIX/etc/config.site' if it exists. Or, you can set the
`CONFIG_SITE' environment variable to the location of the site script.
A warning: not all `configure' scripts look for a site script.
Defining Variables
==================
Variables not defined in a site shell script can be set in the
environment passed to `configure'. However, some packages may run
configure again during the build, and the customized values of these
variables may be lost. In order to avoid this problem, you should set
them in the `configure' command line, using `VAR=value'. For example:
./configure CC=/usr/local2/bin/gcc
will cause the specified gcc to be used as the C compiler (unless it is
overridden in the site shell script).
`configure' Invocation
======================
`configure' recognizes the following options to control how it
operates.
`--help'
`-h'
Print a summary of the options to `configure', and exit.
`--version'
`-V'
Print the version of Autoconf used to generate the `configure'
script, and exit.
`--cache-file=FILE'
Enable the cache: use and save the results of the tests in FILE,
traditionally `config.cache'. FILE defaults to `/dev/null' to
disable caching.
`--config-cache'
`-C'
Alias for `--cache-file=config.cache'.
`--quiet'
`--silent'
`-q'
Do not print messages saying which checks are being made. To
suppress all normal output, redirect it to `/dev/null' (any error
messages will still be shown).
`--srcdir=DIR'
Look for the package's source code in directory DIR. Usually
`configure' can determine that directory automatically.
`configure' also accepts some other, not widely useful, options. Run
`configure --help' for more details.

View File

@ -1,53 +0,0 @@
Installation instructions specific to GNU Diffutils
Copyright (C) 2001, 2002 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
This file is part of GNU Diffutils.
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
any later version.
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
GNU General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
along with this program; see the file COPYING. If not, write to
the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330,
Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.
Please send comments and problem reports to <bug-gnu-utils@gnu.org>.
If you have a problem with internationalization, you might be able to
work around it as described in ABOUT-NLS by invoking `./configure
--disable-nls'. Many of the problems arise from dynamic linking
issues on non-GNU platforms (e.g. with the iconv library). Such
problems tend to be shared by other GNU applications on these
platforms, and can usually be fixed by carefully tweaking your non-GNU
installation. If you have an older version of libiconv, please
upgrade to the latest one, preferably libiconv-1.8 or newer.
(libiconv-1.8 is not yet available as of this writing, but it should
be out soon.) If the problem seems isolated to diffutils, though,
please report a bug.
This program requires a Standard C compiler (C89 or later); if you
have an older K&R compiler, please install GCC first.
If you make changes to the source code, you may need recent test
versions of GNU build tools to regenerate the intermediate files. The
following versions were used to generate the intermediate files in
this distribution:
* GNU Autoconf 2.53 <ftp://ftp.gnu.org/gnu/autoconf/autoconf-2.53.tar.gz>
* GNU Automake 1.6 <ftp://ftp.gnu.org/gnu/automake/automake-1.6.tar.gz>
* GNU gettext 0.11.1 <ftp://ftp.gnu.org/gnu/gettext/gettext-0.11.1.tar.gz>
* GNU help2man 1.27 <ftp://ftp.gnu.org/gnu/help2man/help2man-1.27.tar.gz>
* GNU texinfo 4.2 <ftp://ftp.gnu.org/gnu/texinfo/texinfo-4.2.tar.gz>

View File

@ -1,23 +0,0 @@
# Main Automakefile for GNU diffutils.
# Copyright (C) 2001, 2002 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
## This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
## it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
## the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
## any later version.
## This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
## but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
## MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
## GNU General Public License for more details.
## You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
## along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
## Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA
## 02111-1307, USA.
EXTRA_DIST = config/config.rpath exgettext INSTALLME
SUBDIRS = doc lib m4 ms src man po
ACLOCAL_AMFLAGS = -I m4

View File

@ -1,455 +0,0 @@
# Makefile.in generated by automake 1.6 from Makefile.am.
# @configure_input@
# Copyright 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002
# Free Software Foundation, Inc.
# This Makefile.in is free software; the Free Software Foundation
# gives unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it,
# with or without modifications, as long as this notice is preserved.
# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY, to the extent permitted by law; without
# even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A
# PARTICULAR PURPOSE.
@SET_MAKE@
# Main Automakefile for GNU diffutils.
# Copyright (C) 2001, 2002 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
SHELL = @SHELL@
srcdir = @srcdir@
top_srcdir = @top_srcdir@
VPATH = @srcdir@
prefix = @prefix@
exec_prefix = @exec_prefix@
bindir = @bindir@
sbindir = @sbindir@
libexecdir = @libexecdir@
datadir = @datadir@
sysconfdir = @sysconfdir@
sharedstatedir = @sharedstatedir@
localstatedir = @localstatedir@
libdir = @libdir@
infodir = @infodir@
mandir = @mandir@
includedir = @includedir@
oldincludedir = /usr/include
pkgdatadir = $(datadir)/@PACKAGE@
pkglibdir = $(libdir)/@PACKAGE@
pkgincludedir = $(includedir)/@PACKAGE@
top_builddir = .
ACLOCAL = @ACLOCAL@
AUTOCONF = @AUTOCONF@
AUTOMAKE = @AUTOMAKE@
AUTOHEADER = @AUTOHEADER@
am__cd = CDPATH="$${ZSH_VERSION+.}$(PATH_SEPARATOR)" && cd
INSTALL = @INSTALL@
INSTALL_PROGRAM = @INSTALL_PROGRAM@
INSTALL_DATA = @INSTALL_DATA@
install_sh_DATA = $(install_sh) -c -m 644
install_sh_PROGRAM = $(install_sh) -c
INSTALL_SCRIPT = @INSTALL_SCRIPT@
INSTALL_HEADER = $(INSTALL_DATA)
transform = @program_transform_name@
NORMAL_INSTALL = :
PRE_INSTALL = :
POST_INSTALL = :
NORMAL_UNINSTALL = :
PRE_UNINSTALL = :
POST_UNINSTALL = :
host_alias = @host_alias@
host_triplet = @host@
EXEEXT = @EXEEXT@
OBJEXT = @OBJEXT@
PATH_SEPARATOR = @PATH_SEPARATOR@
AMTAR = @AMTAR@
AWK = @AWK@
BUILD_INCLUDED_LIBINTL = @BUILD_INCLUDED_LIBINTL@
CATOBJEXT = @CATOBJEXT@
CC = @CC@
CPP = @CPP@
DATADIRNAME = @DATADIRNAME@
DEPDIR = @DEPDIR@
GENCAT = @GENCAT@
GLIBC21 = @GLIBC21@
GMSGFMT = @GMSGFMT@
HAVE_LIB = @HAVE_LIB@
HELP2MAN = @HELP2MAN@
INSTALL_STRIP_PROGRAM = @INSTALL_STRIP_PROGRAM@
INSTOBJEXT = @INSTOBJEXT@
INTLBISON = @INTLBISON@
INTLLIBS = @INTLLIBS@
INTLOBJS = @INTLOBJS@
INTL_LIBTOOL_SUFFIX_PREFIX = @INTL_LIBTOOL_SUFFIX_PREFIX@
LIB = @LIB@
LIBICONV = @LIBICONV@
LIBINTL = @LIBINTL@
LIB_CLOCK_GETTIME = @LIB_CLOCK_GETTIME@
LTLIB = @LTLIB@
LTLIBICONV = @LTLIBICONV@
LTLIBINTL = @LTLIBINTL@
MKINSTALLDIRS = @MKINSTALLDIRS@
PACKAGE = @PACKAGE@
POSUB = @POSUB@
PR_PROGRAM = @PR_PROGRAM@
RANLIB = @RANLIB@
STRIP = @STRIP@
U = @U@
USE_INCLUDED_LIBINTL = @USE_INCLUDED_LIBINTL@
USE_NLS = @USE_NLS@
VERSION = @VERSION@
am__include = @am__include@
am__quote = @am__quote@
install_sh = @install_sh@
EXTRA_DIST = config/config.rpath exgettext INSTALLME
SUBDIRS = doc lib m4 ms src man po
ACLOCAL_AMFLAGS = -I m4
subdir = .
ACLOCAL_M4 = $(top_srcdir)/aclocal.m4
mkinstalldirs = $(SHELL) $(top_srcdir)/config/mkinstalldirs
CONFIG_HEADER = config.h
CONFIG_CLEAN_FILES =
DIST_SOURCES =
RECURSIVE_TARGETS = info-recursive dvi-recursive install-info-recursive \
uninstall-info-recursive all-recursive install-data-recursive \
install-exec-recursive installdirs-recursive install-recursive \
uninstall-recursive check-recursive installcheck-recursive
DIST_COMMON = README ABOUT-NLS AUTHORS COPYING ChangeLog INSTALL \
Makefile.am Makefile.in NEWS THANKS aclocal.m4 config.hin \
config/config.guess config/config.rpath config/config.sub \
config/depcomp config/install-sh config/mdate-sh config/missing \
config/mkinstalldirs config/texinfo.tex configure configure.ac
DIST_SUBDIRS = $(SUBDIRS)
all: config.h
$(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) all-recursive
.SUFFIXES:
$(srcdir)/Makefile.in: Makefile.am $(top_srcdir)/configure.ac $(ACLOCAL_M4)
cd $(top_srcdir) && \
$(AUTOMAKE) --gnits Makefile
Makefile: $(srcdir)/Makefile.in $(top_builddir)/config.status
cd $(top_builddir) && $(SHELL) ./config.status $@ $(am__depfiles_maybe)
$(top_builddir)/config.status: $(srcdir)/configure $(CONFIG_STATUS_DEPENDENCIES)
$(SHELL) ./config.status --recheck
$(srcdir)/configure: $(srcdir)/configure.ac $(ACLOCAL_M4) $(CONFIGURE_DEPENDENCIES)
cd $(srcdir) && $(AUTOCONF)
$(ACLOCAL_M4): configure.ac m4/c-bs-a.m4 m4/c-stack.m4 m4/check-decl.m4 m4/codeset.m4 m4/dos.m4 m4/error.m4 m4/fnmatch.m4 m4/gettext.m4 m4/glibc21.m4 m4/gnu-source.m4 m4/iconv.m4 m4/inttypes.m4 m4/jm-glibc-io.m4 m4/lcmessage.m4 m4/lib-ld.m4 m4/lib-link.m4 m4/lib-prefix.m4 m4/longlong.m4 m4/malloc.m4 m4/mbrtowc.m4 m4/mbstate_t.m4 m4/prereq.m4 m4/progtest.m4 m4/realloc.m4 m4/regex.m4 m4/setmode.m4 m4/st_mtim.m4 m4/stdbool.m4 m4/strftime.m4 m4/vararrays.m4 m4/xstrtoumax.m4
cd $(srcdir) && $(ACLOCAL) $(ACLOCAL_AMFLAGS)
config.h: stamp-h1
@if test ! -f $@; then \
rm -f stamp-h1; \
$(MAKE) stamp-h1; \
else :; fi
stamp-h1: $(srcdir)/config.hin $(top_builddir)/config.status
@rm -f stamp-h1
cd $(top_builddir) && $(SHELL) ./config.status config.h
$(srcdir)/config.hin: $(top_srcdir)/configure.ac $(ACLOCAL_M4)
cd $(top_srcdir) && $(AUTOHEADER)
touch $(srcdir)/config.hin
distclean-hdr:
-rm -f config.h
uninstall-info-am:
# This directory's subdirectories are mostly independent; you can cd
# into them and run `make' without going through this Makefile.
# To change the values of `make' variables: instead of editing Makefiles,
# (1) if the variable is set in `config.status', edit `config.status'
# (which will cause the Makefiles to be regenerated when you run `make');
# (2) otherwise, pass the desired values on the `make' command line.
$(RECURSIVE_TARGETS):
@set fnord $(MAKEFLAGS); amf=$$2; \
dot_seen=no; \
target=`echo $@ | sed s/-recursive//`; \
list='$(SUBDIRS)'; for subdir in $$list; do \
echo "Making $$target in $$subdir"; \
if test "$$subdir" = "."; then \
dot_seen=yes; \
local_target="$$target-am"; \
else \
local_target="$$target"; \
fi; \
(cd $$subdir && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) $$local_target) \
|| case "$$amf" in *=*) exit 1;; *k*) fail=yes;; *) exit 1;; esac; \
done; \
if test "$$dot_seen" = "no"; then \
$(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) "$$target-am" || exit 1; \
fi; test -z "$$fail"
mostlyclean-recursive clean-recursive distclean-recursive \
maintainer-clean-recursive:
@set fnord $(MAKEFLAGS); amf=$$2; \
dot_seen=no; \
case "$@" in \
distclean-* | maintainer-clean-*) list='$(DIST_SUBDIRS)' ;; \
*) list='$(SUBDIRS)' ;; \
esac; \
rev=''; for subdir in $$list; do \
if test "$$subdir" = "."; then :; else \
rev="$$subdir $$rev"; \
fi; \
done; \
rev="$$rev ."; \
target=`echo $@ | sed s/-recursive//`; \
for subdir in $$rev; do \
echo "Making $$target in $$subdir"; \
if test "$$subdir" = "."; then \
local_target="$$target-am"; \
else \
local_target="$$target"; \
fi; \
(cd $$subdir && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) $$local_target) \
|| case "$$amf" in *=*) exit 1;; *k*) fail=yes;; *) exit 1;; esac; \
done && test -z "$$fail"
tags-recursive:
list='$(SUBDIRS)'; for subdir in $$list; do \
test "$$subdir" = . || (cd $$subdir && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) tags); \
done
ETAGS = etags
ETAGSFLAGS =
tags: TAGS
ID: $(HEADERS) $(SOURCES) $(LISP) $(TAGS_FILES)
list='$(SOURCES) $(HEADERS) $(LISP) $(TAGS_FILES)'; \
unique=`for i in $$list; do \
if test -f "$$i"; then echo $$i; else echo $(srcdir)/$$i; fi; \
done | \
$(AWK) ' { files[$$0] = 1; } \
END { for (i in files) print i; }'`; \
mkid -fID $$unique
TAGS: tags-recursive $(HEADERS) $(SOURCES) config.hin $(TAGS_DEPENDENCIES) \
$(TAGS_FILES) $(LISP)
tags=; \
here=`pwd`; \
list='$(SUBDIRS)'; for subdir in $$list; do \
if test "$$subdir" = .; then :; else \
test -f $$subdir/TAGS && tags="$$tags -i $$here/$$subdir/TAGS"; \
fi; \
done; \
list='$(SOURCES) $(HEADERS) config.hin $(LISP) $(TAGS_FILES)'; \
unique=`for i in $$list; do \
if test -f "$$i"; then echo $$i; else echo $(srcdir)/$$i; fi; \
done | \
$(AWK) ' { files[$$0] = 1; } \
END { for (i in files) print i; }'`; \
test -z "$(ETAGS_ARGS)$$tags$$unique" \
|| $(ETAGS) $(ETAGSFLAGS) $(AM_ETAGSFLAGS) $(ETAGS_ARGS) \
$$tags $$unique
GTAGS:
here=`$(am__cd) $(top_builddir) && pwd` \
&& cd $(top_srcdir) \
&& gtags -i $(GTAGS_ARGS) $$here
distclean-tags:
-rm -f TAGS ID GTAGS GRTAGS GSYMS GPATH
DISTFILES = $(DIST_COMMON) $(DIST_SOURCES) $(TEXINFOS) $(EXTRA_DIST)
top_distdir = .
distdir = $(PACKAGE)-$(VERSION)
am__remove_distdir = \
{ test ! -d $(distdir) \
|| { find $(distdir) -type d ! -perm -200 -exec chmod u+w {} ';' \
&& rm -fr $(distdir); }; }
GZIP_ENV = --best
distcleancheck_listfiles = find . -type f -print
distdir: $(DISTFILES)
@if sed 15q $(srcdir)/NEWS | fgrep -e "$(VERSION)" >/dev/null; \
then :; else \
echo "NEWS not updated; not releasing" 1>&2; \
exit 1; \
fi
$(am__remove_distdir)
mkdir $(distdir)
$(mkinstalldirs) $(distdir)/config $(distdir)/po
@for file in $(DISTFILES); do \
if test -f $$file || test -d $$file; then d=.; else d=$(srcdir); fi; \
dir=`echo "$$file" | sed -e 's,/[^/]*$$,,'`; \
if test "$$dir" != "$$file" && test "$$dir" != "."; then \
dir="/$$dir"; \
$(mkinstalldirs) "$(distdir)$$dir"; \
else \
dir=''; \
fi; \
if test -d $$d/$$file; then \
cp -pR $$d/$$file $(distdir)$$dir \
|| exit 1; \
else \
test -f $(distdir)/$$file \
|| cp -p $$d/$$file $(distdir)/$$file \
|| exit 1; \
fi; \
done
list='$(SUBDIRS)'; for subdir in $$list; do \
if test "$$subdir" = .; then :; else \
test -d $(distdir)/$$subdir \
|| mkdir $(distdir)/$$subdir \
|| exit 1; \
(cd $$subdir && \
$(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) \
top_distdir="$(top_distdir)" \
distdir=../$(distdir)/$$subdir \
distdir) \
|| exit 1; \
fi; \
done
-find $(distdir) -type d ! -perm -777 -exec chmod a+rwx {} \; -o \
! -type d ! -perm -444 -links 1 -exec chmod a+r {} \; -o \
! -type d ! -perm -400 -exec chmod a+r {} \; -o \
! -type d ! -perm -444 -exec $(SHELL) $(install_sh) -c -m a+r {} {} \; \
|| chmod -R a+r $(distdir)
dist-gzip: distdir
$(AMTAR) chof - $(distdir) | GZIP=$(GZIP_ENV) gzip -c >$(distdir).tar.gz
$(am__remove_distdir)
dist dist-all: distdir
$(AMTAR) chof - $(distdir) | GZIP=$(GZIP_ENV) gzip -c >$(distdir).tar.gz
$(am__remove_distdir)
# This target untars the dist file and tries a VPATH configuration. Then
# it guarantees that the distribution is self-contained by making another
# tarfile.
distcheck: dist
$(am__remove_distdir)
GZIP=$(GZIP_ENV) gunzip -c $(distdir).tar.gz | $(AMTAR) xf -
chmod -R a-w $(distdir); chmod a+w $(distdir)
mkdir $(distdir)/=build
mkdir $(distdir)/=inst
chmod a-w $(distdir)
dc_install_base=`$(am__cd) $(distdir)/=inst && pwd` \
&& cd $(distdir)/=build \
&& ../configure --srcdir=.. --prefix=$$dc_install_base \
--with-included-gettext \
$(DISTCHECK_CONFIGURE_FLAGS) \
&& $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) \
&& $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) dvi \
&& $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) check \
&& $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) install \
&& $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) installcheck \
&& $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) uninstall \
&& (test `find $$dc_install_base -type f -print | wc -l` -le 1 \
|| { echo "ERROR: files left after uninstall:" ; \
find $$dc_install_base -type f -print ; \
exit 1; } >&2 ) \
&& $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) dist-gzip \
&& rm -f $(distdir).tar.gz \
&& $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) distcleancheck
$(am__remove_distdir)
@echo "$(distdir).tar.gz is ready for distribution" | \
sed 'h;s/./=/g;p;x;p;x'
distcleancheck: distclean
if test '$(srcdir)' = . ; then \
echo "ERROR: distcleancheck can only run from a VPATH build" ; \
exit 1 ; \
fi
test `$(distcleancheck_listfiles) | wc -l` -eq 0 \
|| { echo "ERROR: files left after distclean:" ; \
$(distcleancheck_listfiles) ; \
exit 1; } >&2
check-am: all-am
check: check-recursive
all-am: Makefile config.h
installdirs: installdirs-recursive
installdirs-am:
install: install-recursive
install-exec: install-exec-recursive
install-data: install-data-recursive
uninstall: uninstall-recursive
install-am: all-am
@$(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) install-exec-am install-data-am
installcheck: installcheck-recursive
install-strip:
$(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) INSTALL_PROGRAM="$(INSTALL_STRIP_PROGRAM)" \
INSTALL_STRIP_FLAG=-s \
`test -z '$(STRIP)' || \
echo "INSTALL_PROGRAM_ENV=STRIPPROG='$(STRIP)'"` install
mostlyclean-generic:
clean-generic:
distclean-generic:
-rm -f Makefile $(CONFIG_CLEAN_FILES) stamp-h stamp-h[0-9]*
maintainer-clean-generic:
@echo "This command is intended for maintainers to use"
@echo "it deletes files that may require special tools to rebuild."
clean: clean-recursive
clean-am: clean-generic mostlyclean-am
distclean: distclean-recursive
-rm -f config.status config.cache config.log
distclean-am: clean-am distclean-generic distclean-hdr distclean-tags
dvi: dvi-recursive
dvi-am:
info: info-recursive
info-am:
install-data-am:
install-exec-am:
install-info: install-info-recursive
install-man:
installcheck-am:
maintainer-clean: maintainer-clean-recursive
maintainer-clean-am: distclean-am maintainer-clean-generic
mostlyclean: mostlyclean-recursive
mostlyclean-am: mostlyclean-generic
uninstall-am: uninstall-info-am
uninstall-info: uninstall-info-recursive
.PHONY: $(RECURSIVE_TARGETS) GTAGS all all-am check check-am clean \
clean-generic clean-recursive dist dist-all dist-gzip distcheck \
distclean distclean-generic distclean-hdr distclean-recursive \
distclean-tags distcleancheck distdir dvi dvi-am dvi-recursive \
info info-am info-recursive install install-am install-data \
install-data-am install-data-recursive install-exec \
install-exec-am install-exec-recursive install-info \
install-info-am install-info-recursive install-man \
install-recursive install-strip installcheck installcheck-am \
installdirs installdirs-am installdirs-recursive \
maintainer-clean maintainer-clean-generic \
maintainer-clean-recursive mostlyclean mostlyclean-generic \
mostlyclean-recursive tags tags-recursive uninstall \
uninstall-am uninstall-info-am uninstall-info-recursive \
uninstall-recursive
# Tell versions [3.59,3.63) of GNU make to not export all variables.
# Otherwise a system limit (for SysV at least) may be exceeded.
.NOEXPORT:

View File

@ -1,202 +0,0 @@
User-visible changes in version 2.8.1:
* Documentation fixes.
User-visible changes in version 2.8:
* cmp and diff now conform to POSIX 1003.1-2001 (IEEE Std 1003.1-2001)
if the underlying system conforms to POSIX and if the _POSIX2_VERSION
environment variable is set to 200112. Conformance removes support
for `diff -NUM', where NUM is a number. Use -C NUM or -U NUM instead.
* cmp now supports trailing operands SKIP1 and SKIP2, like BSD cmp.
* cmp -i or --ignore-initial now accepts SKIP1:SKIP2 option value.
* New cmp option: -n or --bytes.
* cmp's old -c or --print-chars option has been renamed;
use -b or --print-bytes instead.
* cmp now outputs "byte" rather than "char" outside the POSIX locale.
* cmp -l's index column width now adjusts to fit larger (or smaller) files.
* cmp -l -s and cmp -s -l are not allowed. Use cmp -s or cmp -l instead.
* diff uses ISO 8601 style time stamps for output times (e.g. "2001-11-23
16:44:36.875702460 -0800") unless in the C or POSIX locale and the
-c style is specified.
* diff's -I and -F options use the regexp syntax of grep, not of Emacs.
* diff now accepts multiple context arguments, and uses their maximum value.
* New diff and sdiff options:
-E --ignore-tab-expansion
--strip-trailing-cr
* New diff options:
--from-file=FILE, --to-file=FILE
--ignore-file-name-case
--no-ignore-file-name-case
* New diff3 and sdiff option:
--diff-program=PROGRAM
* The following diff options are still accepted, but are no longer documented.
They may be withdrawn in future releases.
-h (omit; it has no effect)
-H (use --speed-large-files instead)
-L (use --label instead)
-P (use --unidirectional-new-file instead)
--inhibit-hunk-merge (omit; it has no effect)
* Recursive diffs now sort file names according to the LC_COLLATE locale
category if possible, instead of using native byte comparison.
* Diff printf specs can now use the "0" and "'" flags.
* The new sdiff interactive command `ed' precedes each version with a header.
* On 64-bit hosts, files larger than 2 GB can be compared.
* Some internationalization support has been added, but multibyte locales
are still not completely supported yet.
* Some diagnostics have been reworded slightly for consistency.
Also, `diff -D FOO' now outputs `/* ! FOO */' instead of `/* not FOO */'.
* The `patch' part of the manual now describes `patch' version 2.5.4.
* Man pages are now distributed and installed.
* There is support for DJGPP; see the 'ms' subdirectory and the files
m4/dos.m4 and */setmode.*.
User-visible changes in version 2.7:
* New diff option: --binary (useful only on non-POSIX hosts)
* diff -b and -w now ignore line incompleteness; -B no longer does this.
* cmp -c now uses locale to decide which output characters to quote.
* Help and version messages are reorganized.
User-visible changes in version 2.6:
* New cmp, diff, diff3, sdiff option: --help
* A new heuristic for diff greatly reduces the time needed to compare
large input files that contain many differences.
* Partly as a result, GNU diff's output is not exactly the same as before.
Usually it is a bit smaller, but sometimes it is a bit larger.
User-visible changes in version 2.5:
* New cmp option: -v --version
User-visible changes in version 2.4:
* New cmp option: --ignore-initial=BYTES
* New diff3 option: -T --initial-tab
* New diff option: --line-format=FORMAT
* New diff group format specifications:
<PRINTF_SPEC>[eflmnEFLMN]
A printf spec followed by one of the following letters
causes the integer corresponding to that letter to be
printed according to the printf specification.
E.g. `%5df' prints the number of the first line in the
group in the old file using the "%5d" format.
e: line number just before the group in old file; equals f - 1
f: first line number in group in the old file
l: last line number in group in the old file
m: line number just after the group in old file; equals l + 1
n: number of lines in group in the old file; equals l - f + 1
E, F, L, M, N: likewise, for lines in the new file
%(A=B?T:E)
If A equals B then T else E. A and B are each either a decimal
constant or a single letter interpreted as above. T and E are
arbitrary format strings. This format spec is equivalent to T if
A's value equals B's; otherwise it is equivalent to E. For
example, `%(N=0?no:%dN) line%(N=1?:s)' is equivalent to `no lines'
if N (the number of lines in the group in the the new file) is 0,
to `1 line' if N is 1, and to `%dN lines' otherwise.
%c'C'
where C is a single character, stands for the character C. C may not
be a backslash or an apostrophe. E.g. %c':' stands for a colon.
%c'\O'
where O is a string of 1, 2, or 3 octal digits, stands for the
character with octal code O. E.g. %c'\0' stands for a null character.
* New diff line format specifications:
<PRINTF_SPEC>n
The line number, printed with <PRINTF_SPEC>.
E.g. `%5dn' prints the line number with a "%5d" format.
%c'C'
%c'\O'
The character C, or with octal code O, as above.
* Supported <PRINTF_SPEC>s have the same meaning as with printf, but must
match the extended regular expression %-*[0-9]*(\.[0-9]*)?[doxX].
* The format spec %0 introduced in version 2.1 has been removed, since it
is incompatible with printf specs like %02d. To represent a null char,
use %c'\0' instead.
* cmp and diff now conform to POSIX 1003.2-1992 (ISO/IEC 9945-2:1993)
if the underlying system conforms to POSIX:
- Some messages' wordings are changed in minor ways.
- ``White space'' is now whatever C's `isspace' says it is.
- When comparing directories, if `diff' finds a file that is not a regular
file or a directory, it reports the file's type instead of diffing it.
(As usual, it follows symbolic links first.)
- When signaled, sdiff exits with the signal's status, not with status 2.
* Now portable to hosts where int, long, pointer, etc. are not all the same
size.
* `cmp - -' now works like `diff - -'.
User-visible changes in version 2.3:
* New diff option: --horizon-lines=lines
User-visible changes in version 2.1:
* New diff options:
--{old,new,unchanged}-line-format='format'
--{old,new,unchanged,changed}-group-format='format'
-U
* New diff3 option:
-A --show-all
* diff3 -m now defaults to -A, not -E.
* diff3 now takes up to three -L or --label options, not just two.
If just two options are given, they refer to the first two input files,
not the first and third input files.
* sdiff and diff -y handle incomplete lines.
User-visible changes in version 2.0:
* Add sdiff and cmp programs.
* Add Texinfo documentation.
* Add configure script.
* Improve diff performance.
* New diff options:
-x --exclude
-X --exclude-from
-P --unidirectional-new-file
-W --width
-y --side-by-side
--left-column
--sdiff-merge-assist
--suppress-common-lines
* diff options renamed:
--label renamed from --file-label
--forward-ed renamed from --reversed-ed
--paginate renamed from --print
--entire-new-file renamed from --entire-new-files
--new-file renamed from --new-files
--all-text removed
* New diff3 options:
-v --version
* Add long-named equivalents for other diff3 options.
* diff options -F (--show-function-line) and -I (--ignore-matching-lines)
can now be given more than once.
Copyright (C) 1993, 1994, 1998, 2001, 2002 Free Software Foundation,
Inc.
This file is part of GNU Diffutils.
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
any later version.
This program is distributed in the hope that they will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
GNU General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
along with this program; see the file COPYING. If not, write to
the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330,
Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.

View File

@ -1,38 +0,0 @@
README for GNU DIFF
Copyright (C) 1992, 1998, 2001, 2002 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
This file is part of GNU Diffutils.
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
any later version.
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
GNU General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
along with this program; see the file COPYING. If not, write to
the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330,
Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.
This directory contains the GNU diff, diff3, sdiff, and cmp utilities.
Their features are a superset of the Unix features and they are
significantly faster.
Please see the file COPYING for copying conditions.
Please see the file doc/diff.texi (or doc/diff.info) for documentation
that can be printed with TeX, or read with the `info' program or with
Emacs's `M-x info'. There are no man pages.
See the file INSTALL for generic compilation and installation instructions,
and the file INSTALLME for instructions specific to GNU diff.
See the file ABOUT-NLS for notes about translations.
Please report bugs to <bug-gnu-utils@gnu.org>.

View File

@ -1,22 +0,0 @@
Thanks to all the following for their contributions to GNU diffutils:
Thomas Bushnell <tb@becket.net>
Wayne Davison <wayned@users.sourceforge.net>
Ulrich Drepper <drepper@redhat.com>
Paul Eggert <eggert@twinsun.com>
Jay Fenlason <hack@gnu.org>
John Gilmore <gnu@cygnus.com>
Torbjorn Granlund <tege@swox.com>
Mike Haertel <mike@ichips.intel.com>
Bruno Haible <haible@ilog.fr>
Chris Hanson <cph@gnu.org>
Jim Kingdon <kingdon@panix.com>
Tom Lord <lord@gnu.org>
David J. MacKenzie <djm@gnu.org>
Roland McGrath <roland@gnu.org>
Jim Meyering <meyering@lucent.com>
Eugene W. Myers <gene@cs.arizona.edu>
Randy Smith <randy@gnu.org>
Richard Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
Leonard H. Tower Jr. <tower@ai.mit.edu>
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@is.elta.co.il>

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff

View File

@ -1,514 +0,0 @@
/* config.hin. Generated from configure.ac by autoheader. */
/* Define to 1 if the `closedir' function returns void instead of `int'. */
#undef CLOSEDIR_VOID
/* Define to one of `_getb67', `GETB67', `getb67' for Cray-2 and Cray-YMP
systems. This function is required for `alloca.c' support on those systems.
*/
#undef CRAY_STACKSEG_END
/* Define to 1 if using `alloca.c'. */
#undef C_ALLOCA
/* Name of "diff" program, unless overridden. */
#undef DEFAULT_DIFF_PROGRAM
/* Name of editor program, unless overridden. */
#undef DEFAULT_EDITOR_PROGRAM
/* Define to 1 if translation of program messages to the user's native
language is requested. */
#undef ENABLE_NLS
/* Define on systems for which file names may have a so-called `drive letter'
prefix, define this to compute the length of that prefix, including the
colon. */
#undef FILESYSTEM_ACCEPTS_DRIVE_LETTER_PREFIX
/* Define if the backslash character may also serve as a file name component
separator. */
#undef FILESYSTEM_BACKSLASH_IS_FILE_NAME_SEPARATOR
#if FILESYSTEM_ACCEPTS_DRIVE_LETTER_PREFIX
# define FILESYSTEM_PREFIX_LEN(Filename) \
((Filename)[0] && (Filename)[1] == ':' ? 2 : 0)
#else
# define FILESYSTEM_PREFIX_LEN(Filename) 0
#endif
/* Define to 1 if you have `alloca', as a function or macro. */
#undef HAVE_ALLOCA
/* Define to 1 if you have <alloca.h> and it should be used (not on Ultrix).
*/
#undef HAVE_ALLOCA_H
/* Define to 1 if you have the `bcopy' function. */
#undef HAVE_BCOPY
/* Define to 1 if you have the `btowc' function. */
#undef HAVE_BTOWC
/* Define to 1 if you have the `bzero' function. */
#undef HAVE_BZERO
/* Define to 1 if you have the `clock_gettime' function. */
#undef HAVE_CLOCK_GETTIME
/* Define if backslash-a works in C strings. */
#undef HAVE_C_BACKSLASH_A
/* Define to 1 if C supports variable-length arrays. */
#undef HAVE_C_VARARRAYS
/* Define if the GNU dcgettext() function is already present or preinstalled.
*/
#undef HAVE_DCGETTEXT
/* Define to 1 if you have the declaration of `clearerr_unlocked', and to 0 if
you don't. */
#undef HAVE_DECL_CLEARERR_UNLOCKED
/* Define to 1 if you have the declaration of `feof_unlocked', and to 0 if you
don't. */
#undef HAVE_DECL_FEOF_UNLOCKED
/* Define to 1 if you have the declaration of `ferror_unlocked', and to 0 if
you don't. */
#undef HAVE_DECL_FERROR_UNLOCKED
/* Define to 1 if you have the declaration of `fflush_unlocked', and to 0 if
you don't. */
#undef HAVE_DECL_FFLUSH_UNLOCKED
/* Define to 1 if you have the declaration of `fgets_unlocked', and to 0 if
you don't. */
#undef HAVE_DECL_FGETS_UNLOCKED
/* Define to 1 if you have the declaration of `fputc_unlocked', and to 0 if
you don't. */
#undef HAVE_DECL_FPUTC_UNLOCKED
/* Define to 1 if you have the declaration of `fputs_unlocked', and to 0 if
you don't. */
#undef HAVE_DECL_FPUTS_UNLOCKED
/* Define to 1 if you have the declaration of `fread_unlocked', and to 0 if
you don't. */
#undef HAVE_DECL_FREAD_UNLOCKED
/* Define to 1 if you have the declaration of `fwrite_unlocked', and to 0 if
you don't. */
#undef HAVE_DECL_FWRITE_UNLOCKED
/* Define to 1 if you have the declaration of `getchar_unlocked', and to 0 if
you don't. */
#undef HAVE_DECL_GETCHAR_UNLOCKED
/* Define to 1 if you have the declaration of `getc_unlocked', and to 0 if you
don't. */
#undef HAVE_DECL_GETC_UNLOCKED
/* Define to 1 if you have the declaration of `getenv', and to 0 if you don't.
*/
#undef HAVE_DECL_GETENV
/* Define to 1 if you have the declaration of `putchar_unlocked', and to 0 if
you don't. */
#undef HAVE_DECL_PUTCHAR_UNLOCKED
/* Define to 1 if you have the declaration of `putc_unlocked', and to 0 if you
don't. */
#undef HAVE_DECL_PUTC_UNLOCKED
/* Define to 1 if you have the declaration of `strerror', and to 0 if you
don't. */
#undef HAVE_DECL_STRERROR
/* Define to 1 if you have the declaration of `strerror_r', and to 0 if you
don't. */
#undef HAVE_DECL_STRERROR_R
/* Define to 1 if you have the declaration of `strtoimax', and to 0 if you
don't. */
#undef HAVE_DECL_STRTOIMAX
/* Define to 1 if you have the declaration of `strtol', and to 0 if you don't.
*/
#undef HAVE_DECL_STRTOL
/* Define to 1 if you have the declaration of `strtoul', and to 0 if you
don't. */
#undef HAVE_DECL_STRTOUL
/* Define to 1 if you have the declaration of `strtoull', and to 0 if you
don't. */
#undef HAVE_DECL_STRTOULL
/* Define to 1 if you have the declaration of `strtoumax', and to 0 if you
don't. */
#undef HAVE_DECL_STRTOUMAX
/* Define to 1 if you have the `diraccess' function. */
#undef HAVE_DIRACCESS
/* Define to 1 if you have the <dirent.h> header file, and it defines `DIR'.
*/
#undef HAVE_DIRENT_H
/* Define if the malloc check has been performed. */
#undef HAVE_DONE_WORKING_MALLOC_CHECK
/* Define if the realloc check has been performed. */
#undef HAVE_DONE_WORKING_REALLOC_CHECK
/* Define to 1 if you have the `doprnt' function. */
#undef HAVE_DOPRNT
/* Define to 1 if you have the `dup2' function. */
#undef HAVE_DUP2
/* Define to 1 if you have the <fcntl.h> header file. */
#undef HAVE_FCNTL_H
/* Define to 1 if your system has a working `fnmatch' function. */
#undef HAVE_FNMATCH
/* Define to 1 if you have the `fork' function. */
#undef HAVE_FORK
/* Define if the GNU gettext() function is already present or preinstalled. */
#undef HAVE_GETTEXT
/* Define to 1 if you have the `gettimeofday' function. */
#undef HAVE_GETTIMEOFDAY
/* Define if you have the iconv() function. */
#undef HAVE_ICONV
/* Define to 1 if you have the <inttypes.h> header file. */
#undef HAVE_INTTYPES_H
/* Define to 1 if you have the `isascii' function. */
#undef HAVE_ISASCII
/* Define to 1 if you have the `iswprint' function. */
#undef HAVE_ISWPRINT
/* Define to 1 if you have the <libintl.h> header file. */
#undef HAVE_LIBINTL_H
/* Define to 1 if you have the <limits.h> header file. */
#undef HAVE_LIMITS_H
/* Define to 1 if you have the <locale.h> header file. */
#undef HAVE_LOCALE_H
/* Define to 1 if you have the `localtime_r' function. */
#undef HAVE_LOCALTIME_R
/* Define if you have the long long type. */
#undef HAVE_LONG_LONG
/* Define to 1 if you have the `mblen' function. */
#undef HAVE_MBLEN
/* Define to 1 if you have the `mbrlen' function. */
#undef HAVE_MBRLEN
/* Define to 1 if mbrtowc and mbstate_t are properly declared. */
#undef HAVE_MBRTOWC
/* Define to 1 if you have the `memchr' function. */
#undef HAVE_MEMCHR
/* Define to 1 if you have the `memcpy' function. */
#undef HAVE_MEMCPY
/* Define to 1 if you have the <memory.h> header file. */
#undef HAVE_MEMORY_H
/* Define to 1 if you have the `mempcpy' function. */
#undef HAVE_MEMPCPY
/* Define to 1 if you have the `memset' function. */
#undef HAVE_MEMSET
/* Define to 1 if you have the `mkstemp' function. */
#undef HAVE_MKSTEMP
/* Define to 1 if you have the <ndir.h> header file, and it defines `DIR'. */
#undef HAVE_NDIR_H
/* Define to 1 if you have the `setlocale' function. */
#undef HAVE_SETLOCALE
/* Define to 1 if you have the DOS-style `setmode' function. */
#undef HAVE_SETMODE_DOS
/* Define to 1 if you have the `sigaction' function. */
#undef HAVE_SIGACTION
/* Define to 1 if the system has the type `siginfo_t'. */
#undef HAVE_SIGINFO_T
/* Define to 1 if you have the `sigprocmask' function. */
#undef HAVE_SIGPROCMASK
/* Define to 1 if the system has the type `stack_t'. */
#undef HAVE_STACK_T
/* Define to 1 if stdbool.h conforms to C99. */
#undef HAVE_STDBOOL_H
/* Define to 1 if you have the <stddef.h> header file. */
#undef HAVE_STDDEF_H
/* Define to 1 if you have the <stdint.h> header file. */
#undef HAVE_STDINT_H
/* Define to 1 if you have the <stdlib.h> header file. */
#undef HAVE_STDLIB_H
/* Define to 1 if you have the `strcasecmp' function. */
#undef HAVE_STRCASECMP
/* Define to 1 if you have the `strchr' function. */
#undef HAVE_STRCHR
/* Define to 1 if you have the `strerror' function. */
#undef HAVE_STRERROR
/* Define to 1 if you have the `strerror_r' function. */
#undef HAVE_STRERROR_R
/* Define to 1 if you have the `strftime' function. */
#undef HAVE_STRFTIME
/* Define to 1 if you have the <strings.h> header file. */
#undef HAVE_STRINGS_H
/* Define to 1 if you have the <string.h> header file. */
#undef HAVE_STRING_H
/* Define to 1 if you have the `strtoul' function. */
#undef HAVE_STRTOUL
/* Define to 1 if you have the `strtoull' function. */
#undef HAVE_STRTOULL
/* Define to 1 if you have the `strtoumax' function. */
#undef HAVE_STRTOUMAX
/* Define to 1 if `st_blksize' is member of `struct stat'. */
#undef HAVE_STRUCT_STAT_ST_BLKSIZE
/* Define to 1 if `st_rdev' is member of `struct stat'. */
#undef HAVE_STRUCT_STAT_ST_RDEV
/* Define to 1 if `tm_zone' is member of `struct tm'. */
#undef HAVE_STRUCT_TM_TM_ZONE
/* Define to 1 if you have the <sys/dir.h> header file, and it defines `DIR'.
*/
#undef HAVE_SYS_DIR_H
/* Define to 1 if you have the <sys/file.h> header file. */
#undef HAVE_SYS_FILE_H
/* Define to 1 if you have the <sys/ndir.h> header file, and it defines `DIR'.
*/
#undef HAVE_SYS_NDIR_H
/* Define to 1 if you have the <sys/stat.h> header file. */
#undef HAVE_SYS_STAT_H
/* Define to 1 if you have the <sys/time.h> header file. */
#undef HAVE_SYS_TIME_H
/* Define to 1 if you have the <sys/types.h> header file. */
#undef HAVE_SYS_TYPES_H
/* Define to 1 if you have <sys/wait.h> that is POSIX.1 compatible. */
#undef HAVE_SYS_WAIT_H
/* Define to 1 if you have the <time.h> header file. */
#undef HAVE_TIME_H
/* Define to 1 if you have the `tmpnam' function. */
#undef HAVE_TMPNAM
/* Define if struct tm has the tm_gmtoff member. */
#undef HAVE_TM_GMTOFF
/* Define to 1 if your `struct tm' has `tm_zone'. Deprecated, use
`HAVE_STRUCT_TM_TM_ZONE' instead. */
#undef HAVE_TM_ZONE
/* Define to 1 if you don't have `tm_zone' but do have the external array
`tzname'. */
#undef HAVE_TZNAME
/* Define to 1 if you have the `tzset' function. */
#undef HAVE_TZSET
/* Define to 1 if you have the <unistd.h> header file. */
#undef HAVE_UNISTD_H
/* Define if you have the unsigned long long type. */
#undef HAVE_UNSIGNED_LONG_LONG
/* Define to 1 if you have the `vfork' function. */
#undef HAVE_VFORK
/* Define to 1 if you have the <vfork.h> header file. */
#undef HAVE_VFORK_H
/* Define to 1 if you have the `vprintf' function. */
#undef HAVE_VPRINTF
/* Define to 1 if you have the `waitpid' function. */
#undef HAVE_WAITPID
/* Define to 1 if you have the <wchar.h> header file. */
#undef HAVE_WCHAR_H
/* Define to 1 if you have the <wctype.h> header file. */
#undef HAVE_WCTYPE_H
/* Define to 1 if `fork' works. */
#undef HAVE_WORKING_FORK
/* Define to 1 if `vfork' works. */
#undef HAVE_WORKING_VFORK
/* Define to 1 if extending the stack slightly past the limit causes a
SIGSEGV, and an alternate stack can be established with sigaltstack, and
the signal handler is passed a context that specifies the run time stack.
This behavior is defined by POSIX 1003.1-2001 with the X/Open System
Interface (XSI) option and is a standardized way to implement a SEGV-based
stack overflow detection heuristic. */
#undef HAVE_XSI_STACK_OVERFLOW_HEURISTIC
/* Define to 1 if you have the `__secure_getenv' function. */
#undef HAVE___SECURE_GETENV
#if FILESYSTEM_BACKSLASH_IS_FILE_NAME_SEPARATOR
# define ISSLASH(C) ((C) == '/' || (C) == '\\')
#else
# define ISSLASH(C) ((C) == '/')
#endif
/* Name of package */
#undef PACKAGE
/* Define to the address where bug reports for this package should be sent. */
#undef PACKAGE_BUGREPORT
/* Define to the full name of this package. */
#undef PACKAGE_NAME
/* Define to the full name and version of this package. */
#undef PACKAGE_STRING
/* Define to the one symbol short name of this package. */
#undef PACKAGE_TARNAME
/* Define to the version of this package. */
#undef PACKAGE_VERSION
/* Define if compiler has function prototypes */
#undef PROTOTYPES
/* Name of "pr" program. */
#undef PR_PROGRAM
/* Define to 1 to avoid alloca in the regular-expression implementation. */
#undef REGEX_MALLOC
/* Define as the return type of signal handlers (`int' or `void'). */
#undef RETSIGTYPE
/* If using the C implementation of alloca, define if you know the
direction of stack growth for your system; otherwise it will be
automatically deduced at run-time.
STACK_DIRECTION > 0 => grows toward higher addresses
STACK_DIRECTION < 0 => grows toward lower addresses
STACK_DIRECTION = 0 => direction of growth unknown */
#undef STACK_DIRECTION
/* Define to 1 if the `S_IS*' macros in <sys/stat.h> do not work properly. */
#undef STAT_MACROS_BROKEN
/* Define to 1 if you have the ANSI C header files. */
#undef STDC_HEADERS
/* Define to 1 if strerror_r returns char *. */
#undef STRERROR_R_CHAR_P
/* Define to be the nanoseconds member of struct stat's st_mtim, if it exists.
*/
#undef ST_MTIM_NSEC
/* Define to 1 if you can safely include both <sys/time.h> and <time.h>. */
#undef TIME_WITH_SYS_TIME
/* Define to 1 if your <sys/time.h> declares `struct tm'. */
#undef TM_IN_SYS_TIME
/* Version number of package */
#undef VERSION
/* Number of bits in a file offset, on hosts where this is settable. */
#undef _FILE_OFFSET_BITS
#ifndef _GNU_SOURCE
# define _GNU_SOURCE
#endif
/* Define for large files, on AIX-style hosts. */
#undef _LARGE_FILES
/* Enable Solaris extensions. */
#undef __EXTENSIONS__
/* Define like PROTOTYPES; this can be used by system headers. */
#undef __PROTOTYPES
/* Define to empty if `const' does not conform to ANSI C. */
#undef const
/* Define as `__inline' if that's what the C compiler calls it, or to nothing
if it is not supported. */
#undef inline
/* Define to widest signed type if <inttypes.h> doesn't define. */
#undef intmax_t
/* Define to rpl_malloc if the replacement function should be used. */
#undef malloc
/* Define to a type if <wchar.h> does not define. */
#undef mbstate_t
/* Define to the name of the strftime replacement function. */
#undef my_strftime
/* Define to `int' if <sys/types.h> does not define. */
#undef pid_t
/* Define to `int' if <sys/types.h> does not define. */
#undef ptrdiff_t
/* Define to rpl_realloc if the replacement function should be used. */
#undef realloc
/* Define to `int' if <sys/types.h> does not define. */
#undef ssize_t
/* Define to widest unsigned type if <inttypes.h> doesn't define. */
#undef uintmax_t
/* Define as `fork' if `vfork' does not work. */
#undef vfork

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff

View File

@ -1,513 +0,0 @@
#! /bin/sh
# Output a system dependent set of variables, describing how to set the
# run time search path of shared libraries in an executable.
#
# Copyright 1996-2002 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
# Taken from GNU libtool, 2001
# Originally by Gordon Matzigkeit <gord@gnu.ai.mit.edu>, 1996
#
# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
# it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
# the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
# (at your option) any later version.
#
# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but
# WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
# General Public License for more details.
#
# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
# along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
# Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.
#
# As a special exception to the GNU General Public License, if you
# distribute this file as part of a program that contains a
# configuration script generated by Autoconf, you may include it under
# the same distribution terms that you use for the rest of that program.
#
# The first argument passed to this file is the canonical host specification,
# CPU_TYPE-MANUFACTURER-OPERATING_SYSTEM
# or
# CPU_TYPE-MANUFACTURER-KERNEL-OPERATING_SYSTEM
# The environment variables CC, GCC, LDFLAGS, LD, with_gnu_ld
# should be set by the caller.
#
# The set of defined variables is at the end of this script.
# All known linkers require a `.a' archive for static linking (except M$VC,
# which needs '.lib').
libext=a
shlibext=
host="$1"
host_cpu=`echo "$host" | sed 's/^\([^-]*\)-\([^-]*\)-\(.*\)$/\1/'`
host_vendor=`echo "$host" | sed 's/^\([^-]*\)-\([^-]*\)-\(.*\)$/\2/'`
host_os=`echo "$host" | sed 's/^\([^-]*\)-\([^-]*\)-\(.*\)$/\3/'`
wl=
if test "$GCC" = yes; then
wl='-Wl,'
else
case "$host_os" in
aix3* | aix4* | aix5*)
wl='-Wl,'
;;
hpux9* | hpux10* | hpux11*)
wl='-Wl,'
;;
irix5* | irix6*)
wl='-Wl,'
;;
linux*)
echo '__INTEL_COMPILER' > conftest.$ac_ext
if $CC -E conftest.$ac_ext >/dev/null | grep __INTEL_COMPILER >/dev/null
then
:
else
# Intel icc
wl='-Qoption,ld,'
fi
;;
osf3* | osf4* | osf5*)
wl='-Wl,'
;;
solaris*)
wl='-Wl,'
;;
sunos4*)
wl='-Qoption ld '
;;
sysv4 | sysv4.2uw2* | sysv4.3* | sysv5*)
if test "x$host_vendor" = xsni; then
wl='-LD'
else
wl='-Wl,'
fi
;;
esac
fi
hardcode_libdir_flag_spec=
hardcode_libdir_separator=
hardcode_direct=no
hardcode_minus_L=no
case "$host_os" in
cygwin* | mingw* | pw32*)
# FIXME: the MSVC++ port hasn't been tested in a loooong time
# When not using gcc, we currently assume that we are using
# Microsoft Visual C++.
if test "$GCC" != yes; then
with_gnu_ld=no
fi
;;
openbsd*)
with_gnu_ld=no
;;
esac
ld_shlibs=yes
if test "$with_gnu_ld" = yes; then
case "$host_os" in
aix3* | aix4* | aix5*)
# On AIX, the GNU linker is very broken
ld_shlibs=no
;;
amigaos*)
hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='-L$libdir'
hardcode_minus_L=yes
# Samuel A. Falvo II <kc5tja@dolphin.openprojects.net> reports
# that the semantics of dynamic libraries on AmigaOS, at least up
# to version 4, is to share data among multiple programs linked
# with the same dynamic library. Since this doesn't match the
# behavior of shared libraries on other platforms, we can use
# them.
ld_shlibs=no
;;
beos*)
if $LD --help 2>&1 | egrep ': supported targets:.* elf' > /dev/null; then
:
else
ld_shlibs=no
fi
;;
cygwin* | mingw* | pw32*)
# hardcode_libdir_flag_spec is actually meaningless, as there is
# no search path for DLLs.
hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='-L$libdir'
;;
solaris* | sysv5*)
if $LD -v 2>&1 | egrep 'BFD 2\.8' > /dev/null; then
ld_shlibs=no
elif $LD --help 2>&1 | egrep ': supported targets:.* elf' > /dev/null; then
:
else
ld_shlibs=no
fi
;;
sunos4*)
hardcode_direct=yes
;;
*)
if $LD --help 2>&1 | egrep ': supported targets:.* elf' > /dev/null; then
:
else
ld_shlibs=no
fi
;;
esac
if test "$ld_shlibs" = yes; then
hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='${wl}-rpath ${wl}$libdir'
fi
else
case "$host_os" in
aix3*)
# Note: this linker hardcodes the directories in LIBPATH if there
# are no directories specified by -L.
hardcode_minus_L=yes
if test "$GCC" = yes; then
# Neither direct hardcoding nor static linking is supported with a
# broken collect2.
hardcode_direct=unsupported
fi
;;
aix4* | aix5*)
if test "$host_cpu" = ia64; then
# On IA64, the linker does run time linking by default, so we don't
# have to do anything special.
aix_use_runtimelinking=no
else
aix_use_runtimelinking=no
# Test if we are trying to use run time linking or normal
# AIX style linking. If -brtl is somewhere in LDFLAGS, we
# need to do runtime linking.
case $host_os in aix4.[23]|aix4.[23].*|aix5*)
for ld_flag in $LDFLAGS; do
if (test $ld_flag = "-brtl" || test $ld_flag = "-Wl,-brtl"); then
aix_use_runtimelinking=yes
break
fi
done
esac
fi
hardcode_direct=yes
hardcode_libdir_separator=':'
if test "$GCC" = yes; then
case $host_os in aix4.[012]|aix4.[012].*)
collect2name=`${CC} -print-prog-name=collect2`
if test -f "$collect2name" && \
strings "$collect2name" | grep resolve_lib_name >/dev/null
then
# We have reworked collect2
hardcode_direct=yes
else
# We have old collect2
hardcode_direct=unsupported
hardcode_minus_L=yes
hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='-L$libdir'
hardcode_libdir_separator=
fi
esac
fi
if test "$aix_use_runtimelinking" = yes; then
hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='${wl}-blibpath:$libdir:/usr/lib:/lib'
else
if test "$host_cpu" = ia64; then
hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='${wl}-R $libdir:/usr/lib:/lib'
else
hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='${wl}-bnolibpath ${wl}-blibpath:$libdir:/usr/lib:/lib'
fi
fi
;;
amigaos*)
hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='-L$libdir'
hardcode_minus_L=yes
# see comment about different semantics on the GNU ld section
ld_shlibs=no
;;
cygwin* | mingw* | pw32*)
# When not using gcc, we currently assume that we are using
# Microsoft Visual C++.
# hardcode_libdir_flag_spec is actually meaningless, as there is
# no search path for DLLs.
hardcode_libdir_flag_spec=' '
libext=lib
;;
darwin* | rhapsody*)
hardcode_direct=yes
;;
freebsd1*)
ld_shlibs=no
;;
freebsd2.2*)
hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='-R$libdir'
hardcode_direct=yes
;;
freebsd2*)
hardcode_direct=yes
hardcode_minus_L=yes
;;
freebsd*)
hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='-R$libdir'
hardcode_direct=yes
;;
hpux9* | hpux10* | hpux11*)
hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='${wl}+b ${wl}$libdir'
hardcode_libdir_separator=:
hardcode_direct=yes
hardcode_minus_L=yes # Not in the search PATH, but as the default
# location of the library.
;;
irix5* | irix6*)
hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='${wl}-rpath ${wl}$libdir'
hardcode_libdir_separator=:
;;
netbsd*)
hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='-R$libdir'
hardcode_direct=yes
;;
newsos6)
hardcode_direct=yes
hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='${wl}-rpath ${wl}$libdir'
hardcode_libdir_separator=:
;;
openbsd*)
hardcode_direct=yes
if test -z "`echo __ELF__ | $CC -E - | grep __ELF__`" || test "$host_os-$host_cpu" = "openbsd2.8-powerpc"; then
hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='${wl}-rpath,$libdir'
else
case "$host_os" in
openbsd[01].* | openbsd2.[0-7] | openbsd2.[0-7].*)
hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='-R$libdir'
;;
*)
hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='${wl}-rpath,$libdir'
;;
esac
fi
;;
os2*)
hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='-L$libdir'
hardcode_minus_L=yes
;;
osf3*)
hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='${wl}-rpath ${wl}$libdir'
hardcode_libdir_separator=:
;;
osf4* | osf5*)
if test "$GCC" = yes; then
hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='${wl}-rpath ${wl}$libdir'
else
# Both cc and cxx compiler support -rpath directly
hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='-rpath $libdir'
fi
hardcode_libdir_separator=:
;;
sco3.2v5*)
;;
solaris*)
hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='-R$libdir'
;;
sunos4*)
hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='-L$libdir'
hardcode_direct=yes
hardcode_minus_L=yes
;;
sysv4)
if test "x$host_vendor" = xsno; then
hardcode_direct=yes # is this really true???
else
hardcode_direct=no # Motorola manual says yes, but my tests say they lie
fi
;;
sysv4.3*)
;;
sysv5*)
hardcode_libdir_flag_spec=
;;
uts4*)
hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='-L$libdir'
;;
dgux*)
hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='-L$libdir'
;;
sysv4*MP*)
if test -d /usr/nec; then
ld_shlibs=yes
fi
;;
sysv4.2uw2*)
hardcode_direct=yes
hardcode_minus_L=no
;;
sysv5uw7* | unixware7*)
;;
*)
ld_shlibs=no
;;
esac
fi
# Check dynamic linker characteristics
libname_spec='lib$name'
sys_lib_dlsearch_path_spec="/lib /usr/lib"
sys_lib_search_path_spec="/lib /usr/lib /usr/local/lib"
case "$host_os" in
aix3*)
shlibext=so
;;
aix4* | aix5*)
shlibext=so
;;
amigaos*)
shlibext=ixlibrary
;;
beos*)
shlibext=so
;;
bsdi4*)
shlibext=so
sys_lib_search_path_spec="/shlib /usr/lib /usr/X11/lib /usr/contrib/lib /lib /usr/local/lib"
sys_lib_dlsearch_path_spec="/shlib /usr/lib /usr/local/lib"
;;
cygwin* | mingw* | pw32*)
case $GCC,$host_os in
yes,cygwin*)
shlibext=dll.a
;;
yes,mingw*)
shlibext=dll
sys_lib_search_path_spec=`$CC -print-search-dirs | grep "^libraries:" | sed -e "s/^libraries://" -e "s/;/ /g"`
;;
yes,pw32*)
shlibext=dll
;;
*)
shlibext=dll
;;
esac
;;
darwin* | rhapsody*)
shlibext=dylib
;;
freebsd1*)
;;
freebsd*)
shlibext=so
;;
gnu*)
shlibext=so
;;
hpux9* | hpux10* | hpux11*)
shlibext=sl
;;
irix5* | irix6*)
shlibext=so
case "$host_os" in
irix5*)
libsuff= shlibsuff=
;;
*)
case $LD in
*-32|*"-32 ") libsuff= shlibsuff= ;;
*-n32|*"-n32 ") libsuff=32 shlibsuff=N32 ;;
*-64|*"-64 ") libsuff=64 shlibsuff=64 ;;
*) libsuff= shlibsuff= ;;
esac
;;
esac
sys_lib_search_path_spec="/usr/lib${libsuff} /lib${libsuff} /usr/local/lib${libsuff}"
sys_lib_dlsearch_path_spec="/usr/lib${libsuff} /lib${libsuff}"
;;
linux-gnuoldld* | linux-gnuaout* | linux-gnucoff*)
;;
linux-gnu*)
shlibext=so
;;
netbsd*)
shlibext=so
;;
newsos6)
shlibext=so
;;
openbsd*)
shlibext=so
;;
os2*)
libname_spec='$name'
shlibext=dll
;;
osf3* | osf4* | osf5*)
shlibext=so
sys_lib_search_path_spec="/usr/shlib /usr/ccs/lib /usr/lib/cmplrs/cc /usr/lib /usr/local/lib /var/shlib"
sys_lib_dlsearch_path_spec="$sys_lib_search_path_spec"
;;
sco3.2v5*)
shlibext=so
;;
solaris*)
shlibext=so
;;
sunos4*)
shlibext=so
;;
sysv4 | sysv4.2uw2* | sysv4.3* | sysv5*)
shlibext=so
case "$host_vendor" in
motorola)
sys_lib_search_path_spec='/lib /usr/lib /usr/ccs/lib'
;;
esac
;;
uts4*)
shlibext=so
;;
dgux*)
shlibext=so
;;
sysv4*MP*)
if test -d /usr/nec; then
shlibext=so
fi
;;
esac
sed_quote_subst='s/\(["`$\\]\)/\\\1/g'
escaped_wl=`echo "X$wl" | sed -e 's/^X//' -e "$sed_quote_subst"`
escaped_hardcode_libdir_flag_spec=`echo "X$hardcode_libdir_flag_spec" | sed -e 's/^X//' -e "$sed_quote_subst"`
escaped_sys_lib_search_path_spec=`echo "X$sys_lib_search_path_spec" | sed -e 's/^X//' -e "$sed_quote_subst"`
escaped_sys_lib_dlsearch_path_spec=`echo "X$sys_lib_dlsearch_path_spec" | sed -e 's/^X//' -e "$sed_quote_subst"`
sed -e 's/^\([a-zA-Z0-9_]*\)=/acl_cv_\1=/' <<EOF
# How to pass a linker flag through the compiler.
wl="$escaped_wl"
# Static library suffix (normally "a").
libext="$libext"
# Shared library suffix (normally "so").
shlibext="$shlibext"
# Flag to hardcode \$libdir into a binary during linking.
# This must work even if \$libdir does not exist.
hardcode_libdir_flag_spec="$escaped_hardcode_libdir_flag_spec"
# Whether we need a single -rpath flag with a separated argument.
hardcode_libdir_separator="$hardcode_libdir_separator"
# Set to yes if using DIR/libNAME.so during linking hardcodes DIR into the
# resulting binary.
hardcode_direct="$hardcode_direct"
# Set to yes if using the -LDIR flag during linking hardcodes DIR into the
# resulting binary.
hardcode_minus_L="$hardcode_minus_L"
# Compile-time system search path for libraries
sys_lib_search_path_spec="$escaped_sys_lib_search_path_spec"
# Run-time system search path for libraries
sys_lib_dlsearch_path_spec="$escaped_sys_lib_dlsearch_path_spec"
EOF

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff

View File

@ -1,436 +0,0 @@
#! /bin/sh
# depcomp - compile a program generating dependencies as side-effects
# Copyright 1999, 2000 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
# it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
# the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
# any later version.
# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
# GNU General Public License for more details.
# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
# along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
# Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA
# 02111-1307, USA.
# As a special exception to the GNU General Public License, if you
# distribute this file as part of a program that contains a
# configuration script generated by Autoconf, you may include it under
# the same distribution terms that you use for the rest of that program.
# Originally written by Alexandre Oliva <oliva@dcc.unicamp.br>.
if test -z "$depmode" || test -z "$source" || test -z "$object"; then
echo "depcomp: Variables source, object and depmode must be set" 1>&2
exit 1
fi
# `libtool' can also be set to `yes' or `no'.
if test -z "$depfile"; then
base=`echo "$object" | sed -e 's,^.*/,,' -e 's,\.\([^.]*\)$,.P\1,'`
dir=`echo "$object" | sed 's,/.*$,/,'`
if test "$dir" = "$object"; then
dir=
fi
# FIXME: should be _deps on DOS.
depfile="$dir.deps/$base"
fi
tmpdepfile=${tmpdepfile-`echo "$depfile" | sed 's/\.\([^.]*\)$/.T\1/'`}
rm -f "$tmpdepfile"
# Some modes work just like other modes, but use different flags. We
# parameterize here, but still list the modes in the big case below,
# to make depend.m4 easier to write. Note that we *cannot* use a case
# here, because this file can only contain one case statement.
if test "$depmode" = hp; then
# HP compiler uses -M and no extra arg.
gccflag=-M
depmode=gcc
fi
if test "$depmode" = dashXmstdout; then
# This is just like dashmstdout with a different argument.
dashmflag=-xM
depmode=dashmstdout
fi
case "$depmode" in
gcc3)
## gcc 3 implements dependency tracking that does exactly what
## we want. Yay! Note: for some reason libtool 1.4 doesn't like
## it if -MD -MP comes after the -MF stuff. Hmm.
"$@" -MT "$object" -MD -MP -MF "$tmpdepfile"
stat=$?
if test $stat -eq 0; then :
else
rm -f "$tmpdepfile"
exit $stat
fi
mv "$tmpdepfile" "$depfile"
;;
gcc)
## There are various ways to get dependency output from gcc. Here's
## why we pick this rather obscure method:
## - Don't want to use -MD because we'd like the dependencies to end
## up in a subdir. Having to rename by hand is ugly.
## (We might end up doing this anyway to support other compilers.)
## - The DEPENDENCIES_OUTPUT environment variable makes gcc act like
## -MM, not -M (despite what the docs say).
## - Using -M directly means running the compiler twice (even worse
## than renaming).
if test -z "$gccflag"; then
gccflag=-MD,
fi
"$@" -Wp,"$gccflag$tmpdepfile"
stat=$?
if test $stat -eq 0; then :
else
rm -f "$tmpdepfile"
exit $stat
fi
rm -f "$depfile"
echo "$object : \\" > "$depfile"
alpha=ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZabcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz
## The second -e expression handles DOS-style file names with drive letters.
sed -e 's/^[^:]*: / /' \
-e 's/^['$alpha']:\/[^:]*: / /' < "$tmpdepfile" >> "$depfile"
## This next piece of magic avoids the `deleted header file' problem.
## The problem is that when a header file which appears in a .P file
## is deleted, the dependency causes make to die (because there is
## typically no way to rebuild the header). We avoid this by adding
## dummy dependencies for each header file. Too bad gcc doesn't do
## this for us directly.
tr ' ' '
' < "$tmpdepfile" |
## Some versions of gcc put a space before the `:'. On the theory
## that the space means something, we add a space to the output as
## well.
## Some versions of the HPUX 10.20 sed can't process this invocation
## correctly. Breaking it into two sed invocations is a workaround.
sed -e 's/^\\$//' -e '/^$/d' -e '/:$/d' | sed -e 's/$/ :/' >> "$depfile"
rm -f "$tmpdepfile"
;;
hp)
# This case exists only to let depend.m4 do its work. It works by
# looking at the text of this script. This case will never be run,
# since it is checked for above.
exit 1
;;
sgi)
if test "$libtool" = yes; then
"$@" "-Wp,-MDupdate,$tmpdepfile"
else
"$@" -MDupdate "$tmpdepfile"
fi
stat=$?
if test $stat -eq 0; then :
else
rm -f "$tmpdepfile"
exit $stat
fi
rm -f "$depfile"
if test -f "$tmpdepfile"; then # yes, the sourcefile depend on other files
echo "$object : \\" > "$depfile"
# Clip off the initial element (the dependent). Don't try to be
# clever and replace this with sed code, as IRIX sed won't handle
# lines with more than a fixed number of characters (4096 in
# IRIX 6.2 sed, 8192 in IRIX 6.5). We also remove comment lines;
# the IRIX cc adds comments like `#:fec' to the end of the
# dependency line.
tr ' ' '
' < "$tmpdepfile" \
| sed -e 's/^.*\.o://' -e 's/#.*$//' -e '/^$/ d' | \
tr '
' ' ' >> $depfile
echo >> $depfile
# The second pass generates a dummy entry for each header file.
tr ' ' '
' < "$tmpdepfile" \
| sed -e 's/^.*\.o://' -e 's/#.*$//' -e '/^$/ d' -e 's/$/:/' \
>> $depfile
else
# The sourcefile does not contain any dependencies, so just
# store a dummy comment line, to avoid errors with the Makefile
# "include basename.Plo" scheme.
echo "#dummy" > "$depfile"
fi
rm -f "$tmpdepfile"
;;
aix)
# The C for AIX Compiler uses -M and outputs the dependencies
# in a .u file. This file always lives in the current directory.
# Also, the AIX compiler puts `$object:' at the start of each line;
# $object doesn't have directory information.
stripped=`echo "$object" | sed -e 's,^.*/,,' -e 's/\(.*\)\..*$/\1/'`
tmpdepfile="$stripped.u"
outname="$stripped.o"
if test "$libtool" = yes; then
"$@" -Wc,-M
else
"$@" -M
fi
stat=$?
if test $stat -eq 0; then :
else
rm -f "$tmpdepfile"
exit $stat
fi
if test -f "$tmpdepfile"; then
# Each line is of the form `foo.o: dependent.h'.
# Do two passes, one to just change these to
# `$object: dependent.h' and one to simply `dependent.h:'.
sed -e "s,^$outname:,$object :," < "$tmpdepfile" > "$depfile"
sed -e "s,^$outname: \(.*\)$,\1:," < "$tmpdepfile" >> "$depfile"
else
# The sourcefile does not contain any dependencies, so just
# store a dummy comment line, to avoid errors with the Makefile
# "include basename.Plo" scheme.
echo "#dummy" > "$depfile"
fi
rm -f "$tmpdepfile"
;;
tru64)
# The Tru64 AIX compiler uses -MD to generate dependencies as a side
# effect. `cc -MD -o foo.o ...' puts the dependencies into `foo.o.d'.
# At least on Alpha/Redhat 6.1, Compaq CCC V6.2-504 seems to put
# dependencies in `foo.d' instead, so we check for that too.
# Subdirectories are respected.
base=`echo "$object" | sed -e 's/\.o$/.d/' -e 's/\.lo$/.d/'`
tmpdepfile1="$base.o.d"
tmpdepfile2="$base.d"
if test "$libtool" = yes; then
"$@" -Wc,-MD
else
"$@" -MD
fi
stat=$?
if test $stat -eq 0; then :
else
rm -f "$tmpdepfile1" "$tmpdepfile2"
exit $stat
fi
if test -f "$tmpdepfile1"; then
tmpdepfile="$tmpdepfile1"
else
tmpdepfile="$tmpdepfile2"
fi
if test -f "$tmpdepfile"; then
sed -e "s,^.*\.[a-z]*:,$object:," < "$tmpdepfile" > "$depfile"
# That's a space and a tab in the [].
sed -e 's,^.*\.[a-z]*:[ ]*,,' -e 's,$,:,' < "$tmpdepfile" >> "$depfile"
else
echo "#dummy" > "$depfile"
fi
rm -f "$tmpdepfile"
;;
#nosideeffect)
# This comment above is used by automake to tell side-effect
# dependency tracking mechanisms from slower ones.
dashmstdout)
# Important note: in order to support this mode, a compiler *must*
# always write the proprocessed file to stdout, regardless of -o,
# because we must use -o when running libtool.
test -z "$dashmflag" && dashmflag=-M
( IFS=" "
case " $* " in
*" --mode=compile "*) # this is libtool, let us make it quiet
for arg
do # cycle over the arguments
case "$arg" in
"--mode=compile")
# insert --quiet before "--mode=compile"
set fnord "$@" --quiet
shift # fnord
;;
esac
set fnord "$@" "$arg"
shift # fnord
shift # "$arg"
done
;;
esac
"$@" $dashmflag | sed 's:^[^:]*\:[ ]*:'"$object"'\: :' > "$tmpdepfile"
) &
proc=$!
"$@"
stat=$?
wait "$proc"
if test "$stat" != 0; then exit $stat; fi
rm -f "$depfile"
cat < "$tmpdepfile" > "$depfile"
tr ' ' '
' < "$tmpdepfile" | \
## Some versions of the HPUX 10.20 sed can't process this invocation
## correctly. Breaking it into two sed invocations is a workaround.
sed -e 's/^\\$//' -e '/^$/d' -e '/:$/d' | sed -e 's/$/ :/' >> "$depfile"
rm -f "$tmpdepfile"
;;
dashXmstdout)
# This case only exists to satisfy depend.m4. It is never actually
# run, as this mode is specially recognized in the preamble.
exit 1
;;
makedepend)
# X makedepend
(
shift
cleared=no
for arg in "$@"; do
case $cleared in no)
set ""; shift
cleared=yes
esac
case "$arg" in
-D*|-I*)
set fnord "$@" "$arg"; shift;;
-*)
;;
*)
set fnord "$@" "$arg"; shift;;
esac
done
obj_suffix="`echo $object | sed 's/^.*\././'`"
touch "$tmpdepfile"
${MAKEDEPEND-makedepend} 2>/dev/null -o"$obj_suffix" -f"$tmpdepfile" "$@"
) &
proc=$!
"$@"
stat=$?
wait "$proc"
if test "$stat" != 0; then exit $stat; fi
rm -f "$depfile"
cat < "$tmpdepfile" > "$depfile"
sed '1,2d' "$tmpdepfile" | tr ' ' '
' | \
## Some versions of the HPUX 10.20 sed can't process this invocation
## correctly. Breaking it into two sed invocations is a workaround.
sed -e 's/^\\$//' -e '/^$/d' -e '/:$/d' | sed -e 's/$/ :/' >> "$depfile"
rm -f "$tmpdepfile" "$tmpdepfile".bak
;;
cpp)
# Important note: in order to support this mode, a compiler *must*
# always write the proprocessed file to stdout, regardless of -o,
# because we must use -o when running libtool.
( IFS=" "
case " $* " in
*" --mode=compile "*)
for arg
do # cycle over the arguments
case $arg in
"--mode=compile")
# insert --quiet before "--mode=compile"
set fnord "$@" --quiet
shift # fnord
;;
esac
set fnord "$@" "$arg"
shift # fnord
shift # "$arg"
done
;;
esac
"$@" -E |
sed -n '/^# [0-9][0-9]* "\([^"]*\)".*/ s:: \1 \\:p' |
sed '$ s: \\$::' > "$tmpdepfile"
) &
proc=$!
"$@"
stat=$?
wait "$proc"
if test "$stat" != 0; then exit $stat; fi
rm -f "$depfile"
echo "$object : \\" > "$depfile"
cat < "$tmpdepfile" >> "$depfile"
sed < "$tmpdepfile" '/^$/d;s/^ //;s/ \\$//;s/$/ :/' >> "$depfile"
rm -f "$tmpdepfile"
;;
msvisualcpp)
# Important note: in order to support this mode, a compiler *must*
# always write the proprocessed file to stdout, regardless of -o,
# because we must use -o when running libtool.
( IFS=" "
case " $* " in
*" --mode=compile "*)
for arg
do # cycle over the arguments
case $arg in
"--mode=compile")
# insert --quiet before "--mode=compile"
set fnord "$@" --quiet
shift # fnord
;;
esac
set fnord "$@" "$arg"
shift # fnord
shift # "$arg"
done
;;
esac
for arg
do
case "$arg" in
"-Gm"|"/Gm"|"-Gi"|"/Gi"|"-ZI"|"/ZI")
set fnord "$@"
shift
shift
;;
*)
set fnord "$@" "$arg"
shift
shift
;;
esac
done
"$@" -E |
sed -n '/^#line [0-9][0-9]* "\([^"]*\)"/ s::echo "`cygpath -u \\"\1\\"`":p' | sort | uniq > "$tmpdepfile"
) &
proc=$!
"$@"
stat=$?
wait "$proc"
if test "$stat" != 0; then exit $stat; fi
rm -f "$depfile"
echo "$object : \\" > "$depfile"
. "$tmpdepfile" | sed 's% %\\ %g' | sed -n '/^\(.*\)$/ s:: \1 \\:p' >> "$depfile"
echo " " >> "$depfile"
. "$tmpdepfile" | sed 's% %\\ %g' | sed -n '/^\(.*\)$/ s::\1\::p' >> "$depfile"
rm -f "$tmpdepfile"
;;
none)
exec "$@"
;;
*)
echo "Unknown depmode $depmode" 1>&2
exit 1
;;
esac
exit 0

View File

@ -1,251 +0,0 @@
#!/bin/sh
#
# install - install a program, script, or datafile
# This comes from X11R5 (mit/util/scripts/install.sh).
#
# Copyright 1991 by the Massachusetts Institute of Technology
#
# Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this software and its
# documentation for any purpose is hereby granted without fee, provided that
# the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that
# copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting
# documentation, and that the name of M.I.T. not be used in advertising or
# publicity pertaining to distribution of the software without specific,
# written prior permission. M.I.T. makes no representations about the
# suitability of this software for any purpose. It is provided "as is"
# without express or implied warranty.
#
# Calling this script install-sh is preferred over install.sh, to prevent
# `make' implicit rules from creating a file called install from it
# when there is no Makefile.
#
# This script is compatible with the BSD install script, but was written
# from scratch. It can only install one file at a time, a restriction
# shared with many OS's install programs.
# set DOITPROG to echo to test this script
# Don't use :- since 4.3BSD and earlier shells don't like it.
doit="${DOITPROG-}"
# put in absolute paths if you don't have them in your path; or use env. vars.
mvprog="${MVPROG-mv}"
cpprog="${CPPROG-cp}"
chmodprog="${CHMODPROG-chmod}"
chownprog="${CHOWNPROG-chown}"
chgrpprog="${CHGRPPROG-chgrp}"
stripprog="${STRIPPROG-strip}"
rmprog="${RMPROG-rm}"
mkdirprog="${MKDIRPROG-mkdir}"
transformbasename=""
transform_arg=""
instcmd="$mvprog"
chmodcmd="$chmodprog 0755"
chowncmd=""
chgrpcmd=""
stripcmd=""
rmcmd="$rmprog -f"
mvcmd="$mvprog"
src=""
dst=""
dir_arg=""
while [ x"$1" != x ]; do
case $1 in
-c) instcmd="$cpprog"
shift
continue;;
-d) dir_arg=true
shift
continue;;
-m) chmodcmd="$chmodprog $2"
shift
shift
continue;;
-o) chowncmd="$chownprog $2"
shift
shift
continue;;
-g) chgrpcmd="$chgrpprog $2"
shift
shift
continue;;
-s) stripcmd="$stripprog"
shift
continue;;
-t=*) transformarg=`echo $1 | sed 's/-t=//'`
shift
continue;;
-b=*) transformbasename=`echo $1 | sed 's/-b=//'`
shift
continue;;
*) if [ x"$src" = x ]
then
src=$1
else
# this colon is to work around a 386BSD /bin/sh bug
:
dst=$1
fi
shift
continue;;
esac
done
if [ x"$src" = x ]
then
echo "install: no input file specified"
exit 1
else
:
fi
if [ x"$dir_arg" != x ]; then
dst=$src
src=""
if [ -d $dst ]; then
instcmd=:
chmodcmd=""
else
instcmd=$mkdirprog
fi
else
# Waiting for this to be detected by the "$instcmd $src $dsttmp" command
# might cause directories to be created, which would be especially bad
# if $src (and thus $dsttmp) contains '*'.
if [ -f $src -o -d $src ]
then
:
else
echo "install: $src does not exist"
exit 1
fi
if [ x"$dst" = x ]
then
echo "install: no destination specified"
exit 1
else
:
fi
# If destination is a directory, append the input filename; if your system
# does not like double slashes in filenames, you may need to add some logic
if [ -d $dst ]
then
dst="$dst"/`basename $src`
else
:
fi
fi
## this sed command emulates the dirname command
dstdir=`echo $dst | sed -e 's,[^/]*$,,;s,/$,,;s,^$,.,'`
# Make sure that the destination directory exists.
# this part is taken from Noah Friedman's mkinstalldirs script
# Skip lots of stat calls in the usual case.
if [ ! -d "$dstdir" ]; then
defaultIFS='
'
IFS="${IFS-${defaultIFS}}"
oIFS="${IFS}"
# Some sh's can't handle IFS=/ for some reason.
IFS='%'
set - `echo ${dstdir} | sed -e 's@/@%@g' -e 's@^%@/@'`
IFS="${oIFS}"
pathcomp=''
while [ $# -ne 0 ] ; do
pathcomp="${pathcomp}${1}"
shift
if [ ! -d "${pathcomp}" ] ;
then
$mkdirprog "${pathcomp}"
else
:
fi
pathcomp="${pathcomp}/"
done
fi
if [ x"$dir_arg" != x ]
then
$doit $instcmd $dst &&
if [ x"$chowncmd" != x ]; then $doit $chowncmd $dst; else : ; fi &&
if [ x"$chgrpcmd" != x ]; then $doit $chgrpcmd $dst; else : ; fi &&
if [ x"$stripcmd" != x ]; then $doit $stripcmd $dst; else : ; fi &&
if [ x"$chmodcmd" != x ]; then $doit $chmodcmd $dst; else : ; fi
else
# If we're going to rename the final executable, determine the name now.
if [ x"$transformarg" = x ]
then
dstfile=`basename $dst`
else
dstfile=`basename $dst $transformbasename |
sed $transformarg`$transformbasename
fi
# don't allow the sed command to completely eliminate the filename
if [ x"$dstfile" = x ]
then
dstfile=`basename $dst`
else
:
fi
# Make a temp file name in the proper directory.
dsttmp=$dstdir/#inst.$$#
# Move or copy the file name to the temp name
$doit $instcmd $src $dsttmp &&
trap "rm -f ${dsttmp}" 0 &&
# and set any options; do chmod last to preserve setuid bits
# If any of these fail, we abort the whole thing. If we want to
# ignore errors from any of these, just make sure not to ignore
# errors from the above "$doit $instcmd $src $dsttmp" command.
if [ x"$chowncmd" != x ]; then $doit $chowncmd $dsttmp; else :;fi &&
if [ x"$chgrpcmd" != x ]; then $doit $chgrpcmd $dsttmp; else :;fi &&
if [ x"$stripcmd" != x ]; then $doit $stripcmd $dsttmp; else :;fi &&
if [ x"$chmodcmd" != x ]; then $doit $chmodcmd $dsttmp; else :;fi &&
# Now rename the file to the real destination.
$doit $rmcmd -f $dstdir/$dstfile &&
$doit $mvcmd $dsttmp $dstdir/$dstfile
fi &&
exit 0

View File

@ -1,97 +0,0 @@
#!/bin/sh
# Get modification time of a file or directory and pretty-print it.
# Copyright 1995, 1996, 1997 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
# written by Ulrich Drepper <drepper@gnu.ai.mit.edu>, June 1995
#
# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
# it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
# the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
# any later version.
#
# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
# GNU General Public License for more details.
#
# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
# along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
# Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.
# As a special exception to the GNU General Public License, if you
# distribute this file as part of a program that contains a
# configuration script generated by Autoconf, you may include it under
# the same distribution terms that you use for the rest of that program.
# Prevent date giving response in another language.
LANG=C
export LANG
LC_ALL=C
export LC_ALL
LC_TIME=C
export LC_TIME
# Get the extended ls output of the file or directory.
# On HPUX /bin/sh, "set" interprets "-rw-r--r--" as options, so the "x" below.
if ls -L /dev/null 1>/dev/null 2>&1; then
set - x`ls -L -l -d $1`
else
set - x`ls -l -d $1`
fi
# The month is at least the fourth argument
# (3 shifts here, the next inside the loop).
shift
shift
shift
# Find the month. Next argument is day, followed by the year or time.
month=
until test $month
do
shift
case $1 in
Jan) month=January; nummonth=1;;
Feb) month=February; nummonth=2;;
Mar) month=March; nummonth=3;;
Apr) month=April; nummonth=4;;
May) month=May; nummonth=5;;
Jun) month=June; nummonth=6;;
Jul) month=July; nummonth=7;;
Aug) month=August; nummonth=8;;
Sep) month=September; nummonth=9;;
Oct) month=October; nummonth=10;;
Nov) month=November; nummonth=11;;
Dec) month=December; nummonth=12;;
esac
done
day=$2
# Here we have to deal with the problem that the ls output gives either
# the time of day or the year.
case $3 in
*:*) set `date`; eval year=\$$#
case $2 in
Jan) nummonthtod=1;;
Feb) nummonthtod=2;;
Mar) nummonthtod=3;;
Apr) nummonthtod=4;;
May) nummonthtod=5;;
Jun) nummonthtod=6;;
Jul) nummonthtod=7;;
Aug) nummonthtod=8;;
Sep) nummonthtod=9;;
Oct) nummonthtod=10;;
Nov) nummonthtod=11;;
Dec) nummonthtod=12;;
esac
# For the first six month of the year the time notation can also
# be used for files modified in the last year.
if (expr $nummonth \> $nummonthtod) > /dev/null;
then
year=`expr $year - 1`
fi;;
*) year=$3;;
esac
# The result.
echo $day $month $year

View File

@ -1,336 +0,0 @@
#! /bin/sh
# Common stub for a few missing GNU programs while installing.
# Copyright 1996, 1997, 1999, 2000 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
# Originally by Fran,cois Pinard <pinard@iro.umontreal.ca>, 1996.
# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
# it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
# the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
# any later version.
# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
# GNU General Public License for more details.
# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
# along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
# Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA
# 02111-1307, USA.
# As a special exception to the GNU General Public License, if you
# distribute this file as part of a program that contains a
# configuration script generated by Autoconf, you may include it under
# the same distribution terms that you use for the rest of that program.
if test $# -eq 0; then
echo 1>&2 "Try \`$0 --help' for more information"
exit 1
fi
run=:
# In the cases where this matters, `missing' is being run in the
# srcdir already.
if test -f configure.ac; then
configure_ac=configure.ac
else
configure_ac=configure.in
fi
case "$1" in
--run)
# Try to run requested program, and just exit if it succeeds.
run=
shift
"$@" && exit 0
;;
esac
# If it does not exist, or fails to run (possibly an outdated version),
# try to emulate it.
case "$1" in
-h|--h|--he|--hel|--help)
echo "\
$0 [OPTION]... PROGRAM [ARGUMENT]...
Handle \`PROGRAM [ARGUMENT]...' for when PROGRAM is missing, or return an
error status if there is no known handling for PROGRAM.
Options:
-h, --help display this help and exit
-v, --version output version information and exit
--run try to run the given command, and emulate it if it fails
Supported PROGRAM values:
aclocal touch file \`aclocal.m4'
autoconf touch file \`configure'
autoheader touch file \`config.h.in'
automake touch all \`Makefile.in' files
bison create \`y.tab.[ch]', if possible, from existing .[ch]
flex create \`lex.yy.c', if possible, from existing .c
help2man touch the output file
lex create \`lex.yy.c', if possible, from existing .c
makeinfo touch the output file
tar try tar, gnutar, gtar, then tar without non-portable flags
yacc create \`y.tab.[ch]', if possible, from existing .[ch]"
;;
-v|--v|--ve|--ver|--vers|--versi|--versio|--version)
echo "missing 0.4 - GNU automake"
;;
-*)
echo 1>&2 "$0: Unknown \`$1' option"
echo 1>&2 "Try \`$0 --help' for more information"
exit 1
;;
aclocal*)
if test -z "$run" && ($1 --version) > /dev/null 2>&1; then
# We have it, but it failed.
exit 1
fi
echo 1>&2 "\
WARNING: \`$1' is missing on your system. You should only need it if
you modified \`acinclude.m4' or \`${configure_ac}'. You might want
to install the \`Automake' and \`Perl' packages. Grab them from
any GNU archive site."
touch aclocal.m4
;;
autoconf)
if test -z "$run" && ($1 --version) > /dev/null 2>&1; then
# We have it, but it failed.
exit 1
fi
echo 1>&2 "\
WARNING: \`$1' is missing on your system. You should only need it if
you modified \`${configure_ac}'. You might want to install the
\`Autoconf' and \`GNU m4' packages. Grab them from any GNU
archive site."
touch configure
;;
autoheader)
if test -z "$run" && ($1 --version) > /dev/null 2>&1; then
# We have it, but it failed.
exit 1
fi
echo 1>&2 "\
WARNING: \`$1' is missing on your system. You should only need it if
you modified \`acconfig.h' or \`${configure_ac}'. You might want
to install the \`Autoconf' and \`GNU m4' packages. Grab them
from any GNU archive site."
files=`sed -n 's/^[ ]*A[CM]_CONFIG_HEADER(\([^)]*\)).*/\1/p' ${configure_ac}`
test -z "$files" && files="config.h"
touch_files=
for f in $files; do
case "$f" in
*:*) touch_files="$touch_files "`echo "$f" |
sed -e 's/^[^:]*://' -e 's/:.*//'`;;
*) touch_files="$touch_files $f.in";;
esac
done
touch $touch_files
;;
automake*)
if test -z "$run" && ($1 --version) > /dev/null 2>&1; then
# We have it, but it failed.
exit 1
fi
echo 1>&2 "\
WARNING: \`$1' is missing on your system. You should only need it if
you modified \`Makefile.am', \`acinclude.m4' or \`${configure_ac}'.
You might want to install the \`Automake' and \`Perl' packages.
Grab them from any GNU archive site."
find . -type f -name Makefile.am -print |
sed 's/\.am$/.in/' |
while read f; do touch "$f"; done
;;
autom4te)
if test -z "$run" && ($1 --version) > /dev/null 2>&1; then
# We have it, but it failed.
exit 1
fi
echo 1>&2 "\
WARNING: \`$1' is needed, and you do not seem to have it handy on your
system. You might have modified some files without having the
proper tools for further handling them.
You can get \`$1Help2man' as part of \`Autoconf' from any GNU
archive site."
file=`echo "$*" | sed -n 's/.*--output[ =]*\([^ ]*\).*/\1/p'`
test -z "$file" && file=`echo "$*" | sed -n 's/.*-o[ ]*\([^ ]*\).*/\1/p'`
if test -f "$file"; then
touch $file
else
test -z "$file" || exec >$file
echo "#! /bin/sh"
echo "# Created by GNU Automake missing as a replacement of"
echo "# $ $@"
echo "exit 0"
chmod +x $file
exit 1
fi
;;
bison|yacc)
echo 1>&2 "\
WARNING: \`$1' is missing on your system. You should only need it if
you modified a \`.y' file. You may need the \`Bison' package
in order for those modifications to take effect. You can get
\`Bison' from any GNU archive site."
rm -f y.tab.c y.tab.h
if [ $# -ne 1 ]; then
eval LASTARG="\${$#}"
case "$LASTARG" in
*.y)
SRCFILE=`echo "$LASTARG" | sed 's/y$/c/'`
if [ -f "$SRCFILE" ]; then
cp "$SRCFILE" y.tab.c
fi
SRCFILE=`echo "$LASTARG" | sed 's/y$/h/'`
if [ -f "$SRCFILE" ]; then
cp "$SRCFILE" y.tab.h
fi
;;
esac
fi
if [ ! -f y.tab.h ]; then
echo >y.tab.h
fi
if [ ! -f y.tab.c ]; then
echo 'main() { return 0; }' >y.tab.c
fi
;;
lex|flex)
echo 1>&2 "\
WARNING: \`$1' is missing on your system. You should only need it if
you modified a \`.l' file. You may need the \`Flex' package
in order for those modifications to take effect. You can get
\`Flex' from any GNU archive site."
rm -f lex.yy.c
if [ $# -ne 1 ]; then
eval LASTARG="\${$#}"
case "$LASTARG" in
*.l)
SRCFILE=`echo "$LASTARG" | sed 's/l$/c/'`
if [ -f "$SRCFILE" ]; then
cp "$SRCFILE" lex.yy.c
fi
;;
esac
fi
if [ ! -f lex.yy.c ]; then
echo 'main() { return 0; }' >lex.yy.c
fi
;;
help2man)
if test -z "$run" && ($1 --version) > /dev/null 2>&1; then
# We have it, but it failed.
exit 1
fi
echo 1>&2 "\
WARNING: \`$1' is missing on your system. You should only need it if
you modified a dependency of a manual page. You may need the
\`Help2man' package in order for those modifications to take
effect. You can get \`Help2man' from any GNU archive site."
file=`echo "$*" | sed -n 's/.*-o \([^ ]*\).*/\1/p'`
if test -z "$file"; then
file=`echo "$*" | sed -n 's/.*--output=\([^ ]*\).*/\1/p'`
fi
if [ -f "$file" ]; then
touch $file
else
test -z "$file" || exec >$file
echo ".ab help2man is required to generate this page"
exit 1
fi
;;
makeinfo)
if test -z "$run" && (makeinfo --version) > /dev/null 2>&1; then
# We have makeinfo, but it failed.
exit 1
fi
echo 1>&2 "\
WARNING: \`$1' is missing on your system. You should only need it if
you modified a \`.texi' or \`.texinfo' file, or any other file
indirectly affecting the aspect of the manual. The spurious
call might also be the consequence of using a buggy \`make' (AIX,
DU, IRIX). You might want to install the \`Texinfo' package or
the \`GNU make' package. Grab either from any GNU archive site."
file=`echo "$*" | sed -n 's/.*-o \([^ ]*\).*/\1/p'`
if test -z "$file"; then
file=`echo "$*" | sed 's/.* \([^ ]*\) *$/\1/'`
file=`sed -n '/^@setfilename/ { s/.* \([^ ]*\) *$/\1/; p; q; }' $file`
fi
touch $file
;;
tar)
shift
if test -n "$run"; then
echo 1>&2 "ERROR: \`tar' requires --run"
exit 1
fi
# We have already tried tar in the generic part.
# Look for gnutar/gtar before invocation to avoid ugly error
# messages.
if (gnutar --version > /dev/null 2>&1); then
gnutar ${1+"$@"} && exit 0
fi
if (gtar --version > /dev/null 2>&1); then
gtar ${1+"$@"} && exit 0
fi
firstarg="$1"
if shift; then
case "$firstarg" in
*o*)
firstarg=`echo "$firstarg" | sed s/o//`
tar "$firstarg" ${1+"$@"} && exit 0
;;
esac
case "$firstarg" in
*h*)
firstarg=`echo "$firstarg" | sed s/h//`
tar "$firstarg" ${1+"$@"} && exit 0
;;
esac
fi
echo 1>&2 "\
WARNING: I can't seem to be able to run \`tar' with the given arguments.
You may want to install GNU tar or Free paxutils, or check the
command line arguments."
exit 1
;;
*)
echo 1>&2 "\
WARNING: \`$1' is needed, and you do not seem to have it handy on your
system. You might have modified some files without having the
proper tools for further handling them. Check the \`README' file,
it often tells you about the needed prerequirements for installing
this package. You may also peek at any GNU archive site, in case
some other package would contain this missing \`$1' program."
exit 1
;;
esac
exit 0

View File

@ -1,101 +0,0 @@
#! /bin/sh
# mkinstalldirs --- make directory hierarchy
# Author: Noah Friedman <friedman@prep.ai.mit.edu>
# Created: 1993-05-16
# Public domain
# Id: mkinstalldirs,v 1.13 1999/01/05 03:18:55 bje Exp
errstatus=0
dirmode=""
usage="\
Usage: mkinstalldirs [-h] [--help] [-m mode] dir ..."
# process command line arguments
while test $# -gt 0 ; do
case "${1}" in
-h | --help | --h* ) # -h for help
echo "${usage}" 1>&2; exit 0 ;;
-m ) # -m PERM arg
shift
test $# -eq 0 && { echo "${usage}" 1>&2; exit 1; }
dirmode="${1}"
shift ;;
-- ) shift; break ;; # stop option processing
-* ) echo "${usage}" 1>&2; exit 1 ;; # unknown option
* ) break ;; # first non-opt arg
esac
done
for file
do
if test -d "$file"; then
shift
else
break
fi
done
case $# in
0) exit 0 ;;
esac
case $dirmode in
'')
if mkdir -p -- . 2>/dev/null; then
echo "mkdir -p -- $*"
exec mkdir -p -- "$@"
fi ;;
*)
if mkdir -m "$dirmode" -p -- . 2>/dev/null; then
echo "mkdir -m $dirmode -p -- $*"
exec mkdir -m "$dirmode" -p -- "$@"
fi ;;
esac
for file
do
set fnord `echo ":$file" | sed -ne 's/^:\//#/;s/^://;s/\// /g;s/^#/\//;p'`
shift
pathcomp=
for d
do
pathcomp="$pathcomp$d"
case "$pathcomp" in
-* ) pathcomp=./$pathcomp ;;
esac
if test ! -d "$pathcomp"; then
echo "mkdir $pathcomp"
mkdir "$pathcomp" || lasterr=$?
if test ! -d "$pathcomp"; then
errstatus=$lasterr
else
if test ! -z "$dirmode"; then
echo "chmod $dirmode $pathcomp"
lasterr=""
chmod "$dirmode" "$pathcomp" || lasterr=$?
if test ! -z "$lasterr"; then
errstatus=$lasterr
fi
fi
fi
fi
pathcomp="$pathcomp/"
done
done
exit $errstatus
# Local Variables:
# mode: shell-script
# sh-indentation: 3
# End:
# mkinstalldirs ends here

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff

View File

@ -1,135 +0,0 @@
# Configure template for GNU Diffutils.
# Copyright (C) 1994, 1995, 1998, 2001, 2002 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
# it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
# the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
# any later version.
# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
# GNU General Public License for more details.
# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
# along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
# Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA
# 02111-1307, USA.
AC_PREREQ(2.53)
AC_INIT(GNU diffutils, 2.8.1, bug-gnu-utils@gnu.org)
AC_CONFIG_SRCDIR(src/diff.c)
AC_CONFIG_AUX_DIR(config)
AM_CONFIG_HEADER([config.h:config.hin])
AM_INIT_AUTOMAKE([gnits])
AC_PROG_AWK
AC_PROG_CC
AC_ISC_POSIX
AM_PROG_CC_STDC
AC_PROG_CPP
AM_MISSING_PROG(HELP2MAN, help2man)
AC_PROG_INSTALL
AC_PROG_RANLIB
AC__GNU_SOURCE
AC_DEFINE([__EXTENSIONS__], 1, [Enable Solaris extensions.])
AC_SYS_LARGEFILE
AC_C_CONST
AC_C_INLINE
AC_C_VARARRAYS
AC_DEFINE(DEFAULT_DIFF_PROGRAM, "diff",
[Name of "diff" program, unless overridden.])
AC_DEFINE(DEFAULT_EDITOR_PROGRAM, "ed",
[Name of editor program, unless overridden.])
AC_PATH_PROG(PR_PROGRAM, pr, "")
AC_DEFINE_UNQUOTED(PR_PROGRAM, "$PR_PROGRAM", [Name of "pr" program.])
AC_HEADER_STDBOOL
AC_HEADER_STDC
AC_CHECK_HEADERS(fcntl.h libintl.h limits.h locale.h \
stdlib.h string.h sys/file.h time.h unistd.h)
AC_CHECK_MEMBERS([struct stat.st_blksize])
AC_CHECK_MEMBERS([struct stat.st_rdev])
AC_CHECK_TYPE(ptrdiff_t, int)
AC_CHECK_TYPE(ssize_t, int)
jm_AC_TYPE_UINTMAX_T
AM_GNU_GETTEXT([external])
XGETTEXT="AWK='$AWK' \$(SHELL) \$(top_srcdir)/exgettext $XGETTEXT"
AC_HEADER_DIRENT
AC_HEADER_STAT
AC_HEADER_SYS_WAIT
AC_STRUCT_ST_MTIM_NSEC
AC_TYPE_PID_T
AC_TYPE_SIGNAL
AC_CHECK_FUNCS(diraccess dup2 gettimeofday \
sigaction sigprocmask strchr strerror tmpnam)
AC_REPLACE_FUNCS(memchr mkstemp strcasecmp waitpid)
if test $ac_cv_func_mkstemp != yes; then
AC_LIBOBJ(tempname)
fi
AC_FUNC_CLOSEDIR_VOID
AC_FUNC_FORK
AC_FUNC_VPRINTF
jm_FUNC_GLIBC_UNLOCKED_IO
jm_FUNC_GNU_STRFTIME
# No need for AC_FUNC_MEMCMP, since memcmp is used only to test for equality.
jm_FUNC_MALLOC
jm_FUNC_REALLOC
jm_PREREQ_C_STACK
jm_PREREQ_ERROR
jm_PREREQ_HARD_LOCALE
jm_PREREQ_QUOTEARG
jm_PREREQ_REGEX
AC_DEFINE([REGEX_MALLOC], 1,
[Define to 1 to avoid alloca in the regular-expression implementation.])
jm_PREREQ_TEMPNAME
jm_AC_PREREQ_XSTRTOUMAX
# Check for clock_gettime and its library. Solaris puts it in -lrt or
# -lposix4, but we don't want to link that library unless we have to.
diff_saved_libs=$LIBS
AC_SEARCH_LIBS(clock_gettime, [rt posix4])
case $ac_cv_search_clock_gettime in
no | 'none required')
LIB_CLOCK_GETTIME=;;
*)
LIB_CLOCK_GETTIME=$ac_cv_search_clock_gettime;;
esac
AC_SUBST([LIB_CLOCK_GETTIME])
AC_CHECK_FUNCS(clock_gettime)
LIBS=$diff_saved_libs
# fnmatch
AC_FUNC_FNMATCH
if test $ac_cv_func_fnmatch_works = yes; then
rm -f lib/fnmatch.h
else
AC_LIBOBJ(fnmatch)
AC_CONFIG_LINKS(lib/fnmatch.h:lib/fnmatch.hin)
fi
# regex
jm_INCLUDED_REGEX([lib/regex.c])
if test "$jm_with_regex" = yes; then
AC_CONFIG_LINKS(lib/regex.h:lib/regex.hin)
else
rm -f lib/regex.h
fi
jm_AC_DOS
AC_FUNC_SETMODE_DOS
AC_CONFIG_FILES([Makefile doc/Makefile \
lib/Makefile lib/posix/Makefile man/Makefile \
m4/Makefile ms/Makefile po/Makefile.in src/Makefile])
AC_CONFIG_COMMANDS([default], [date > stamp-h])
AC_OUTPUT

View File

@ -1,83 +0,0 @@
#! /bin/sh
#
# $NetBSD: diffutils2netbsd,v 1.2 2008/04/30 13:10:49 martin Exp $
#
# Copyright (c) 2003 The NetBSD Foundation, Inc.
# All rights reserved.
#
# Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
# modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
# are met:
# 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
# notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
# 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
# notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
# documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
#
# THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE NETBSD FOUNDATION, INC. AND CONTRIBUTORS
# ``AS IS'' AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED
# TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR
# PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE FOUNDATION OR CONTRIBUTORS
# BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR
# CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF
# SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS
# INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN
# CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE)
# ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE
# POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
#
# diffutils2netbsd: convert an diffutils source tree into a
# format suitable for commit. Works on current dir.
#
# delete some superfluous files
echo deleting some superfluous files
rm -rf ms
echo done
### Remove the $'s around RCS tags
find . -type f -print | xargs egrep -l '\$(Id|Created|Header|NetBSD|Revision)' | while read f; do
sed -e 's/\$\(Id.*\) \$/\1/' \
-e 's/\$\(Created.*\) \$/\1/' \
-e 's/\$\(Header.*\) \$/\1/' \
-e 's/\$\(NetBSD.*\) \$/\1/' \
-e 's/\$\(Revision.*\) \$/\1/' \
$f > /tmp/diffutils2$$ && mv /tmp/diffutils2$$ $f && \
echo removed RCS tag from $f
done
### Add our NetBSD RCS Id
find . -type f -name '*.[chly]' -print | while read c; do
sed 1q < $c | grep -q '\$NetBSD' || (
echo "/* \$NetBSD\$ */" >/tmp/diffutils3$$
echo "" >>/tmp/diffutils3$$
cat $c >> /tmp/diffutils3$$
mv /tmp/diffutils3$$ $c && echo added NetBSD RCS tag to $c
)
done
find . -type f -name '*.[0-9]' -print | while read m; do
sed 1q < $m | grep -q '\$NetBSD' || (
echo ".\\\" \$NetBSD\$" >/tmp/diffutils4$$
echo ".\\\"" >>/tmp/diffutils4$$
cat $m >> /tmp/diffutils4$$
mv /tmp/diffutils4$$ $m && echo added NetBSD RCS tag to $m
)
done
find . -type f -name '*.texi' -print | while read t; do
sed "2 s/^/@c \$NetBSD\$\\
/" < $t > /tmp/diffutils5$$
mv /tmp/diffutils5$$ $t && echo added NetBSD RCS tag to $t
done
echo done
echo You can import now.
echo Path: src/gnu/dist/diffutils
echo Vendor: FSF
echo Versiontag: diffutils-X-Y
exit 0

View File

@ -1,24 +0,0 @@
# Makefile for GNU diffutils documentation.
# Copyright (C) 2001, 2002 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
## This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
## it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
## the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
## any later version.
## This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
## but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
## MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
## GNU General Public License for more details.
## You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
## along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
## Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.
AM_MAKEINFOFLAGS = --no-split
info_TEXINFOS = diff.texi
diff_TEXINFOS = fdl.texi
EXTRA_DIST = diagmeet.note

View File

@ -1,359 +0,0 @@
# Makefile.in generated by automake 1.6 from Makefile.am.
# @configure_input@
# Copyright 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002
# Free Software Foundation, Inc.
# This Makefile.in is free software; the Free Software Foundation
# gives unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it,
# with or without modifications, as long as this notice is preserved.
# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY, to the extent permitted by law; without
# even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A
# PARTICULAR PURPOSE.
@SET_MAKE@
# Makefile for GNU diffutils documentation.
# Copyright (C) 2001, 2002 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
SHELL = @SHELL@
srcdir = @srcdir@
top_srcdir = @top_srcdir@
VPATH = @srcdir@
prefix = @prefix@
exec_prefix = @exec_prefix@
bindir = @bindir@
sbindir = @sbindir@
libexecdir = @libexecdir@
datadir = @datadir@
sysconfdir = @sysconfdir@
sharedstatedir = @sharedstatedir@
localstatedir = @localstatedir@
libdir = @libdir@
infodir = @infodir@
mandir = @mandir@
includedir = @includedir@
oldincludedir = /usr/include
pkgdatadir = $(datadir)/@PACKAGE@
pkglibdir = $(libdir)/@PACKAGE@
pkgincludedir = $(includedir)/@PACKAGE@
top_builddir = ..
ACLOCAL = @ACLOCAL@
AUTOCONF = @AUTOCONF@
AUTOMAKE = @AUTOMAKE@
AUTOHEADER = @AUTOHEADER@
am__cd = CDPATH="$${ZSH_VERSION+.}$(PATH_SEPARATOR)" && cd
INSTALL = @INSTALL@
INSTALL_PROGRAM = @INSTALL_PROGRAM@
INSTALL_DATA = @INSTALL_DATA@
install_sh_DATA = $(install_sh) -c -m 644
install_sh_PROGRAM = $(install_sh) -c
INSTALL_SCRIPT = @INSTALL_SCRIPT@
INSTALL_HEADER = $(INSTALL_DATA)
transform = @program_transform_name@
NORMAL_INSTALL = :
PRE_INSTALL = :
POST_INSTALL = :
NORMAL_UNINSTALL = :
PRE_UNINSTALL = :
POST_UNINSTALL = :
host_alias = @host_alias@
host_triplet = @host@
EXEEXT = @EXEEXT@
OBJEXT = @OBJEXT@
PATH_SEPARATOR = @PATH_SEPARATOR@
AMTAR = @AMTAR@
AWK = @AWK@
BUILD_INCLUDED_LIBINTL = @BUILD_INCLUDED_LIBINTL@
CATOBJEXT = @CATOBJEXT@
CC = @CC@
CPP = @CPP@
DATADIRNAME = @DATADIRNAME@
DEPDIR = @DEPDIR@
GENCAT = @GENCAT@
GLIBC21 = @GLIBC21@
GMSGFMT = @GMSGFMT@
HAVE_LIB = @HAVE_LIB@
HELP2MAN = @HELP2MAN@
INSTALL_STRIP_PROGRAM = @INSTALL_STRIP_PROGRAM@
INSTOBJEXT = @INSTOBJEXT@
INTLBISON = @INTLBISON@
INTLLIBS = @INTLLIBS@
INTLOBJS = @INTLOBJS@
INTL_LIBTOOL_SUFFIX_PREFIX = @INTL_LIBTOOL_SUFFIX_PREFIX@
LIB = @LIB@
LIBICONV = @LIBICONV@
LIBINTL = @LIBINTL@
LIB_CLOCK_GETTIME = @LIB_CLOCK_GETTIME@
LTLIB = @LTLIB@
LTLIBICONV = @LTLIBICONV@
LTLIBINTL = @LTLIBINTL@
MKINSTALLDIRS = @MKINSTALLDIRS@
PACKAGE = @PACKAGE@
POSUB = @POSUB@
PR_PROGRAM = @PR_PROGRAM@
RANLIB = @RANLIB@
STRIP = @STRIP@
U = @U@
USE_INCLUDED_LIBINTL = @USE_INCLUDED_LIBINTL@
USE_NLS = @USE_NLS@
VERSION = @VERSION@
am__include = @am__include@
am__quote = @am__quote@
install_sh = @install_sh@
AM_MAKEINFOFLAGS = --no-split
info_TEXINFOS = diff.texi
diff_TEXINFOS = fdl.texi
EXTRA_DIST = diagmeet.note
subdir = doc
mkinstalldirs = $(SHELL) $(top_srcdir)/config/mkinstalldirs
CONFIG_HEADER = $(top_builddir)/config.h
CONFIG_CLEAN_FILES =
DIST_SOURCES =
TEXINFO_TEX = $(top_srcdir)/config/texinfo.tex
INFO_DEPS = diff.info
DVIS = diff.dvi
TEXINFOS = diff.texi
DIST_COMMON = $(diff_TEXINFOS) Makefile.am Makefile.in stamp-vti \
version.texi
all: all-am
.SUFFIXES:
.SUFFIXES: .dvi .info .ps .texi
$(srcdir)/Makefile.in: Makefile.am $(top_srcdir)/configure.ac $(ACLOCAL_M4)
cd $(top_srcdir) && \
$(AUTOMAKE) --gnits doc/Makefile
Makefile: $(srcdir)/Makefile.in $(top_builddir)/config.status
cd $(top_builddir) && $(SHELL) ./config.status $(subdir)/$@ $(am__depfiles_maybe)
$(srcdir)/version.texi: $(srcdir)/stamp-vti
@:
$(srcdir)/stamp-vti: diff.texi $(top_srcdir)/configure.ac
@(set `$(SHELL) $(top_srcdir)/config/mdate-sh $(srcdir)/diff.texi`; \
echo "@set UPDATED $$1 $$2 $$3"; \
echo "@set UPDATED-MONTH $$2 $$3"; \
echo "@set EDITION $(VERSION)"; \
echo "@set VERSION $(VERSION)") > vti.tmp
@cmp -s vti.tmp $(srcdir)/version.texi \
|| (echo "Updating $(srcdir)/version.texi"; \
cp vti.tmp $(srcdir)/version.texi)
-@rm -f vti.tmp
@cp $(srcdir)/version.texi $@
mostlyclean-vti:
-rm -f vti.tmp
maintainer-clean-vti:
-rm -f $(srcdir)/stamp-vti $(srcdir)/version.texi
diff.info: diff.texi $(srcdir)/version.texi $(diff_TEXINFOS)
diff.dvi: diff.texi $(srcdir)/version.texi $(diff_TEXINFOS)
.texi.info:
@cd $(srcdir) && rm -f $@ $@-[0-9] $@-[0-9][0-9]
cd $(srcdir) \
&& $(MAKEINFO) $(AM_MAKEINFOFLAGS) $(MAKEINFOFLAGS) \
`echo $< | sed 's,.*/,,'`
.texi.dvi:
TEXINPUTS="$(top_srcdir)/config$(PATH_SEPARATOR)$$TEXINPUTS" \
MAKEINFO='$(MAKEINFO) $(AM_MAKEINFOFLAGS) $(MAKEINFOFLAGS) -I $(srcdir)' \
$(TEXI2DVI) $<
.texi:
@cd $(srcdir) && rm -f $@ $@-[0-9] $@-[0-9][0-9]
cd $(srcdir) \
&& $(MAKEINFO) $(AM_MAKEINFOFLAGS) $(MAKEINFOFLAGS) \
`echo $< | sed 's,.*/,,'`
MAKEINFO = @MAKEINFO@
TEXI2DVI = texi2dvi
DVIPS = dvips
.dvi.ps:
$(DVIPS) $< -o $@
uninstall-info-am:
$(PRE_UNINSTALL)
@if (install-info --version && \
install-info --version | fgrep -i -v debian) >/dev/null 2>&1; then \
list='$(INFO_DEPS)'; \
for file in $$list; do \
echo " install-info --info-dir=$(DESTDIR)$(infodir) --remove $(DESTDIR)$(infodir)/$$file"; \
install-info --info-dir=$(DESTDIR)$(infodir) --remove $(DESTDIR)$(infodir)/$$file; \
done; \
else :; fi
@$(NORMAL_UNINSTALL)
@list='$(INFO_DEPS)'; \
for file in $$list; do \
(if cd $(DESTDIR)$(infodir); then \
echo " rm -f $$file $$file-[0-9] $$file-[0-9][0-9])"; \
rm -f $$file $$file-[0-9] $$file-[0-9][0-9]; \
else :; fi); \
done
dist-info: $(INFO_DEPS)
list='$(INFO_DEPS)'; \
for base in $$list; do \
d=$(srcdir); \
for file in $$d/$$base*; do \
relfile=`expr "$$file" : "$$d/\(.*\)"`; \
test -f $(distdir)/$$relfile || \
cp -p $$file $(distdir)/$$relfile; \
done; \
done
mostlyclean-aminfo:
-rm -f diff.aux diff.cp diff.cps diff.dvi diff.fn diff.ky diff.log diff.pg \
diff.ps diff.toc diff.tp diff.vr
maintainer-clean-aminfo:
cd $(srcdir) && \
for i in $(INFO_DEPS); do \
rm -f $$i; \
if test "`echo $$i-[0-9]*`" != "$$i-[0-9]*"; then \
rm -f $$i-[0-9]*; \
fi; \
done
tags: TAGS
TAGS:
DISTFILES = $(DIST_COMMON) $(DIST_SOURCES) $(TEXINFOS) $(EXTRA_DIST)
top_distdir = ..
distdir = $(top_distdir)/$(PACKAGE)-$(VERSION)
distdir: $(DISTFILES)
@for file in $(DISTFILES); do \
if test -f $$file || test -d $$file; then d=.; else d=$(srcdir); fi; \
dir=`echo "$$file" | sed -e 's,/[^/]*$$,,'`; \
if test "$$dir" != "$$file" && test "$$dir" != "."; then \
dir="/$$dir"; \
$(mkinstalldirs) "$(distdir)$$dir"; \
else \
dir=''; \
fi; \
if test -d $$d/$$file; then \
cp -pR $$d/$$file $(distdir)$$dir \
|| exit 1; \
else \
test -f $(distdir)/$$file \
|| cp -p $$d/$$file $(distdir)/$$file \
|| exit 1; \
fi; \
done
$(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) \
top_distdir="${top_distdir}" distdir="$(distdir)" \
dist-info
check-am: all-am
check: check-am
all-am: Makefile $(INFO_DEPS)
installdirs:
$(mkinstalldirs) $(DESTDIR)$(infodir)
install: install-am
install-exec: install-exec-am
install-data: install-data-am
uninstall: uninstall-am
install-am: all-am
@$(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) install-exec-am install-data-am
installcheck: installcheck-am
install-strip:
$(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) INSTALL_PROGRAM="$(INSTALL_STRIP_PROGRAM)" \
INSTALL_STRIP_FLAG=-s \
`test -z '$(STRIP)' || \
echo "INSTALL_PROGRAM_ENV=STRIPPROG='$(STRIP)'"` install
mostlyclean-generic:
clean-generic:
distclean-generic:
-rm -f Makefile $(CONFIG_CLEAN_FILES) stamp-h stamp-h[0-9]*
maintainer-clean-generic:
@echo "This command is intended for maintainers to use"
@echo "it deletes files that may require special tools to rebuild."
clean: clean-am
clean-am: clean-generic mostlyclean-am
distclean: distclean-am
distclean-am: clean-am distclean-generic
dvi: dvi-am
dvi-am: $(DVIS)
info: info-am
info-am: $(INFO_DEPS)
install-data-am: install-info-am
install-exec-am:
install-info: install-info-am
install-info-am: $(INFO_DEPS)
@$(NORMAL_INSTALL)
$(mkinstalldirs) $(DESTDIR)$(infodir)
@list='$(INFO_DEPS)'; \
for file in $$list; do \
d=$(srcdir); \
for ifile in echo $$d/$$file $$d/$$file-[0-9] $$d/$$file-[0-9][0-9]; do \
if test -f $$ifile; then \
relfile=`expr "$$ifile" : "$$d/\(.*\)"`; \
echo " $(INSTALL_DATA) $$ifile $(DESTDIR)$(infodir)/$$relfile"; \
$(INSTALL_DATA) $$ifile $(DESTDIR)$(infodir)/$$relfile; \
else : ; fi; \
done; \
done
@$(POST_INSTALL)
@if (install-info --version && \
install-info --version | fgrep -i -v debian) >/dev/null 2>&1; then \
list='$(INFO_DEPS)'; \
for file in $$list; do \
echo " install-info --info-dir=$(DESTDIR)$(infodir) $(DESTDIR)$(infodir)/$$file";\
install-info --info-dir=$(DESTDIR)$(infodir) $(DESTDIR)$(infodir)/$$file || :;\
done; \
else : ; fi
install-man:
installcheck-am:
maintainer-clean: maintainer-clean-am
maintainer-clean-am: distclean-am maintainer-clean-aminfo \
maintainer-clean-generic maintainer-clean-vti
mostlyclean: mostlyclean-am
mostlyclean-am: mostlyclean-aminfo mostlyclean-generic mostlyclean-vti
uninstall-am: uninstall-info-am
.PHONY: all all-am check check-am clean clean-generic dist-info \
distclean distclean-generic distdir dvi dvi-am info info-am \
install install-am install-data install-data-am install-exec \
install-exec-am install-info install-info-am install-man \
install-strip installcheck installcheck-am installdirs \
maintainer-clean maintainer-clean-aminfo \
maintainer-clean-generic maintainer-clean-vti mostlyclean \
mostlyclean-aminfo mostlyclean-generic mostlyclean-vti \
uninstall uninstall-am uninstall-info-am
# Tell versions [3.59,3.63) of GNU make to not export all variables.
# Otherwise a system limit (for SysV at least) may be exceeded.
.NOEXPORT:

View File

@ -1,71 +0,0 @@
Here is a comparison matrix which shows a case in which
it is possible for the forward and backward scan in `diag'
to meet along a nonzero length of diagonal simultaneous
(so that bdiag[d] and fdiag[d] are not equal)
even though there is no snake on that diagonal at the meeting point.
85 1 1 1 159 1 1 17
1 2 3 4
60
1 2
1
2 2 3 4
71
3 3 4 5
85
4 3 4 5
17
5 4 5
1
6 4 5 6
183
7 5 6 7
10
8 6 7
1
9 6 7 8
12
7 8 9 10
13
10 8 9 10
14
10 9 10
17
10 10
1
10 9 10
1
8 10 10 10
183
8 7 9 9 9
10
7 6 8 9 8 8
1
6 5 7 7
1
5 6 6
1
5 5 5
50
5 4 4 4
1
4 3 3
85
5 4 3 2 2
1
2 1
17
5 4 3 2 1 1
1
1 0
85 1 1 1 159 1 1 17

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff

View File

@ -1,404 +0,0 @@
@c $NetBSD: fdl.texi,v 1.1.1.1 2003/01/26 00:43:12 wiz Exp $
@node GNU Free Documentation License
@appendixsec GNU Free Documentation License
@cindex FDL, GNU Free Documentation License
@center Version 1.1, March 2000
@display
Copyright @copyright{} 2000 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA
Everyone is permitted to copy and distribute verbatim copies
of this license document, but changing it is not allowed.
@end display
@enumerate 0
@item
PREAMBLE
The purpose of this License is to make a manual, textbook, or other
written document @dfn{free} in the sense of freedom: to assure everyone
the effective freedom to copy and redistribute it, with or without
modifying it, either commercially or noncommercially. Secondarily,
this License preserves for the author and publisher a way to get
credit for their work, while not being considered responsible for
modifications made by others.
This License is a kind of ``copyleft'', which means that derivative
works of the document must themselves be free in the same sense. It
complements the GNU General Public License, which is a copyleft
license designed for free software.
We have designed this License in order to use it for manuals for free
software, because free software needs free documentation: a free
program should come with manuals providing the same freedoms that the
software does. But this License is not limited to software manuals;
it can be used for any textual work, regardless of subject matter or
whether it is published as a printed book. We recommend this License
principally for works whose purpose is instruction or reference.
@item
APPLICABILITY AND DEFINITIONS
This License applies to any manual or other work that contains a
notice placed by the copyright holder saying it can be distributed
under the terms of this License. The ``Document'', below, refers to any
such manual or work. Any member of the public is a licensee, and is
addressed as ``you''.
A ``Modified Version'' of the Document means any work containing the
Document or a portion of it, either copied verbatim, or with
modifications and/or translated into another language.
A ``Secondary Section'' is a named appendix or a front-matter section of
the Document that deals exclusively with the relationship of the
publishers or authors of the Document to the Document's overall subject
(or to related matters) and contains nothing that could fall directly
within that overall subject. (For example, if the Document is in part a
textbook of mathematics, a Secondary Section may not explain any
mathematics.) The relationship could be a matter of historical
connection with the subject or with related matters, or of legal,
commercial, philosophical, ethical or political position regarding
them.
The ``Invariant Sections'' are certain Secondary Sections whose titles
are designated, as being those of Invariant Sections, in the notice
that says that the Document is released under this License.
The ``Cover Texts'' are certain short passages of text that are listed,
as Front-Cover Texts or Back-Cover Texts, in the notice that says that
the Document is released under this License.
A ``Transparent'' copy of the Document means a machine-readable copy,
represented in a format whose specification is available to the
general public, whose contents can be viewed and edited directly and
straightforwardly with generic text editors or (for images composed of
pixels) generic paint programs or (for drawings) some widely available
drawing editor, and that is suitable for input to text formatters or
for automatic translation to a variety of formats suitable for input
to text formatters. A copy made in an otherwise Transparent file
format whose markup has been designed to thwart or discourage
subsequent modification by readers is not Transparent. A copy that is
not ``Transparent'' is called ``Opaque''.
Examples of suitable formats for Transparent copies include plain
@sc{ascii} without markup, Texinfo input format, La@TeX{} input format,
@acronym{SGML} or @acronym{XML} using a publicly available
@acronym{DTD}, and standard-conforming simple @acronym{HTML} designed
for human modification. Opaque formats include PostScript,
@acronym{PDF}, proprietary formats that can be read and edited only by
proprietary word processors, @acronym{SGML} or @acronym{XML} for which
the @acronym{DTD} and/or processing tools are not generally available,
and the machine-generated @acronym{HTML} produced by some word
processors for output purposes only.
The ``Title Page'' means, for a printed book, the title page itself,
plus such following pages as are needed to hold, legibly, the material
this License requires to appear in the title page. For works in
formats which do not have any title page as such, ``Title Page'' means
the text near the most prominent appearance of the work's title,
preceding the beginning of the body of the text.
@item
VERBATIM COPYING
You may copy and distribute the Document in any medium, either
commercially or noncommercially, provided that this License, the
copyright notices, and the license notice saying this License applies
to the Document are reproduced in all copies, and that you add no other
conditions whatsoever to those of this License. You may not use
technical measures to obstruct or control the reading or further
copying of the copies you make or distribute. However, you may accept
compensation in exchange for copies. If you distribute a large enough
number of copies you must also follow the conditions in section 3.
You may also lend copies, under the same conditions stated above, and
you may publicly display copies.
@item
COPYING IN QUANTITY
If you publish printed copies of the Document numbering more than 100,
and the Document's license notice requires Cover Texts, you must enclose
the copies in covers that carry, clearly and legibly, all these Cover
Texts: Front-Cover Texts on the front cover, and Back-Cover Texts on
the back cover. Both covers must also clearly and legibly identify
you as the publisher of these copies. The front cover must present
the full title with all words of the title equally prominent and
visible. You may add other material on the covers in addition.
Copying with changes limited to the covers, as long as they preserve
the title of the Document and satisfy these conditions, can be treated
as verbatim copying in other respects.
If the required texts for either cover are too voluminous to fit
legibly, you should put the first ones listed (as many as fit
reasonably) on the actual cover, and continue the rest onto adjacent
pages.
If you publish or distribute Opaque copies of the Document numbering
more than 100, you must either include a machine-readable Transparent
copy along with each Opaque copy, or state in or with each Opaque copy
a publicly-accessible computer-network location containing a complete
Transparent copy of the Document, free of added material, which the
general network-using public has access to download anonymously at no
charge using public-standard network protocols. If you use the latter
option, you must take reasonably prudent steps, when you begin
distribution of Opaque copies in quantity, to ensure that this
Transparent copy will remain thus accessible at the stated location
until at least one year after the last time you distribute an Opaque
copy (directly or through your agents or retailers) of that edition to
the public.
It is requested, but not required, that you contact the authors of the
Document well before redistributing any large number of copies, to give
them a chance to provide you with an updated version of the Document.
@item
MODIFICATIONS
You may copy and distribute a Modified Version of the Document under
the conditions of sections 2 and 3 above, provided that you release
the Modified Version under precisely this License, with the Modified
Version filling the role of the Document, thus licensing distribution
and modification of the Modified Version to whoever possesses a copy
of it. In addition, you must do these things in the Modified Version:
@enumerate A
@item
Use in the Title Page (and on the covers, if any) a title distinct
from that of the Document, and from those of previous versions
(which should, if there were any, be listed in the History section
of the Document). You may use the same title as a previous version
if the original publisher of that version gives permission.
@item
List on the Title Page, as authors, one or more persons or entities
responsible for authorship of the modifications in the Modified
Version, together with at least five of the principal authors of the
Document (all of its principal authors, if it has less than five).
@item
State on the Title page the name of the publisher of the
Modified Version, as the publisher.
@item
Preserve all the copyright notices of the Document.
@item
Add an appropriate copyright notice for your modifications
adjacent to the other copyright notices.
@item
Include, immediately after the copyright notices, a license notice
giving the public permission to use the Modified Version under the
terms of this License, in the form shown in the Addendum below.
@item
Preserve in that license notice the full lists of Invariant Sections
and required Cover Texts given in the Document's license notice.
@item
Include an unaltered copy of this License.
@item
Preserve the section entitled ``History'', and its title, and add to
it an item stating at least the title, year, new authors, and
publisher of the Modified Version as given on the Title Page. If
there is no section entitled ``History'' in the Document, create one
stating the title, year, authors, and publisher of the Document as
given on its Title Page, then add an item describing the Modified
Version as stated in the previous sentence.
@item
Preserve the network location, if any, given in the Document for
public access to a Transparent copy of the Document, and likewise
the network locations given in the Document for previous versions
it was based on. These may be placed in the ``History'' section.
You may omit a network location for a work that was published at
least four years before the Document itself, or if the original
publisher of the version it refers to gives permission.
@item
In any section entitled ``Acknowledgments'' or ``Dedications'',
preserve the section's title, and preserve in the section all the
substance and tone of each of the contributor acknowledgments
and/or dedications given therein.
@item
Preserve all the Invariant Sections of the Document,
unaltered in their text and in their titles. Section numbers
or the equivalent are not considered part of the section titles.
@item
Delete any section entitled ``Endorsements''. Such a section
may not be included in the Modified Version.
@item
Do not retitle any existing section as ``Endorsements''
or to conflict in title with any Invariant Section.
@end enumerate
If the Modified Version includes new front-matter sections or
appendices that qualify as Secondary Sections and contain no material
copied from the Document, you may at your option designate some or all
of these sections as invariant. To do this, add their titles to the
list of Invariant Sections in the Modified Version's license notice.
These titles must be distinct from any other section titles.
You may add a section entitled ``Endorsements'', provided it contains
nothing but endorsements of your Modified Version by various
parties---for example, statements of peer review or that the text has
been approved by an organization as the authoritative definition of a
standard.
You may add a passage of up to five words as a Front-Cover Text, and a
passage of up to 25 words as a Back-Cover Text, to the end of the list
of Cover Texts in the Modified Version. Only one passage of
Front-Cover Text and one of Back-Cover Text may be added by (or
through arrangements made by) any one entity. If the Document already
includes a cover text for the same cover, previously added by you or
by arrangement made by the same entity you are acting on behalf of,
you may not add another; but you may replace the old one, on explicit
permission from the previous publisher that added the old one.
The author(s) and publisher(s) of the Document do not by this License
give permission to use their names for publicity for or to assert or
imply endorsement of any Modified Version.
@item
COMBINING DOCUMENTS
You may combine the Document with other documents released under this
License, under the terms defined in section 4 above for modified
versions, provided that you include in the combination all of the
Invariant Sections of all of the original documents, unmodified, and
list them all as Invariant Sections of your combined work in its
license notice.
The combined work need only contain one copy of this License, and
multiple identical Invariant Sections may be replaced with a single
copy. If there are multiple Invariant Sections with the same name but
different contents, make the title of each such section unique by
adding at the end of it, in parentheses, the name of the original
author or publisher of that section if known, or else a unique number.
Make the same adjustment to the section titles in the list of
Invariant Sections in the license notice of the combined work.
In the combination, you must combine any sections entitled ``History''
in the various original documents, forming one section entitled
``History''; likewise combine any sections entitled ``Acknowledgments'',
and any sections entitled ``Dedications''. You must delete all sections
entitled ``Endorsements.''
@item
COLLECTIONS OF DOCUMENTS
You may make a collection consisting of the Document and other documents
released under this License, and replace the individual copies of this
License in the various documents with a single copy that is included in
the collection, provided that you follow the rules of this License for
verbatim copying of each of the documents in all other respects.
You may extract a single document from such a collection, and distribute
it individually under this License, provided you insert a copy of this
License into the extracted document, and follow this License in all
other respects regarding verbatim copying of that document.
@item
AGGREGATION WITH INDEPENDENT WORKS
A compilation of the Document or its derivatives with other separate
and independent documents or works, in or on a volume of a storage or
distribution medium, does not as a whole count as a Modified Version
of the Document, provided no compilation copyright is claimed for the
compilation. Such a compilation is called an ``aggregate'', and this
License does not apply to the other self-contained works thus compiled
with the Document, on account of their being thus compiled, if they
are not themselves derivative works of the Document.
If the Cover Text requirement of section 3 is applicable to these
copies of the Document, then if the Document is less than one quarter
of the entire aggregate, the Document's Cover Texts may be placed on
covers that surround only the Document within the aggregate.
Otherwise they must appear on covers around the whole aggregate.
@item
TRANSLATION
Translation is considered a kind of modification, so you may
distribute translations of the Document under the terms of section 4.
Replacing Invariant Sections with translations requires special
permission from their copyright holders, but you may include
translations of some or all Invariant Sections in addition to the
original versions of these Invariant Sections. You may include a
translation of this License provided that you also include the
original English version of this License. In case of a disagreement
between the translation and the original English version of this
License, the original English version will prevail.
@item
TERMINATION
You may not copy, modify, sublicense, or distribute the Document except
as expressly provided for under this License. Any other attempt to
copy, modify, sublicense or distribute the Document is void, and will
automatically terminate your rights under this License. However,
parties who have received copies, or rights, from you under this
License will not have their licenses terminated so long as such
parties remain in full compliance.
@item
FUTURE REVISIONS OF THIS LICENSE
The Free Software Foundation may publish new, revised versions
of the GNU Free Documentation License from time to time. Such new
versions will be similar in spirit to the present version, but may
differ in detail to address new problems or concerns. See
@uref{http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/}.
Each version of the License is given a distinguishing version number.
If the Document specifies that a particular numbered version of this
License ``or any later version'' applies to it, you have the option of
following the terms and conditions either of that specified version or
of any later version that has been published (not as a draft) by the
Free Software Foundation. If the Document does not specify a version
number of this License, you may choose any version ever published (not
as a draft) by the Free Software Foundation.
@end enumerate
@page
@appendixsubsec ADDENDUM: How to use this License for your documents
To use this License in a document you have written, include a copy of
the License in the document and put the following copyright and
license notices just after the title page:
@smallexample
@group
Copyright (C) @var{year} @var{your name}.
Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document
under the terms of the GNU Free Documentation License, Version 1.1
or any later version published by the Free Software Foundation;
with the Invariant Sections being @var{list their titles}, with the
Front-Cover Texts being @var{list}, and with the Back-Cover Texts being @var{list}.
A copy of the license is included in the section entitled ``GNU
Free Documentation License''.
@end group
@end smallexample
If you have no Invariant Sections, write ``with no Invariant Sections''
instead of saying which ones are invariant. If you have no
Front-Cover Texts, write ``no Front-Cover Texts'' instead of
``Front-Cover Texts being @var{list}''; likewise for Back-Cover Texts.
If your document contains nontrivial examples of program code, we
recommend releasing these examples in parallel under your choice of
free software license, such as the GNU General Public License,
to permit their use in free software.
@c Local Variables:
@c ispell-local-pdict: "ispell-dict"
@c End:

View File

@ -1,4 +0,0 @@
@set UPDATED 5 April 2002
@set UPDATED-MONTH April 2002
@set EDITION 2.8.1
@set VERSION 2.8.1

View File

@ -1,5 +0,0 @@
@set UPDATED 5 April 2002
@c $NetBSD: version.texi,v 1.1.1.1 2003/01/26 00:43:12 wiz Exp $
@set UPDATED-MONTH April 2002
@set EDITION 2.8.1
@set VERSION 2.8.1

View File

@ -1,123 +0,0 @@
#! /bin/sh
# Wrapper around gettext for programs using the msgid convention.
# Copyright (C) 1998, 2001 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
# Written by Paul Eggert <eggert@twinsun.com>.
# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
# it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
# the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
# any later version.
# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
# GNU General Public License for more details.
# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
# along with GNU CC; see the file COPYING. If not, write to
# the Free Software Foundation, 59 Temple Place - Suite 330,
# Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.
# Always operate in the C locale.
LANG=C
LANGUAGE=C
LC_ALL=C
export LANG LANGUAGE LC_ALL
# Set AWK if environment has not already set it.
AWK=${AWK-awk}
# The argument to this wrapper is the xgettext command to be executed.
# Extract the xgettext program name from the rest of the command.
xgettext=${1?}
shift
# Save work if we're just wrapping a no-op.
case $xgettext in
:) exit;;
esac
# Find the files to be scanned, and the directory to scan them from.
directory=.
files=
for i
do
case $i in
--directory=*)
directory=`expr " $i" : ' --directory=\(.*\)'`;;
--files-from=*)
files_from=`expr " $i" : ' --files-from=\(.*\)'`
files=`$AWK '/^[^#]/ { print }' $files_from`;;
esac
done
# Generate keyword options for xgettext,
# by scanning for declarations of functions
# whose parameter names end in "msgid".
generate_keyword_options='
/^[A-Z_a-z].*\(.*msgid[,)]/ {
paren_index = index($0, "(")
name = substr($0, 1, paren_index - 1)
sub(/[^0-9A-Z_a-z]*$/, "", name)
sub(/[ ]+PARAMS/, "", name)
sub(/[ ]+VPARAMS/, "", name)
sub(/.*[^0-9A-Z_a-z]/, "", name)
args = substr($0, paren_index)
sub(/msgid[,)].*/, "", args)
for (n = 1; sub(/^[^,]*,/, "", args); n++) {
continue;
}
if (n == 1) {
keyword = name
} else {
keyword = name ":" n
}
if (! keyword_seen[keyword]++) {
print "--keyword=" keyword
}
}
'
keyword_options=`(
cd $directory &&
$AWK "$generate_keyword_options" $files < /dev/null
)` || exit
# Generate temporary file reflecting the %e strings in the scanned files.
tmp=tmp-emsgids.c
generate_emsgids='
/%e.*}/ {
line = $0
while ((percent_index = index(line, "%e")) != 0) {
line = substr(line, percent_index + 2)
bracket_index = index(line, "}")
if (bracket_index == 0) {
continue
}
msgid = substr(line, 1, bracket_index - 1)
if (index(msgid, "%") != 0) {
continue
}
printf "#line %d \"%s\"\n", FNR, FILENAME
printf "_(\"%s\")\n", msgid
line = substr(line, bracket_index + 1)
}
}
'
(cd $directory &&
$AWK "$generate_emsgids" $files < /dev/null
) > $directory/$tmp || exit
# Run the xgettext command, with temporary added as a file to scan.
"$xgettext" $keyword_options ${1+"$@"} $tmp || exit
# Clean up.
# If we don't get here, `make clean' will remove this file later.
rm -f $directory/$tmp

View File

@ -1,42 +0,0 @@
# Automakefile for GNU Diffutils library.
# Copyright (C) 2001, 2002 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
## This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
## it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
## the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
## any later version.
## This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
## but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
## MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
## GNU General Public License for more details.
## You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
## along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
## Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA
## 02111-1307, USA.
noinst_LIBRARIES = libdiffutils.a
EXTRA_DIST = alloca.c fnmatch.c inttostr.c malloc.c memchr.c mkstemp.c \
realloc.c regex.c strcasecmp.c strtoimax.c strtol.c tempname.c waitpid.c \
xstrtol.c
SUBDIRS = posix
noinst_HEADERS = \
c-stack.h cmpbuf.h dirname.h error.h exclude.h exitfail.h \
fnmatch.hin freesoft.h getopt.h \
gettext.h hard-locale.h inttostr.h prepargs.h posixver.h quotesys.h \
regex.hin setmode.h unlocked-io.h xalloc.h xstrtol.h
libdiffutils_a_SOURCES = \
basename.c c-stack.c cmpbuf.c error.c exclude.c exitfail.c \
freesoft.c getopt.c getopt1.c \
hard-locale.c imaxtostr.c offtostr.c prepargs.c posixver.c quotesys.c \
setmode.c strftime.c umaxtostr.c xmalloc.c xstrtoumax.c
libdiffutils_a_LIBADD = @ALLOCA@ @LIBOBJS@
libdiffutils_a_DEPENDENCIES = $(libdiffutils_a_LIBADD)
DISTCLEANFILES = fnmatch.h fnmatch.hno regex.h regex.hno

View File

@ -1,493 +0,0 @@
# Makefile.in generated by automake 1.6 from Makefile.am.
# @configure_input@
# Copyright 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002
# Free Software Foundation, Inc.
# This Makefile.in is free software; the Free Software Foundation
# gives unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it,
# with or without modifications, as long as this notice is preserved.
# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY, to the extent permitted by law; without
# even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A
# PARTICULAR PURPOSE.
@SET_MAKE@
# Automakefile for GNU Diffutils library.
# Copyright (C) 2001, 2002 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
SHELL = @SHELL@
srcdir = @srcdir@
top_srcdir = @top_srcdir@
VPATH = @srcdir@
prefix = @prefix@
exec_prefix = @exec_prefix@
bindir = @bindir@
sbindir = @sbindir@
libexecdir = @libexecdir@
datadir = @datadir@
sysconfdir = @sysconfdir@
sharedstatedir = @sharedstatedir@
localstatedir = @localstatedir@
libdir = @libdir@
infodir = @infodir@
mandir = @mandir@
includedir = @includedir@
oldincludedir = /usr/include
pkgdatadir = $(datadir)/@PACKAGE@
pkglibdir = $(libdir)/@PACKAGE@
pkgincludedir = $(includedir)/@PACKAGE@
top_builddir = ..
ACLOCAL = @ACLOCAL@
AUTOCONF = @AUTOCONF@
AUTOMAKE = @AUTOMAKE@
AUTOHEADER = @AUTOHEADER@
am__cd = CDPATH="$${ZSH_VERSION+.}$(PATH_SEPARATOR)" && cd
INSTALL = @INSTALL@
INSTALL_PROGRAM = @INSTALL_PROGRAM@
INSTALL_DATA = @INSTALL_DATA@
install_sh_DATA = $(install_sh) -c -m 644
install_sh_PROGRAM = $(install_sh) -c
INSTALL_SCRIPT = @INSTALL_SCRIPT@
INSTALL_HEADER = $(INSTALL_DATA)
transform = @program_transform_name@
NORMAL_INSTALL = :
PRE_INSTALL = :
POST_INSTALL = :
NORMAL_UNINSTALL = :
PRE_UNINSTALL = :
POST_UNINSTALL = :
host_alias = @host_alias@
host_triplet = @host@
EXEEXT = @EXEEXT@
OBJEXT = @OBJEXT@
PATH_SEPARATOR = @PATH_SEPARATOR@
AMTAR = @AMTAR@
AWK = @AWK@
BUILD_INCLUDED_LIBINTL = @BUILD_INCLUDED_LIBINTL@
CATOBJEXT = @CATOBJEXT@
CC = @CC@
CPP = @CPP@
DATADIRNAME = @DATADIRNAME@
DEPDIR = @DEPDIR@
GENCAT = @GENCAT@
GLIBC21 = @GLIBC21@
GMSGFMT = @GMSGFMT@
HAVE_LIB = @HAVE_LIB@
HELP2MAN = @HELP2MAN@
INSTALL_STRIP_PROGRAM = @INSTALL_STRIP_PROGRAM@
INSTOBJEXT = @INSTOBJEXT@
INTLBISON = @INTLBISON@
INTLLIBS = @INTLLIBS@
INTLOBJS = @INTLOBJS@
INTL_LIBTOOL_SUFFIX_PREFIX = @INTL_LIBTOOL_SUFFIX_PREFIX@
LIB = @LIB@
LIBICONV = @LIBICONV@
LIBINTL = @LIBINTL@
LIB_CLOCK_GETTIME = @LIB_CLOCK_GETTIME@
LTLIB = @LTLIB@
LTLIBICONV = @LTLIBICONV@
LTLIBINTL = @LTLIBINTL@
MKINSTALLDIRS = @MKINSTALLDIRS@
PACKAGE = @PACKAGE@
POSUB = @POSUB@
PR_PROGRAM = @PR_PROGRAM@
RANLIB = @RANLIB@
STRIP = @STRIP@
U = @U@
USE_INCLUDED_LIBINTL = @USE_INCLUDED_LIBINTL@
USE_NLS = @USE_NLS@
VERSION = @VERSION@
am__include = @am__include@
am__quote = @am__quote@
install_sh = @install_sh@
noinst_LIBRARIES = libdiffutils.a
EXTRA_DIST = alloca.c fnmatch.c inttostr.c malloc.c memchr.c mkstemp.c \
realloc.c regex.c strcasecmp.c strtoimax.c strtol.c tempname.c waitpid.c \
xstrtol.c
SUBDIRS = posix
noinst_HEADERS = \
c-stack.h cmpbuf.h dirname.h error.h exclude.h exitfail.h \
fnmatch.hin freesoft.h getopt.h \
gettext.h hard-locale.h inttostr.h prepargs.h posixver.h quotesys.h \
regex.hin setmode.h unlocked-io.h xalloc.h xstrtol.h
libdiffutils_a_SOURCES = \
basename.c c-stack.c cmpbuf.c error.c exclude.c exitfail.c \
freesoft.c getopt.c getopt1.c \
hard-locale.c imaxtostr.c offtostr.c prepargs.c posixver.c quotesys.c \
setmode.c strftime.c umaxtostr.c xmalloc.c xstrtoumax.c
libdiffutils_a_LIBADD = @ALLOCA@ @LIBOBJS@
libdiffutils_a_DEPENDENCIES = $(libdiffutils_a_LIBADD)
DISTCLEANFILES = fnmatch.h fnmatch.hno regex.h regex.hno
subdir = lib
mkinstalldirs = $(SHELL) $(top_srcdir)/config/mkinstalldirs
CONFIG_HEADER = $(top_builddir)/config.h
CONFIG_CLEAN_FILES =
LIBRARIES = $(noinst_LIBRARIES)
libdiffutils_a_AR = $(AR) cru
am_libdiffutils_a_OBJECTS = basename.$(OBJEXT) c-stack.$(OBJEXT) \
cmpbuf.$(OBJEXT) error.$(OBJEXT) exclude.$(OBJEXT) \
exitfail.$(OBJEXT) freesoft.$(OBJEXT) getopt.$(OBJEXT) \
getopt1.$(OBJEXT) hard-locale.$(OBJEXT) imaxtostr.$(OBJEXT) \
offtostr.$(OBJEXT) prepargs.$(OBJEXT) posixver.$(OBJEXT) \
quotesys.$(OBJEXT) setmode.$(OBJEXT) strftime.$(OBJEXT) \
umaxtostr.$(OBJEXT) xmalloc.$(OBJEXT) xstrtoumax.$(OBJEXT)
libdiffutils_a_OBJECTS = $(am_libdiffutils_a_OBJECTS)
DEFS = @DEFS@
DEFAULT_INCLUDES = -I. -I$(srcdir) -I$(top_builddir)
CPPFLAGS = @CPPFLAGS@
LDFLAGS = @LDFLAGS@
LIBS = @LIBS@
depcomp = $(SHELL) $(top_srcdir)/config/depcomp
am__depfiles_maybe = depfiles
@AMDEP_TRUE@DEP_FILES = $(DEPDIR)/alloca.Po $(DEPDIR)/fnmatch.Po \
@AMDEP_TRUE@ $(DEPDIR)/malloc.Po $(DEPDIR)/memchr.Po \
@AMDEP_TRUE@ $(DEPDIR)/mkstemp.Po $(DEPDIR)/realloc.Po \
@AMDEP_TRUE@ $(DEPDIR)/regex.Po $(DEPDIR)/strcasecmp.Po \
@AMDEP_TRUE@ $(DEPDIR)/strtoul.Po $(DEPDIR)/strtoull.Po \
@AMDEP_TRUE@ $(DEPDIR)/strtoumax.Po $(DEPDIR)/tempname.Po \
@AMDEP_TRUE@ $(DEPDIR)/waitpid.Po ./$(DEPDIR)/basename.Po \
@AMDEP_TRUE@ ./$(DEPDIR)/c-stack.Po ./$(DEPDIR)/cmpbuf.Po \
@AMDEP_TRUE@ ./$(DEPDIR)/error.Po ./$(DEPDIR)/exclude.Po \
@AMDEP_TRUE@ ./$(DEPDIR)/exitfail.Po ./$(DEPDIR)/freesoft.Po \
@AMDEP_TRUE@ ./$(DEPDIR)/getopt.Po ./$(DEPDIR)/getopt1.Po \
@AMDEP_TRUE@ ./$(DEPDIR)/hard-locale.Po ./$(DEPDIR)/imaxtostr.Po \
@AMDEP_TRUE@ ./$(DEPDIR)/offtostr.Po ./$(DEPDIR)/posixver.Po \
@AMDEP_TRUE@ ./$(DEPDIR)/prepargs.Po ./$(DEPDIR)/quotesys.Po \
@AMDEP_TRUE@ ./$(DEPDIR)/setmode.Po ./$(DEPDIR)/strftime.Po \
@AMDEP_TRUE@ ./$(DEPDIR)/umaxtostr.Po ./$(DEPDIR)/xmalloc.Po \
@AMDEP_TRUE@ ./$(DEPDIR)/xstrtoumax.Po
COMPILE = $(CC) $(DEFS) $(DEFAULT_INCLUDES) $(INCLUDES) $(AM_CPPFLAGS) \
$(CPPFLAGS) $(AM_CFLAGS) $(CFLAGS)
CCLD = $(CC)
LINK = $(CCLD) $(AM_CFLAGS) $(CFLAGS) $(AM_LDFLAGS) $(LDFLAGS) -o $@
CFLAGS = @CFLAGS@
DIST_SOURCES = $(libdiffutils_a_SOURCES)
HEADERS = $(noinst_HEADERS)
RECURSIVE_TARGETS = info-recursive dvi-recursive install-info-recursive \
uninstall-info-recursive all-recursive install-data-recursive \
install-exec-recursive installdirs-recursive install-recursive \
uninstall-recursive check-recursive installcheck-recursive
DIST_COMMON = $(noinst_HEADERS) Makefile.am Makefile.in alloca.c \
fnmatch.c malloc.c memchr.c mkstemp.c realloc.c regex.c \
strcasecmp.c strtoul.c strtoull.c strtoumax.c tempname.c \
waitpid.c
DIST_SUBDIRS = $(SUBDIRS)
SOURCES = $(libdiffutils_a_SOURCES)
all: all-recursive
.SUFFIXES:
.SUFFIXES: .c .o .obj
$(srcdir)/Makefile.in: Makefile.am $(top_srcdir)/configure.ac $(ACLOCAL_M4)
cd $(top_srcdir) && \
$(AUTOMAKE) --gnits lib/Makefile
Makefile: $(srcdir)/Makefile.in $(top_builddir)/config.status
cd $(top_builddir) && $(SHELL) ./config.status $(subdir)/$@ $(am__depfiles_maybe)
AR = ar
clean-noinstLIBRARIES:
-test -z "$(noinst_LIBRARIES)" || rm -f $(noinst_LIBRARIES)
libdiffutils.a: $(libdiffutils_a_OBJECTS) $(libdiffutils_a_DEPENDENCIES)
-rm -f libdiffutils.a
$(libdiffutils_a_AR) libdiffutils.a $(libdiffutils_a_OBJECTS) $(libdiffutils_a_LIBADD)
$(RANLIB) libdiffutils.a
mostlyclean-compile:
-rm -f *.$(OBJEXT) core *.core
distclean-compile:
-rm -f *.tab.c
@AMDEP_TRUE@@am__include@ @am__quote@$(DEPDIR)/alloca.Po@am__quote@
@AMDEP_TRUE@@am__include@ @am__quote@$(DEPDIR)/fnmatch.Po@am__quote@
@AMDEP_TRUE@@am__include@ @am__quote@$(DEPDIR)/malloc.Po@am__quote@
@AMDEP_TRUE@@am__include@ @am__quote@$(DEPDIR)/memchr.Po@am__quote@
@AMDEP_TRUE@@am__include@ @am__quote@$(DEPDIR)/mkstemp.Po@am__quote@
@AMDEP_TRUE@@am__include@ @am__quote@$(DEPDIR)/realloc.Po@am__quote@
@AMDEP_TRUE@@am__include@ @am__quote@$(DEPDIR)/regex.Po@am__quote@
@AMDEP_TRUE@@am__include@ @am__quote@$(DEPDIR)/strcasecmp.Po@am__quote@
@AMDEP_TRUE@@am__include@ @am__quote@$(DEPDIR)/strtoul.Po@am__quote@
@AMDEP_TRUE@@am__include@ @am__quote@$(DEPDIR)/strtoull.Po@am__quote@
@AMDEP_TRUE@@am__include@ @am__quote@$(DEPDIR)/strtoumax.Po@am__quote@
@AMDEP_TRUE@@am__include@ @am__quote@$(DEPDIR)/tempname.Po@am__quote@
@AMDEP_TRUE@@am__include@ @am__quote@$(DEPDIR)/waitpid.Po@am__quote@
@AMDEP_TRUE@@am__include@ @am__quote@./$(DEPDIR)/basename.Po@am__quote@
@AMDEP_TRUE@@am__include@ @am__quote@./$(DEPDIR)/c-stack.Po@am__quote@
@AMDEP_TRUE@@am__include@ @am__quote@./$(DEPDIR)/cmpbuf.Po@am__quote@
@AMDEP_TRUE@@am__include@ @am__quote@./$(DEPDIR)/error.Po@am__quote@
@AMDEP_TRUE@@am__include@ @am__quote@./$(DEPDIR)/exclude.Po@am__quote@
@AMDEP_TRUE@@am__include@ @am__quote@./$(DEPDIR)/exitfail.Po@am__quote@
@AMDEP_TRUE@@am__include@ @am__quote@./$(DEPDIR)/freesoft.Po@am__quote@
@AMDEP_TRUE@@am__include@ @am__quote@./$(DEPDIR)/getopt.Po@am__quote@
@AMDEP_TRUE@@am__include@ @am__quote@./$(DEPDIR)/getopt1.Po@am__quote@
@AMDEP_TRUE@@am__include@ @am__quote@./$(DEPDIR)/hard-locale.Po@am__quote@
@AMDEP_TRUE@@am__include@ @am__quote@./$(DEPDIR)/imaxtostr.Po@am__quote@
@AMDEP_TRUE@@am__include@ @am__quote@./$(DEPDIR)/offtostr.Po@am__quote@
@AMDEP_TRUE@@am__include@ @am__quote@./$(DEPDIR)/posixver.Po@am__quote@
@AMDEP_TRUE@@am__include@ @am__quote@./$(DEPDIR)/prepargs.Po@am__quote@
@AMDEP_TRUE@@am__include@ @am__quote@./$(DEPDIR)/quotesys.Po@am__quote@
@AMDEP_TRUE@@am__include@ @am__quote@./$(DEPDIR)/setmode.Po@am__quote@
@AMDEP_TRUE@@am__include@ @am__quote@./$(DEPDIR)/strftime.Po@am__quote@
@AMDEP_TRUE@@am__include@ @am__quote@./$(DEPDIR)/umaxtostr.Po@am__quote@
@AMDEP_TRUE@@am__include@ @am__quote@./$(DEPDIR)/xmalloc.Po@am__quote@
@AMDEP_TRUE@@am__include@ @am__quote@./$(DEPDIR)/xstrtoumax.Po@am__quote@
distclean-depend:
-rm -rf $(DEPDIR) ./$(DEPDIR)
.c.o:
@AMDEP_TRUE@ source='$<' object='$@' libtool=no @AMDEPBACKSLASH@
@AMDEP_TRUE@ depfile='$(DEPDIR)/$*.Po' tmpdepfile='$(DEPDIR)/$*.TPo' @AMDEPBACKSLASH@
@AMDEP_TRUE@ $(CCDEPMODE) $(depcomp) @AMDEPBACKSLASH@
$(COMPILE) -c `test -f $< || echo '$(srcdir)/'`$<
.c.obj:
@AMDEP_TRUE@ source='$<' object='$@' libtool=no @AMDEPBACKSLASH@
@AMDEP_TRUE@ depfile='$(DEPDIR)/$*.Po' tmpdepfile='$(DEPDIR)/$*.TPo' @AMDEPBACKSLASH@
@AMDEP_TRUE@ $(CCDEPMODE) $(depcomp) @AMDEPBACKSLASH@
$(COMPILE) -c `cygpath -w $<`
CCDEPMODE = @CCDEPMODE@
uninstall-info-am:
# This directory's subdirectories are mostly independent; you can cd
# into them and run `make' without going through this Makefile.
# To change the values of `make' variables: instead of editing Makefiles,
# (1) if the variable is set in `config.status', edit `config.status'
# (which will cause the Makefiles to be regenerated when you run `make');
# (2) otherwise, pass the desired values on the `make' command line.
$(RECURSIVE_TARGETS):
@set fnord $(MAKEFLAGS); amf=$$2; \
dot_seen=no; \
target=`echo $@ | sed s/-recursive//`; \
list='$(SUBDIRS)'; for subdir in $$list; do \
echo "Making $$target in $$subdir"; \
if test "$$subdir" = "."; then \
dot_seen=yes; \
local_target="$$target-am"; \
else \
local_target="$$target"; \
fi; \
(cd $$subdir && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) $$local_target) \
|| case "$$amf" in *=*) exit 1;; *k*) fail=yes;; *) exit 1;; esac; \
done; \
if test "$$dot_seen" = "no"; then \
$(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) "$$target-am" || exit 1; \
fi; test -z "$$fail"
mostlyclean-recursive clean-recursive distclean-recursive \
maintainer-clean-recursive:
@set fnord $(MAKEFLAGS); amf=$$2; \
dot_seen=no; \
case "$@" in \
distclean-* | maintainer-clean-*) list='$(DIST_SUBDIRS)' ;; \
*) list='$(SUBDIRS)' ;; \
esac; \
rev=''; for subdir in $$list; do \
if test "$$subdir" = "."; then :; else \
rev="$$subdir $$rev"; \
fi; \
done; \
rev="$$rev ."; \
target=`echo $@ | sed s/-recursive//`; \
for subdir in $$rev; do \
echo "Making $$target in $$subdir"; \
if test "$$subdir" = "."; then \
local_target="$$target-am"; \
else \
local_target="$$target"; \
fi; \
(cd $$subdir && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) $$local_target) \
|| case "$$amf" in *=*) exit 1;; *k*) fail=yes;; *) exit 1;; esac; \
done && test -z "$$fail"
tags-recursive:
list='$(SUBDIRS)'; for subdir in $$list; do \
test "$$subdir" = . || (cd $$subdir && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) tags); \
done
ETAGS = etags
ETAGSFLAGS =
tags: TAGS
ID: $(HEADERS) $(SOURCES) $(LISP) $(TAGS_FILES)
list='$(SOURCES) $(HEADERS) $(LISP) $(TAGS_FILES)'; \
unique=`for i in $$list; do \
if test -f "$$i"; then echo $$i; else echo $(srcdir)/$$i; fi; \
done | \
$(AWK) ' { files[$$0] = 1; } \
END { for (i in files) print i; }'`; \
mkid -fID $$unique
TAGS: tags-recursive $(HEADERS) $(SOURCES) $(TAGS_DEPENDENCIES) \
$(TAGS_FILES) $(LISP)
tags=; \
here=`pwd`; \
list='$(SUBDIRS)'; for subdir in $$list; do \
if test "$$subdir" = .; then :; else \
test -f $$subdir/TAGS && tags="$$tags -i $$here/$$subdir/TAGS"; \
fi; \
done; \
list='$(SOURCES) $(HEADERS) $(LISP) $(TAGS_FILES)'; \
unique=`for i in $$list; do \
if test -f "$$i"; then echo $$i; else echo $(srcdir)/$$i; fi; \
done | \
$(AWK) ' { files[$$0] = 1; } \
END { for (i in files) print i; }'`; \
test -z "$(ETAGS_ARGS)$$tags$$unique" \
|| $(ETAGS) $(ETAGSFLAGS) $(AM_ETAGSFLAGS) $(ETAGS_ARGS) \
$$tags $$unique
GTAGS:
here=`$(am__cd) $(top_builddir) && pwd` \
&& cd $(top_srcdir) \
&& gtags -i $(GTAGS_ARGS) $$here
distclean-tags:
-rm -f TAGS ID GTAGS GRTAGS GSYMS GPATH
DISTFILES = $(DIST_COMMON) $(DIST_SOURCES) $(TEXINFOS) $(EXTRA_DIST)
top_distdir = ..
distdir = $(top_distdir)/$(PACKAGE)-$(VERSION)
distdir: $(DISTFILES)
@for file in $(DISTFILES); do \
if test -f $$file || test -d $$file; then d=.; else d=$(srcdir); fi; \
dir=`echo "$$file" | sed -e 's,/[^/]*$$,,'`; \
if test "$$dir" != "$$file" && test "$$dir" != "."; then \
dir="/$$dir"; \
$(mkinstalldirs) "$(distdir)$$dir"; \
else \
dir=''; \
fi; \
if test -d $$d/$$file; then \
cp -pR $$d/$$file $(distdir)$$dir \
|| exit 1; \
else \
test -f $(distdir)/$$file \
|| cp -p $$d/$$file $(distdir)/$$file \
|| exit 1; \
fi; \
done
list='$(SUBDIRS)'; for subdir in $$list; do \
if test "$$subdir" = .; then :; else \
test -d $(distdir)/$$subdir \
|| mkdir $(distdir)/$$subdir \
|| exit 1; \
(cd $$subdir && \
$(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) \
top_distdir="$(top_distdir)" \
distdir=../$(distdir)/$$subdir \
distdir) \
|| exit 1; \
fi; \
done
check-am: all-am
check: check-recursive
all-am: Makefile $(LIBRARIES) $(HEADERS)
installdirs: installdirs-recursive
installdirs-am:
install: install-recursive
install-exec: install-exec-recursive
install-data: install-data-recursive
uninstall: uninstall-recursive
install-am: all-am
@$(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) install-exec-am install-data-am
installcheck: installcheck-recursive
install-strip:
$(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) INSTALL_PROGRAM="$(INSTALL_STRIP_PROGRAM)" \
INSTALL_STRIP_FLAG=-s \
`test -z '$(STRIP)' || \
echo "INSTALL_PROGRAM_ENV=STRIPPROG='$(STRIP)'"` install
mostlyclean-generic:
clean-generic:
distclean-generic:
-rm -f Makefile $(CONFIG_CLEAN_FILES) stamp-h stamp-h[0-9]*
-test -z "$(DISTCLEANFILES)" || rm -f $(DISTCLEANFILES)
maintainer-clean-generic:
@echo "This command is intended for maintainers to use"
@echo "it deletes files that may require special tools to rebuild."
clean: clean-recursive
clean-am: clean-generic clean-noinstLIBRARIES mostlyclean-am
distclean: distclean-recursive
distclean-am: clean-am distclean-compile distclean-depend \
distclean-generic distclean-tags
dvi: dvi-recursive
dvi-am:
info: info-recursive
info-am:
install-data-am:
install-exec-am:
install-info: install-info-recursive
install-man:
installcheck-am:
maintainer-clean: maintainer-clean-recursive
maintainer-clean-am: distclean-am maintainer-clean-generic
mostlyclean: mostlyclean-recursive
mostlyclean-am: mostlyclean-compile mostlyclean-generic
uninstall-am: uninstall-info-am
uninstall-info: uninstall-info-recursive
.PHONY: $(RECURSIVE_TARGETS) GTAGS all all-am check check-am clean \
clean-generic clean-noinstLIBRARIES clean-recursive distclean \
distclean-compile distclean-depend distclean-generic \
distclean-recursive distclean-tags distdir dvi dvi-am \
dvi-recursive info info-am info-recursive install install-am \
install-data install-data-am install-data-recursive \
install-exec install-exec-am install-exec-recursive \
install-info install-info-am install-info-recursive install-man \
install-recursive install-strip installcheck installcheck-am \
installdirs installdirs-am installdirs-recursive \
maintainer-clean maintainer-clean-generic \
maintainer-clean-recursive mostlyclean mostlyclean-compile \
mostlyclean-generic mostlyclean-recursive tags tags-recursive \
uninstall uninstall-am uninstall-info-am \
uninstall-info-recursive uninstall-recursive
# Tell versions [3.59,3.63) of GNU make to not export all variables.
# Otherwise a system limit (for SysV at least) may be exceeded.
.NOEXPORT:

View File

@ -1,506 +0,0 @@
/* $NetBSD: alloca.c,v 1.1.1.1 2003/01/26 00:43:14 wiz Exp $ */
/* alloca.c -- allocate automatically reclaimed memory
(Mostly) portable public-domain implementation -- D A Gwyn
This implementation of the PWB library alloca function,
which is used to allocate space off the run-time stack so
that it is automatically reclaimed upon procedure exit,
was inspired by discussions with J. Q. Johnson of Cornell.
J.Otto Tennant <jot@cray.com> contributed the Cray support.
There are some preprocessor constants that can
be defined when compiling for your specific system, for
improved efficiency; however, the defaults should be okay.
The general concept of this implementation is to keep
track of all alloca-allocated blocks, and reclaim any
that are found to be deeper in the stack than the current
invocation. This heuristic does not reclaim storage as
soon as it becomes invalid, but it will do so eventually.
As a special case, alloca(0) reclaims storage without
allocating any. It is a good idea to use alloca(0) in
your main control loop, etc. to force garbage collection. */
#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
# include <config.h>
#endif
#if HAVE_STRING_H
# include <string.h>
#endif
#if HAVE_STDLIB_H
# include <stdlib.h>
#endif
#ifdef emacs
# include "blockinput.h"
#endif
/* If compiling with GCC 2, this file's not needed. */
#if !defined (__GNUC__) || __GNUC__ < 2
/* If someone has defined alloca as a macro,
there must be some other way alloca is supposed to work. */
# ifndef alloca
# ifdef emacs
# ifdef static
/* actually, only want this if static is defined as ""
-- this is for usg, in which emacs must undefine static
in order to make unexec workable
*/
# ifndef STACK_DIRECTION
you
lose
-- must know STACK_DIRECTION at compile-time
# endif /* STACK_DIRECTION undefined */
# endif /* static */
# endif /* emacs */
/* If your stack is a linked list of frames, you have to
provide an "address metric" ADDRESS_FUNCTION macro. */
# if defined (CRAY) && defined (CRAY_STACKSEG_END)
long i00afunc ();
# define ADDRESS_FUNCTION(arg) (char *) i00afunc (&(arg))
# else
# define ADDRESS_FUNCTION(arg) &(arg)
# endif
# if __STDC__
typedef void *pointer;
# else
typedef char *pointer;
# endif
# ifndef NULL
# define NULL 0
# endif
/* Different portions of Emacs need to call different versions of
malloc. The Emacs executable needs alloca to call xmalloc, because
ordinary malloc isn't protected from input signals. On the other
hand, the utilities in lib-src need alloca to call malloc; some of
them are very simple, and don't have an xmalloc routine.
Non-Emacs programs expect this to call xmalloc.
Callers below should use malloc. */
# ifndef emacs
# undef malloc
# define malloc xmalloc
# endif
extern pointer malloc ();
/* Define STACK_DIRECTION if you know the direction of stack
growth for your system; otherwise it will be automatically
deduced at run-time.
STACK_DIRECTION > 0 => grows toward higher addresses
STACK_DIRECTION < 0 => grows toward lower addresses
STACK_DIRECTION = 0 => direction of growth unknown */
# ifndef STACK_DIRECTION
# define STACK_DIRECTION 0 /* Direction unknown. */
# endif
# if STACK_DIRECTION != 0
# define STACK_DIR STACK_DIRECTION /* Known at compile-time. */
# else /* STACK_DIRECTION == 0; need run-time code. */
static int stack_dir; /* 1 or -1 once known. */
# define STACK_DIR stack_dir
static void
find_stack_direction ()
{
static char *addr = NULL; /* Address of first `dummy', once known. */
auto char dummy; /* To get stack address. */
if (addr == NULL)
{ /* Initial entry. */
addr = ADDRESS_FUNCTION (dummy);
find_stack_direction (); /* Recurse once. */
}
else
{
/* Second entry. */
if (ADDRESS_FUNCTION (dummy) > addr)
stack_dir = 1; /* Stack grew upward. */
else
stack_dir = -1; /* Stack grew downward. */
}
}
# endif /* STACK_DIRECTION == 0 */
/* An "alloca header" is used to:
(a) chain together all alloca'ed blocks;
(b) keep track of stack depth.
It is very important that sizeof(header) agree with malloc
alignment chunk size. The following default should work okay. */
# ifndef ALIGN_SIZE
# define ALIGN_SIZE sizeof(double)
# endif
typedef union hdr
{
char align[ALIGN_SIZE]; /* To force sizeof(header). */
struct
{
union hdr *next; /* For chaining headers. */
char *deep; /* For stack depth measure. */
} h;
} header;
static header *last_alloca_header = NULL; /* -> last alloca header. */
/* Return a pointer to at least SIZE bytes of storage,
which will be automatically reclaimed upon exit from
the procedure that called alloca. Originally, this space
was supposed to be taken from the current stack frame of the
caller, but that method cannot be made to work for some
implementations of C, for example under Gould's UTX/32. */
pointer
alloca (size_t size)
{
auto char probe; /* Probes stack depth: */
register char *depth = ADDRESS_FUNCTION (probe);
# if STACK_DIRECTION == 0
if (STACK_DIR == 0) /* Unknown growth direction. */
find_stack_direction ();
# endif
/* Reclaim garbage, defined as all alloca'd storage that
was allocated from deeper in the stack than currently. */
{
register header *hp; /* Traverses linked list. */
# ifdef emacs
BLOCK_INPUT;
# endif
for (hp = last_alloca_header; hp != NULL;)
if ((STACK_DIR > 0 && hp->h.deep > depth)
|| (STACK_DIR < 0 && hp->h.deep < depth))
{
register header *np = hp->h.next;
free ((pointer) hp); /* Collect garbage. */
hp = np; /* -> next header. */
}
else
break; /* Rest are not deeper. */
last_alloca_header = hp; /* -> last valid storage. */
# ifdef emacs
UNBLOCK_INPUT;
# endif
}
if (size == 0)
return NULL; /* No allocation required. */
/* Allocate combined header + user data storage. */
{
register pointer new = malloc (sizeof (header) + size);
/* Address of header. */
if (new == 0)
abort();
((header *) new)->h.next = last_alloca_header;
((header *) new)->h.deep = depth;
last_alloca_header = (header *) new;
/* User storage begins just after header. */
return (pointer) ((char *) new + sizeof (header));
}
}
# if defined (CRAY) && defined (CRAY_STACKSEG_END)
# ifdef DEBUG_I00AFUNC
# include <stdio.h>
# endif
# ifndef CRAY_STACK
# define CRAY_STACK
# ifndef CRAY2
/* Stack structures for CRAY-1, CRAY X-MP, and CRAY Y-MP */
struct stack_control_header
{
long shgrow:32; /* Number of times stack has grown. */
long shaseg:32; /* Size of increments to stack. */
long shhwm:32; /* High water mark of stack. */
long shsize:32; /* Current size of stack (all segments). */
};
/* The stack segment linkage control information occurs at
the high-address end of a stack segment. (The stack
grows from low addresses to high addresses.) The initial
part of the stack segment linkage control information is
0200 (octal) words. This provides for register storage
for the routine which overflows the stack. */
struct stack_segment_linkage
{
long ss[0200]; /* 0200 overflow words. */
long sssize:32; /* Number of words in this segment. */
long ssbase:32; /* Offset to stack base. */
long:32;
long sspseg:32; /* Offset to linkage control of previous
segment of stack. */
long:32;
long sstcpt:32; /* Pointer to task common address block. */
long sscsnm; /* Private control structure number for
microtasking. */
long ssusr1; /* Reserved for user. */
long ssusr2; /* Reserved for user. */
long sstpid; /* Process ID for pid based multi-tasking. */
long ssgvup; /* Pointer to multitasking thread giveup. */
long sscray[7]; /* Reserved for Cray Research. */
long ssa0;
long ssa1;
long ssa2;
long ssa3;
long ssa4;
long ssa5;
long ssa6;
long ssa7;
long sss0;
long sss1;
long sss2;
long sss3;
long sss4;
long sss5;
long sss6;
long sss7;
};
# else /* CRAY2 */
/* The following structure defines the vector of words
returned by the STKSTAT library routine. */
struct stk_stat
{
long now; /* Current total stack size. */
long maxc; /* Amount of contiguous space which would
be required to satisfy the maximum
stack demand to date. */
long high_water; /* Stack high-water mark. */
long overflows; /* Number of stack overflow ($STKOFEN) calls. */
long hits; /* Number of internal buffer hits. */
long extends; /* Number of block extensions. */
long stko_mallocs; /* Block allocations by $STKOFEN. */
long underflows; /* Number of stack underflow calls ($STKRETN). */
long stko_free; /* Number of deallocations by $STKRETN. */
long stkm_free; /* Number of deallocations by $STKMRET. */
long segments; /* Current number of stack segments. */
long maxs; /* Maximum number of stack segments so far. */
long pad_size; /* Stack pad size. */
long current_address; /* Current stack segment address. */
long current_size; /* Current stack segment size. This
number is actually corrupted by STKSTAT to
include the fifteen word trailer area. */
long initial_address; /* Address of initial segment. */
long initial_size; /* Size of initial segment. */
};
/* The following structure describes the data structure which trails
any stack segment. I think that the description in 'asdef' is
out of date. I only describe the parts that I am sure about. */
struct stk_trailer
{
long this_address; /* Address of this block. */
long this_size; /* Size of this block (does not include
this trailer). */
long unknown2;
long unknown3;
long link; /* Address of trailer block of previous
segment. */
long unknown5;
long unknown6;
long unknown7;
long unknown8;
long unknown9;
long unknown10;
long unknown11;
long unknown12;
long unknown13;
long unknown14;
};
# endif /* CRAY2 */
# endif /* not CRAY_STACK */
# ifdef CRAY2
/* Determine a "stack measure" for an arbitrary ADDRESS.
I doubt that "lint" will like this much. */
static long
i00afunc (long *address)
{
struct stk_stat status;
struct stk_trailer *trailer;
long *block, size;
long result = 0;
/* We want to iterate through all of the segments. The first
step is to get the stack status structure. We could do this
more quickly and more directly, perhaps, by referencing the
$LM00 common block, but I know that this works. */
STKSTAT (&status);
/* Set up the iteration. */
trailer = (struct stk_trailer *) (status.current_address
+ status.current_size
- 15);
/* There must be at least one stack segment. Therefore it is
a fatal error if "trailer" is null. */
if (trailer == 0)
abort ();
/* Discard segments that do not contain our argument address. */
while (trailer != 0)
{
block = (long *) trailer->this_address;
size = trailer->this_size;
if (block == 0 || size == 0)
abort ();
trailer = (struct stk_trailer *) trailer->link;
if ((block <= address) && (address < (block + size)))
break;
}
/* Set the result to the offset in this segment and add the sizes
of all predecessor segments. */
result = address - block;
if (trailer == 0)
{
return result;
}
do
{
if (trailer->this_size <= 0)
abort ();
result += trailer->this_size;
trailer = (struct stk_trailer *) trailer->link;
}
while (trailer != 0);
/* We are done. Note that if you present a bogus address (one
not in any segment), you will get a different number back, formed
from subtracting the address of the first block. This is probably
not what you want. */
return (result);
}
# else /* not CRAY2 */
/* Stack address function for a CRAY-1, CRAY X-MP, or CRAY Y-MP.
Determine the number of the cell within the stack,
given the address of the cell. The purpose of this
routine is to linearize, in some sense, stack addresses
for alloca. */
static long
i00afunc (long address)
{
long stkl = 0;
long size, pseg, this_segment, stack;
long result = 0;
struct stack_segment_linkage *ssptr;
/* Register B67 contains the address of the end of the
current stack segment. If you (as a subprogram) store
your registers on the stack and find that you are past
the contents of B67, you have overflowed the segment.
B67 also points to the stack segment linkage control
area, which is what we are really interested in. */
stkl = CRAY_STACKSEG_END ();
ssptr = (struct stack_segment_linkage *) stkl;
/* If one subtracts 'size' from the end of the segment,
one has the address of the first word of the segment.
If this is not the first segment, 'pseg' will be
nonzero. */
pseg = ssptr->sspseg;
size = ssptr->sssize;
this_segment = stkl - size;
/* It is possible that calling this routine itself caused
a stack overflow. Discard stack segments which do not
contain the target address. */
while (!(this_segment <= address && address <= stkl))
{
# ifdef DEBUG_I00AFUNC
fprintf (stderr, "%011o %011o %011o\n", this_segment, address, stkl);
# endif
if (pseg == 0)
break;
stkl = stkl - pseg;
ssptr = (struct stack_segment_linkage *) stkl;
size = ssptr->sssize;
pseg = ssptr->sspseg;
this_segment = stkl - size;
}
result = address - this_segment;
/* If you subtract pseg from the current end of the stack,
you get the address of the previous stack segment's end.
This seems a little convoluted to me, but I'll bet you save
a cycle somewhere. */
while (pseg != 0)
{
# ifdef DEBUG_I00AFUNC
fprintf (stderr, "%011o %011o\n", pseg, size);
# endif
stkl = stkl - pseg;
ssptr = (struct stack_segment_linkage *) stkl;
size = ssptr->sssize;
pseg = ssptr->sspseg;
result += size;
}
return (result);
}
# endif /* not CRAY2 */
# endif /* CRAY */
# endif /* no alloca */
#endif /* not GCC version 2 */

View File

@ -1,81 +0,0 @@
/* $NetBSD: basename.c,v 1.1.1.1 2003/01/26 00:43:15 wiz Exp $ */
/* basename.c -- return the last element in a path
Copyright (C) 1990, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
any later version.
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
GNU General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. */
#if HAVE_CONFIG_H
# include <config.h>
#endif
#if STDC_HEADERS || HAVE_STRING_H
# include <string.h>
#endif
#include "dirname.h"
/* In general, we can't use the builtin `basename' function if available,
since it has different meanings in different environments.
In some environments the builtin `basename' modifies its argument.
Return the address of the last file name component of NAME. If
NAME has no file name components because it is all slashes, return
NAME if it is empty, the address of its last slash otherwise. */
char *
base_name (char const *name)
{
char const *base = name + FILESYSTEM_PREFIX_LEN (name);
char const *p;
for (p = base; *p; p++)
{
if (ISSLASH (*p))
{
/* Treat multiple adjacent slashes like a single slash. */
do p++;
while (ISSLASH (*p));
/* If the file name ends in slash, use the trailing slash as
the basename if no non-slashes have been found. */
if (! *p)
{
if (ISSLASH (*base))
base = p - 1;
break;
}
/* *P is a non-slash preceded by a slash. */
base = p;
}
}
return (char *) base;
}
/* Return the length of of the basename NAME. Typically NAME is the
value returned by base_name. Act like strlen (NAME), except omit
redundant trailing slashes. */
size_t
base_len (char const *name)
{
size_t len;
for (len = strlen (name); 1 < len && ISSLASH (name[len - 1]); len--)
continue;
return len;
}

View File

@ -1,239 +0,0 @@
/* $NetBSD: c-stack.c,v 1.1.1.1 2003/01/26 00:43:15 wiz Exp $ */
/* Stack overflow handling.
Copyright (C) 2002 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
any later version.
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
GNU General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. */
/* Written by Paul Eggert. */
/* This module assumes that each stack frame is smaller than a page.
If you use alloca, dynamic arrays, or large local variables, your
program may extend the stack by more than a page at a time. If so,
the code below may incorrectly report a program error, or worse
yet, may not detect the overflow at all. To avoid this problem,
don't use large local arrays. */
#if HAVE_CONFIG_H
# include <config.h>
#endif
#include "gettext.h"
#define _(msgid) gettext (msgid)
#include <errno.h>
#ifndef ENOTSUP
# define ENOTSUP EINVAL
#endif
#if HAVE_INTTYPES_H
# include <inttypes.h>
#else
# if HAVE_STDINT_H
# include <stdint.h>
# endif
#endif
#include <signal.h>
#include <stdlib.h>
#include <string.h>
#if HAVE_UNISTD_H
# include <unistd.h>
#endif
#ifndef STDERR_FILENO
# define STDERR_FILENO 2
#endif
#include "c-stack.h"
#include "exitfail.h"
extern char *program_name;
#if HAVE_XSI_STACK_OVERFLOW_HEURISTIC
# include <ucontext.h>
/* Storage for the alternate signal stack. */
static union
{
char buffer[SIGSTKSZ];
/* These other members are for proper alignment. There's no
standard way to guarantee stack alignment, but this seems enough
in practice. */
long double ld;
uintmax_t u;
void *p;
} alternate_signal_stack;
/* Direction of the C runtime stack. This function is
async-signal-safe. */
# if STACK_DIRECTION
# define find_stack_direction(ptr) STACK_DIRECTION
# else
static int
find_stack_direction (char const *addr)
{
char dummy;
return ! addr ? find_stack_direction (&dummy) : addr < &dummy ? 1 : -1;
}
# endif
/* The SIGSEGV handler. */
static void (* volatile segv_action) (int, siginfo_t *, void *);
/* Handle a segmentation violation and exit. This function is
async-signal-safe. */
static void
segv_handler (int signo, siginfo_t *info, void *context)
{
/* Clear SIGNO if it seems to have been a stack overflow. */
if (0 < info->si_code)
{
/* If the faulting address is within the stack, or within one
page of the stack end, assume that it is a stack
overflow. */
ucontext_t const *user_context = context;
char const *stack_min = user_context->uc_stack.ss_sp;
size_t stack_size = user_context->uc_stack.ss_size;
char const *faulting_address = info->si_addr;
size_t s = faulting_address - stack_min;
size_t page_size = sysconf (_SC_PAGESIZE);
if (find_stack_direction (0) < 0)
s += page_size;
if (s < stack_size + page_size)
signo = 0;
}
segv_action (signo, info, context);
}
#endif /* HAVE_XSI_STACK_OVERFLOW_HEURISTIC */
/* Translated messages for program errors and stack overflow. Do not
translate them in the signal handler, since gettext is not
async-signal-safe. */
static char const * volatile program_error_message;
static char const * volatile stack_overflow_message;
/* Output an error message, then exit with status EXIT_FAILURE if it
appears to have been a stack overflow, or with a core dump
otherwise. This function is async-signal-safe. */
void
c_stack_die (int signo, siginfo_t *info, void *context)
{
char const *message =
signo ? program_error_message : stack_overflow_message;
write (STDERR_FILENO, program_name, strlen (program_name));
write (STDERR_FILENO, ": ", 2);
write (STDERR_FILENO, message, strlen (message));
write (STDERR_FILENO, "\n", 1);
if (! signo)
_exit (exit_failure);
#if HAVE_SIGINFO_T
if (context && info && 0 <= info->si_code)
{
/* Re-raise the exception at the same address. */
char *addr = info->si_addr;
*addr = 0;
}
#endif
kill (getpid (), signo);
}
/* Set up ACTION so that it is invoked on C stack overflow. Return -1
(setting errno) if this cannot be done.
ACTION must invoke only async-signal-safe functions. ACTION
together with its callees must not require more than SIGSTKSZ bytes
of stack space. */
int
c_stack_action (void (*action) (int, siginfo_t *, void *))
{
#if ! HAVE_XSI_STACK_OVERFLOW_HEURISTIC
errno = ENOTSUP;
return -1;
#else
struct sigaction act;
stack_t st;
int r;
st.ss_flags = 0;
st.ss_sp = alternate_signal_stack.buffer;
st.ss_size = sizeof alternate_signal_stack.buffer;
r = sigaltstack (&st, 0);
if (r != 0)
return r;
program_error_message = _("program error");
stack_overflow_message = _("stack overflow");
segv_action = action;
sigemptyset (&act.sa_mask);
/* POSIX 1003.1-2001 says SA_RESETHAND implies SA_NODEFER, but this
is not true on Solaris 8 at least. It doesn't hurt to use
SA_NODEFER here, so leave it in. */
act.sa_flags = SA_NODEFER | SA_ONSTACK | SA_RESETHAND | SA_SIGINFO;
act.sa_sigaction = segv_handler;
return sigaction (SIGSEGV, &act, 0);
#endif
}
#if DEBUG
#include <stdio.h>
int volatile exit_failure;
static long
recurse (char *p)
{
char array[500];
array[0] = 1;
return *p + recurse (array);
}
char *program_name;
int
main (int argc, char **argv)
{
program_name = argv[0];
c_stack_action (c_stack_die);
return recurse ("\1");
}
#endif /* DEBUG */
/*
Local Variables:
compile-command: "gcc -D_GNU_SOURCE -DDEBUG \
-DHAVE_INTTYPES_H -DHAVE_SIGINFO_T \
-DHAVE_XSI_STACK_OVERFLOW_HEURISTIC -DHAVE_UNISTD_H \
-Wall -W -g c-stack.c -o c-stack"
End:
*/

View File

@ -1,26 +0,0 @@
/* $NetBSD: c-stack.h,v 1.1.1.1 2003/01/26 00:43:13 wiz Exp $ */
/* Stack overflow handling.
Copyright (C) 2002 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
any later version.
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
GNU General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. */
#if ! HAVE_SIGINFO_T
# define siginfo_t void
#endif
int c_stack_action (void (*) (int, siginfo_t *, void *));
void c_stack_die (int, siginfo_t *, void *);

View File

@ -1,149 +0,0 @@
/* $NetBSD: cmpbuf.c,v 1.1.1.1 2003/01/26 00:43:15 wiz Exp $ */
/* Buffer primitives for comparison operations.
Copyright (C) 1993, 1995, 1998, 2001, 2002 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
any later version.
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
GNU General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
along with this program; see the file COPYING.
If not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. */
#if HAVE_CONFIG_H
# include <config.h>
#endif
#include <errno.h>
#include <limits.h>
#include <signal.h>
#ifndef SA_RESTART
# ifdef SA_INTERRUPT /* e.g. SunOS 4.1.x */
# define SA_RESTART SA_INTERRUPT
# else
# define SA_RESTART 0
# endif
#endif
#if HAVE_UNISTD_H
# include <unistd.h>
#endif
#if HAVE_INTTYPES_H
# include <inttypes.h>
#endif
#include <sys/types.h>
#include "cmpbuf.h"
/* Determine whether an integer type is signed, and its bounds.
This code assumes two's (or one's!) complement with no holes. */
/* The extra casts work around common compiler bugs,
e.g. Cray C 5.0.3.0 when t == time_t. */
#ifndef TYPE_SIGNED
# define TYPE_SIGNED(t) (! ((t) 0 < (t) -1))
#endif
#ifndef TYPE_MINIMUM
# define TYPE_MINIMUM(t) ((t) (TYPE_SIGNED (t) \
? ~ (t) 0 << (sizeof (t) * CHAR_BIT - 1) \
: (t) 0))
#endif
#ifndef TYPE_MAXIMUM
# define TYPE_MAXIMUM(t) ((t) (~ (t) 0 - TYPE_MINIMUM (t)))
#endif
#ifndef PTRDIFF_MAX
# define PTRDIFF_MAX TYPE_MAXIMUM (ptrdiff_t)
#endif
#ifndef SIZE_MAX
# define SIZE_MAX TYPE_MAXIMUM (size_t)
#endif
#ifndef SSIZE_MAX
# define SSIZE_MAX TYPE_MAXIMUM (ssize_t)
#endif
#undef MIN
#define MIN(a, b) ((a) <= (b) ? (a) : (b))
/* Read NBYTES bytes from descriptor FD into BUF.
NBYTES must not be SIZE_MAX.
Return the number of characters successfully read.
On error, return SIZE_MAX, setting errno.
The number returned is always NBYTES unless end-of-file or error. */
size_t
block_read (int fd, char *buf, size_t nbytes)
{
char *bp = buf;
char const *buflim = buf + nbytes;
size_t readlim = SSIZE_MAX;
do
{
size_t bytes_to_read = MIN (buflim - bp, readlim);
ssize_t nread = read (fd, bp, bytes_to_read);
if (nread <= 0)
{
if (nread == 0)
break;
/* Accommodate Tru64 5.1, which can't read more than INT_MAX
bytes at a time. They call that a 64-bit OS? */
if (errno == EINVAL && INT_MAX < bytes_to_read)
{
readlim = INT_MAX;
continue;
}
/* This is needed for programs that have signal handlers on
older hosts without SA_RESTART. It also accommodates
ancient AIX hosts that set errno to EINTR after uncaught
SIGCONT. See <news:1r77ojINN85n@ftp.UU.NET>
(1993-04-22). */
if (! SA_RESTART && errno == EINTR)
continue;
return SIZE_MAX;
}
bp += nread;
}
while (bp < buflim);
return bp - buf;
}
/* Least common multiple of two buffer sizes A and B. However, if
either A or B is zero, or if the multiple is greater than LCM_MAX,
return a reasonable buffer size. */
size_t
buffer_lcm (size_t a, size_t b, size_t lcm_max)
{
size_t lcm, m, n, q, r;
/* Yield reasonable values if buffer sizes are zero. */
if (!a)
return b ? b : 8 * 1024;
if (!b)
return a;
/* n = gcd (a, b) */
for (m = a, n = b; (r = m % n) != 0; m = n, n = r)
continue;
/* Yield a if there is an overflow. */
q = a / n;
lcm = q * b;
return lcm <= lcm_max && lcm / b == q ? lcm : a;
}

View File

@ -1,23 +0,0 @@
/* $NetBSD: cmpbuf.h,v 1.1.1.1 2003/01/26 00:43:13 wiz Exp $ */
/* Buffer primitives for comparison operations.
Copyright (C) 2002 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
any later version.
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
GNU General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
along with this program; see the file COPYING.
If not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. */
size_t block_read (int, char *, size_t);
size_t buffer_lcm (size_t, size_t, size_t);

View File

@ -1,49 +0,0 @@
/* $NetBSD: dirname.h,v 1.1.1.1 2003/01/26 00:43:13 wiz Exp $ */
/* Copyright (C) 1998, 2001 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
any later version.
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
GNU General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. */
#ifndef DIRNAME_H_
# define DIRNAME_H_ 1
# ifndef PARAMS
# if defined PROTOTYPES || (defined __STDC__ && __STDC__)
# define PARAMS(Args) Args
# else
# define PARAMS(Args) ()
# endif
# endif
# ifndef DIRECTORY_SEPARATOR
# define DIRECTORY_SEPARATOR '/'
# endif
# ifndef ISSLASH
# define ISSLASH(C) ((C) == DIRECTORY_SEPARATOR)
# endif
# ifndef FILESYSTEM_PREFIX_LEN
# define FILESYSTEM_PREFIX_LEN(Filename) 0
# endif
char *base_name PARAMS ((char const *path));
char *dir_name PARAMS ((char const *path));
size_t base_len PARAMS ((char const *path));
size_t dir_len PARAMS ((char const *path));
int strip_trailing_slashes PARAMS ((char *path));
#endif /* not DIRNAME_H_ */

View File

@ -1,402 +0,0 @@
/* $NetBSD: error.c,v 1.1.1.1 2003/01/26 00:43:15 wiz Exp $ */
/* Error handler for noninteractive utilities
Copyright (C) 1990-1998, 2000, 2001 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
This file is part of the GNU C Library. Its master source is NOT part of
the C library, however. The master source lives in /gd/gnu/lib.
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
any later version.
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
GNU General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. */
/* Written by David MacKenzie <djm@gnu.ai.mit.edu>. */
#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
# include <config.h>
#endif
#include <stdio.h>
#if HAVE_LIBINTL_H
# include <libintl.h>
#endif
#ifdef _LIBC
# include <wchar.h>
# define mbsrtowcs __mbsrtowcs
#endif
#if HAVE_VPRINTF || HAVE_DOPRNT || _LIBC
# if __STDC__
# include <stdarg.h>
# define VA_START(args, lastarg) va_start(args, lastarg)
# else
# include <varargs.h>
# define VA_START(args, lastarg) va_start(args)
# endif
#else
# define va_alist a1, a2, a3, a4, a5, a6, a7, a8
# define va_dcl char *a1, *a2, *a3, *a4, *a5, *a6, *a7, *a8;
#endif
#if STDC_HEADERS || _LIBC
# include <stdlib.h>
# include <string.h>
#else
void exit ();
#endif
#include "error.h"
#include "unlocked-io.h"
#ifndef _
# define _(String) String
#endif
/* If NULL, error will flush stdout, then print on stderr the program
name, a colon and a space. Otherwise, error will call this
function without parameters instead. */
void (*error_print_progname) (
#if __STDC__ - 0
void
#endif
);
/* This variable is incremented each time `error' is called. */
unsigned int error_message_count;
#ifdef _LIBC
/* In the GNU C library, there is a predefined variable for this. */
# define program_name program_invocation_name
# include <errno.h>
/* In GNU libc we want do not want to use the common name `error' directly.
Instead make it a weak alias. */
extern void __error (int status, int errnum, const char *message, ...)
__attribute__ ((__format__ (__printf__, 3, 4)));
extern void __error_at_line (int status, int errnum, const char *file_name,
unsigned int line_number, const char *message,
...)
__attribute__ ((__format__ (__printf__, 5, 6)));;
# define error __error
# define error_at_line __error_at_line
# ifdef USE_IN_LIBIO
# include <libio/iolibio.h>
# define fflush(s) _IO_fflush (s)
# endif
#else /* not _LIBC */
# if !HAVE_DECL_STRERROR_R && STRERROR_R_CHAR_P
# ifndef HAVE_DECL_STRERROR_R
"this configure-time declaration test was not run"
# endif
char *strerror_r ();
# endif
/* The calling program should define program_name and set it to the
name of the executing program. */
extern char *program_name;
# if HAVE_STRERROR_R || defined strerror_r
# define __strerror_r strerror_r
# else
# if HAVE_STRERROR
# ifndef HAVE_DECL_STRERROR
"this configure-time declaration test was not run"
# endif
# if !HAVE_DECL_STRERROR
char *strerror ();
# endif
# else
static char *
private_strerror (int errnum)
{
extern char *sys_errlist[];
extern int sys_nerr;
if (errnum > 0 && errnum <= sys_nerr)
return _(sys_errlist[errnum]);
return _("Unknown system error");
}
# define strerror private_strerror
# endif /* HAVE_STRERROR */
# endif /* HAVE_STRERROR_R || defined strerror_r */
#endif /* not _LIBC */
static void
print_errno_message (int errnum)
{
char const *s;
#if defined HAVE_STRERROR_R || _LIBC
char errbuf[1024];
# if STRERROR_R_CHAR_P || _LIBC
s = __strerror_r (errnum, errbuf, sizeof errbuf);
# else
if (__strerror_r (errnum, errbuf, sizeof errbuf) == 0)
s = errbuf;
else
s = 0;
# endif
#else
s = strerror (errnum);
#endif
#if !_LIBC
if (! s)
s = _("Unknown system error");
#endif
#if _LIBC && USE_IN_LIBIO
if (_IO_fwide (stderr, 0) > 0)
{
__fwprintf (stderr, L": %s", s);
return;
}
#endif
fprintf (stderr, ": %s", s);
}
#ifdef VA_START
static void
error_tail (int status, int errnum, const char *message, va_list args)
{
# if HAVE_VPRINTF || _LIBC
# if _LIBC && USE_IN_LIBIO
if (_IO_fwide (stderr, 0) > 0)
{
# define ALLOCA_LIMIT 2000
size_t len = strlen (message) + 1;
wchar_t *wmessage = NULL;
mbstate_t st;
size_t res;
const char *tmp;
do
{
if (len < ALLOCA_LIMIT)
wmessage = (wchar_t *) alloca (len * sizeof (wchar_t));
else
{
if (wmessage != NULL && len / 2 < ALLOCA_LIMIT)
wmessage = NULL;
wmessage = (wchar_t *) realloc (wmessage,
len * sizeof (wchar_t));
if (wmessage == NULL)
{
fputws_unlocked (L"out of memory\n", stderr);
return;
}
}
memset (&st, '\0', sizeof (st));
tmp =message;
}
while ((res = mbsrtowcs (wmessage, &tmp, len, &st)) == len);
if (res == (size_t) -1)
/* The string cannot be converted. */
wmessage = (wchar_t *) L"???";
__vfwprintf (stderr, wmessage, args);
}
else
# endif
vfprintf (stderr, message, args);
# else
_doprnt (message, args, stderr);
# endif
va_end (args);
++error_message_count;
if (errnum)
print_errno_message (errnum);
# if _LIBC && USE_IN_LIBIO
if (_IO_fwide (stderr, 0) > 0)
putwc (L'\n', stderr);
else
# endif
putc ('\n', stderr);
fflush (stderr);
if (status)
exit (status);
}
#endif
/* Print the program name and error message MESSAGE, which is a printf-style
format string with optional args.
If ERRNUM is nonzero, print its corresponding system error message.
Exit with status STATUS if it is nonzero. */
/* VARARGS */
void
#if defined VA_START && __STDC__
error (int status, int errnum, const char *message, ...)
#else
error (status, errnum, message, va_alist)
int status;
int errnum;
char *message;
va_dcl
#endif
{
#ifdef VA_START
va_list args;
#endif
fflush (stdout);
#ifdef _LIBC
# ifdef USE_IN_LIBIO
_IO_flockfile (stderr);
# else
__flockfile (stderr);
# endif
#endif
if (error_print_progname)
(*error_print_progname) ();
else
{
#if _LIBC && USE_IN_LIBIO
if (_IO_fwide (stderr, 0) > 0)
__fwprintf (stderr, L"%s: ", program_name);
else
#endif
fprintf (stderr, "%s: ", program_name);
}
#ifdef VA_START
VA_START (args, message);
error_tail (status, errnum, message, args);
#else
fprintf (stderr, message, a1, a2, a3, a4, a5, a6, a7, a8);
++error_message_count;
if (errnum)
print_errno_message (errnum);
putc ('\n', stderr);
fflush (stderr);
if (status)
exit (status);
#endif
#ifdef _LIBC
# ifdef USE_IN_LIBIO
_IO_funlockfile (stderr);
# else
__funlockfile (stderr);
# endif
#endif
}
/* Sometimes we want to have at most one error per line. This
variable controls whether this mode is selected or not. */
int error_one_per_line;
void
#if defined VA_START && __STDC__
error_at_line (int status, int errnum, const char *file_name,
unsigned int line_number, const char *message, ...)
#else
error_at_line (status, errnum, file_name, line_number, message, va_alist)
int status;
int errnum;
const char *file_name;
unsigned int line_number;
char *message;
va_dcl
#endif
{
#ifdef VA_START
va_list args;
#endif
if (error_one_per_line)
{
static const char *old_file_name;
static unsigned int old_line_number;
if (old_line_number == line_number
&& (file_name == old_file_name
|| strcmp (old_file_name, file_name) == 0))
/* Simply return and print nothing. */
return;
old_file_name = file_name;
old_line_number = line_number;
}
fflush (stdout);
#ifdef _LIBC
# ifdef USE_IN_LIBIO
_IO_flockfile (stderr);
# else
__flockfile (stderr);
# endif
#endif
if (error_print_progname)
(*error_print_progname) ();
else
{
#if _LIBC && USE_IN_LIBIO
if (_IO_fwide (stderr, 0) > 0)
__fwprintf (stderr, L"%s: ", program_name);
else
#endif
fprintf (stderr, "%s:", program_name);
}
if (file_name != NULL)
{
#if _LIBC && USE_IN_LIBIO
if (_IO_fwide (stderr, 0) > 0)
__fwprintf (stderr, L"%s:%d: ", file_name, line_number);
else
#endif
fprintf (stderr, "%s:%d: ", file_name, line_number);
}
#ifdef VA_START
VA_START (args, message);
error_tail (status, errnum, message, args);
#else
fprintf (stderr, message, a1, a2, a3, a4, a5, a6, a7, a8);
++error_message_count;
if (errnum)
print_errno_message (errnum);
putc ('\n', stderr);
fflush (stderr);
if (status)
exit (status);
#endif
#ifdef _LIBC
# ifdef USE_IN_LIBIO
_IO_funlockfile (stderr);
# else
__funlockfile (stderr);
# endif
#endif
}
#ifdef _LIBC
/* Make the weak alias. */
# undef error
# undef error_at_line
weak_alias (__error, error)
weak_alias (__error_at_line, error_at_line)
#endif

View File

@ -1,80 +0,0 @@
/* $NetBSD: error.h,v 1.1.1.1 2003/01/26 00:43:13 wiz Exp $ */
/* Declaration for error-reporting function
Copyright (C) 1995, 1996, 1997 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
NOTE: The canonical source of this file is maintained with the GNU C Library.
Bugs can be reported to bug-glibc@prep.ai.mit.edu.
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the
Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) any
later version.
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
GNU General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307,
USA. */
#ifndef _ERROR_H
#define _ERROR_H 1
#ifndef __attribute__
/* This feature is available in gcc versions 2.5 and later. */
# if __GNUC__ < 2 || (__GNUC__ == 2 && __GNUC_MINOR__ < 5)
# define __attribute__(Spec) /* empty */
# endif
/* The __-protected variants of `format' and `printf' attributes
are accepted by gcc versions 2.6.4 (effectively 2.7) and later. */
# if __GNUC__ < 2 || (__GNUC__ == 2 && __GNUC_MINOR__ < 7)
# define __format__ format
# define __printf__ printf
# endif
#endif
#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif
#if defined (__STDC__) && __STDC__
/* Print a message with `fprintf (stderr, FORMAT, ...)';
if ERRNUM is nonzero, follow it with ": " and strerror (ERRNUM).
If STATUS is nonzero, terminate the program with `exit (STATUS)'. */
extern void error (int status, int errnum, const char *format, ...)
__attribute__ ((__format__ (__printf__, 3, 4)));
extern void error_at_line (int status, int errnum, const char *fname,
unsigned int lineno, const char *format, ...)
__attribute__ ((__format__ (__printf__, 5, 6)));
/* If NULL, error will flush stdout, then print on stderr the program
name, a colon and a space. Otherwise, error will call this
function without parameters instead. */
extern void (*error_print_progname) (void);
#else
void error ();
void error_at_line ();
extern void (*error_print_progname) ();
#endif
/* This variable is incremented each time `error' is called. */
extern unsigned int error_message_count;
/* Sometimes we want to have at most one error per line. This
variable controls whether this mode is selected or not. */
extern int error_one_per_line;
#ifdef __cplusplus
}
#endif
#endif /* error.h */

View File

@ -1,270 +0,0 @@
/* $NetBSD: exclude.c,v 1.1.1.1 2003/01/26 00:43:15 wiz Exp $ */
/* exclude.c -- exclude file names
Copyright 1992, 1993, 1994, 1997, 1999, 2000, 2001 Free Software
Foundation, Inc.
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
any later version.
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
GNU General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
along with this program; see the file COPYING.
If not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. */
/* Written by Paul Eggert <eggert@twinsun.com> */
#if HAVE_CONFIG_H
# include <config.h>
#endif
#if HAVE_STDBOOL_H
# include <stdbool.h>
#else
typedef enum {false = 0, true = 1} bool;
#endif
#include <errno.h>
#ifndef errno
extern int errno;
#endif
#include <stdio.h>
#if HAVE_SYS_TYPES_H
# include <sys/types.h>
#endif
#if HAVE_STDLIB_H
# include <stdlib.h>
#endif
#if HAVE_STRING_H
# include <string.h>
#endif
#if HAVE_STRINGS_H
# include <strings.h>
#endif
#if HAVE_INTTYPES_H
# include <inttypes.h>
#else
# if HAVE_STDINT_H
# include <stdint.h>
# endif
#endif
#include "exclude.h"
#include "fnmatch.h"
#include "unlocked-io.h"
#include "xalloc.h"
#ifndef SIZE_MAX
# define SIZE_MAX ((size_t) -1)
#endif
/* Verify a requirement at compile-time (unlike assert, which is runtime). */
#define verify(name, assertion) struct name { char a[(assertion) ? 1 : -1]; }
verify (EXCLUDE_macros_do_not_collide_with_FNM_macros,
(((EXCLUDE_ANCHORED | EXCLUDE_INCLUDE | EXCLUDE_WILDCARDS)
& (FNM_FILE_NAME | FNM_NOESCAPE | FNM_PERIOD | FNM_LEADING_DIR
| FNM_CASEFOLD))
== 0));
/* An exclude pattern-options pair. The options are fnmatch options
ORed with EXCLUDE_* options. */
struct patopts
{
char const *pattern;
int options;
};
/* An exclude list, of pattern-options pairs. */
struct exclude
{
struct patopts *exclude;
size_t exclude_alloc;
size_t exclude_count;
};
/* Return a newly allocated and empty exclude list. */
struct exclude *
new_exclude (void)
{
struct exclude *ex = (struct exclude *) xmalloc (sizeof *ex);
ex->exclude_count = 0;
ex->exclude_alloc = (1 << 6); /* This must be a power of 2. */
ex->exclude = (struct patopts *) xmalloc (ex->exclude_alloc
* sizeof ex->exclude[0]);
return ex;
}
/* Free the storage associated with an exclude list. */
void
free_exclude (struct exclude *ex)
{
free (ex->exclude);
free (ex);
}
/* Return zero if PATTERN matches F, obeying OPTIONS, except that
(unlike fnmatch) wildcards are disabled in PATTERN. */
static int
fnmatch_no_wildcards (char const *pattern, char const *f, int options)
{
if (! (options & FNM_LEADING_DIR))
return ((options & FNM_CASEFOLD)
? strcasecmp (pattern, f)
: strcmp (pattern, f));
else
{
size_t patlen = strlen (pattern);
int r = ((options & FNM_CASEFOLD)
? strncasecmp (pattern, f, patlen)
: strncmp (pattern, f, patlen));
if (! r)
{
r = f[patlen];
if (r == '/')
r = 0;
}
return r;
}
}
/* Return true if EX excludes F. */
bool
excluded_filename (struct exclude const *ex, char const *f)
{
size_t exclude_count = ex->exclude_count;
/* If no options are given, the default is to include. */
if (exclude_count == 0)
return false;
else
{
struct patopts const *exclude = ex->exclude;
size_t i;
/* Otherwise, the default is the opposite of the first option. */
bool excluded = !! (exclude[0].options & EXCLUDE_INCLUDE);
/* Scan through the options, seeing whether they change F from
excluded to included or vice versa. */
for (i = 0; i < exclude_count; i++)
{
char const *pattern = exclude[i].pattern;
int options = exclude[i].options;
if (excluded == !! (options & EXCLUDE_INCLUDE))
{
int (*matcher) PARAMS ((char const *, char const *, int)) =
(options & EXCLUDE_WILDCARDS
? fnmatch
: fnmatch_no_wildcards);
bool matched = ((*matcher) (pattern, f, options) == 0);
char const *p;
if (! (options & EXCLUDE_ANCHORED))
for (p = f; *p && ! matched; p++)
if (*p == '/' && p[1] != '/')
matched = ((*matcher) (pattern, p + 1, options) == 0);
excluded ^= matched;
}
}
return excluded;
}
}
/* Append to EX the exclusion PATTERN with OPTIONS. */
void
add_exclude (struct exclude *ex, char const *pattern, int options)
{
struct patopts *patopts;
if (ex->exclude_alloc <= ex->exclude_count)
{
size_t s = 2 * ex->exclude_alloc;
if (! (0 < s && s <= SIZE_MAX / sizeof ex->exclude[0]))
xalloc_die ();
ex->exclude_alloc = s;
ex->exclude = (struct patopts *) xrealloc (ex->exclude,
s * sizeof ex->exclude[0]);
}
patopts = &ex->exclude[ex->exclude_count++];
patopts->pattern = pattern;
patopts->options = options;
}
/* Use ADD_FUNC to append to EX the patterns in FILENAME, each with
OPTIONS. LINE_END terminates each pattern in the file. Return -1
on failure, 0 on success. */
int
add_exclude_file (void (*add_func) PARAMS ((struct exclude *,
char const *, int)),
struct exclude *ex, char const *filename, int options,
char line_end)
{
bool use_stdin = filename[0] == '-' && !filename[1];
FILE *in;
char *buf;
char *p;
char const *pattern;
char const *lim;
size_t buf_alloc = (1 << 10); /* This must be a power of two. */
size_t buf_count = 0;
int c;
int e = 0;
if (use_stdin)
in = stdin;
else if (! (in = fopen (filename, "r")))
return -1;
buf = xmalloc (buf_alloc);
while ((c = getc (in)) != EOF)
{
buf[buf_count++] = c;
if (buf_count == buf_alloc)
{
buf_alloc *= 2;
if (! buf_alloc)
xalloc_die ();
buf = xrealloc (buf, buf_alloc);
}
}
if (ferror (in))
e = errno;
if (!use_stdin && fclose (in) != 0)
e = errno;
buf = xrealloc (buf, buf_count + 1);
for (pattern = p = buf, lim = buf + buf_count; p <= lim; p++)
if (p < lim ? *p == line_end : buf < p && p[-1])
{
*p = '\0';
(*add_func) (ex, pattern, options);
pattern = p + 1;
}
errno = e;
return e ? -1 : 0;
}

View File

@ -1,51 +0,0 @@
/* $NetBSD: exclude.h,v 1.1.1.1 2003/01/26 00:43:13 wiz Exp $ */
/* exclude.h -- declarations for excluding file names
Copyright 1992, 1993, 1994, 1997, 1999, 2001 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
any later version.
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
GNU General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
along with this program; see the file COPYING.
If not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. */
/* Written by Paul Eggert <eggert@twinsun.com> */
#ifndef PARAMS
# if defined PROTOTYPES || (defined __STDC__ && __STDC__)
# define PARAMS(Args) Args
# else
# define PARAMS(Args) ()
# endif
#endif
/* Exclude options, which can be ORed with fnmatch options. */
/* Patterns must match the start of file names, instead of matching
anywhere after a '/'. */
#define EXCLUDE_ANCHORED (1 << 5)
/* Include instead of exclude. */
#define EXCLUDE_INCLUDE (1 << 6)
/* '?', '*', '[', and '\\' are special in patterns. Without this
option, these characters are ordinary and fnmatch is not used. */
#define EXCLUDE_WILDCARDS (1 << 7)
struct exclude;
struct exclude *new_exclude PARAMS ((void));
void free_exclude PARAMS ((struct exclude *));
void add_exclude PARAMS ((struct exclude *, char const *, int));
int add_exclude_file PARAMS ((void (*) (struct exclude *, char const *, int),
struct exclude *, char const *, int, char));
bool excluded_filename PARAMS ((struct exclude const *, char const *));

View File

@ -1,33 +0,0 @@
/* $NetBSD: exitfail.c,v 1.1.1.1 2003/01/26 00:43:15 wiz Exp $ */
/* Failure exit status
Copyright (C) 2002 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
any later version.
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
GNU General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
along with this program; see the file COPYING.
If not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. */
#if HAVE_CONFIG_H
# include <config.h>
#endif
#if HAVE_STDLIB_H
# include <stdlib.h>
#endif
#ifndef EXIT_FAILURE
# define EXIT_FAILURE 1
#endif
int volatile exit_failure = EXIT_FAILURE;

View File

@ -1,22 +0,0 @@
/* $NetBSD: exitfail.h,v 1.1.1.1 2003/01/26 00:43:14 wiz Exp $ */
/* Failure exit status
Copyright (C) 2002 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
any later version.
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
GNU General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
along with this program; see the file COPYING.
If not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. */
extern int volatile exit_failure;

View File

@ -1,232 +0,0 @@
/* $NetBSD: fnmatch.c,v 1.1.1.1 2003/01/26 00:43:14 wiz Exp $ */
/* Copyright 1991, 1992, 1993, 1996, 1997, 2000 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
any later version.
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
GNU General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. */
#if HAVE_CONFIG_H
# include <config.h>
#endif
/* Enable GNU extensions in fnmatch.h. */
#ifndef _GNU_SOURCE
# define _GNU_SOURCE 1
#endif
#include <errno.h>
#include <fnmatch.h>
#include <ctype.h>
#if defined STDC_HEADERS || !defined isascii
# define IN_CTYPE_DOMAIN(c) 1
#else
# define IN_CTYPE_DOMAIN(c) isascii (c)
#endif
#define ISUPPER(c) (IN_CTYPE_DOMAIN (c) && isupper (c))
#ifndef errno
extern int errno;
#endif
/* Match STRING against the filename pattern PATTERN, returning zero if
it matches, nonzero if not. */
int
fnmatch (const char *pattern, const char *string, int flags)
{
register const char *p = pattern, *n = string;
register char c;
/* Note that this evaluates C many times. */
#define FOLD(c) ((flags & FNM_CASEFOLD) && ISUPPER ((unsigned char) (c)) \
? tolower ((unsigned char) (c)) \
: (c))
while ((c = *p++) != '\0')
{
c = FOLD (c);
switch (c)
{
case '?':
if (*n == '\0')
return FNM_NOMATCH;
else if ((flags & FNM_FILE_NAME) && *n == '/')
return FNM_NOMATCH;
else if ((flags & FNM_PERIOD) && *n == '.' &&
(n == string || ((flags & FNM_FILE_NAME) && n[-1] == '/')))
return FNM_NOMATCH;
break;
case '\\':
if (!(flags & FNM_NOESCAPE))
{
c = *p++;
if (c == '\0')
/* Trailing \ loses. */
return FNM_NOMATCH;
c = FOLD (c);
}
if (FOLD (*n) != c)
return FNM_NOMATCH;
break;
case '*':
if ((flags & FNM_PERIOD) && *n == '.' &&
(n == string || ((flags & FNM_FILE_NAME) && n[-1] == '/')))
return FNM_NOMATCH;
for (c = *p++; c == '?' || c == '*'; c = *p++)
{
if (c == '?')
{
/* A ? needs to match one character. */
if (*n == '\0' || (*n == '/' && (flags & FNM_FILE_NAME)))
/* There isn't another character; no match. */
return FNM_NOMATCH;
else
/* One character of the string is consumed in matching
this ? wildcard, so *??? won't match if there are
less than three characters. */
++n;
}
}
if (c == '\0')
{
if ((flags & (FNM_FILE_NAME | FNM_LEADING_DIR)) == FNM_FILE_NAME)
for (; *n != '\0'; n++)
if (*n == '/')
return FNM_NOMATCH;
return 0;
}
{
char c1 = (!(flags & FNM_NOESCAPE) && c == '\\') ? *p : c;
c1 = FOLD (c1);
for (--p; *n != '\0'; ++n)
if ((c == '[' || FOLD (*n) == c1) &&
fnmatch (p, n, flags & ~FNM_PERIOD) == 0)
return 0;
else if (*n == '/' && (flags & FNM_FILE_NAME))
break;
return FNM_NOMATCH;
}
case '[':
{
/* Nonzero if the sense of the character class is inverted. */
register int not;
if (*n == '\0')
return FNM_NOMATCH;
if ((flags & FNM_PERIOD) && *n == '.' &&
(n == string || ((flags & FNM_FILE_NAME) && n[-1] == '/')))
return FNM_NOMATCH;
not = (*p == '!' || *p == '^');
if (not)
++p;
c = *p++;
for (;;)
{
register char cstart = c, cend = c;
if (!(flags & FNM_NOESCAPE) && c == '\\')
{
if (*p == '\0')
return FNM_NOMATCH;
cstart = cend = *p++;
}
cstart = cend = FOLD (cstart);
if (c == '\0')
/* [ (unterminated) loses. */
return FNM_NOMATCH;
c = *p++;
c = FOLD (c);
if ((flags & FNM_FILE_NAME) && c == '/')
/* [/] can never match. */
return FNM_NOMATCH;
if (c == '-' && *p != ']')
{
cend = *p++;
if (!(flags & FNM_NOESCAPE) && cend == '\\')
cend = *p++;
if (cend == '\0')
return FNM_NOMATCH;
cend = FOLD (cend);
c = *p++;
}
if (FOLD (*n) >= cstart && FOLD (*n) <= cend)
goto matched;
if (c == ']')
break;
}
if (!not)
return FNM_NOMATCH;
break;
matched:;
/* Skip the rest of the [...] that already matched. */
while (c != ']')
{
if (c == '\0')
/* [... (unterminated) loses. */
return FNM_NOMATCH;
c = *p++;
if (!(flags & FNM_NOESCAPE) && c == '\\')
{
if (*p == '\0')
return FNM_NOMATCH;
/* XXX 1003.2d11 is unclear if this is right. */
++p;
}
}
if (not)
return FNM_NOMATCH;
}
break;
default:
if (c != FOLD (*n))
return FNM_NOMATCH;
}
++n;
}
if (*n == '\0')
return 0;
if ((flags & FNM_LEADING_DIR) && *n == '/')
/* The FNM_LEADING_DIR flag says that "foo*" matches "foobar/frobozz". */
return 0;
return FNM_NOMATCH;
#undef FOLD
}

View File

@ -1,69 +0,0 @@
/* Copyright (C) 1991, 1992, 1993 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
NOTE: The canonical source of this file is maintained with the GNU C Library.
Bugs can be reported to bug-glibc@prep.ai.mit.edu.
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the
Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) any
later version.
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
GNU General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. */
#ifndef _FNMATCH_H
#define _FNMATCH_H 1
#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif
#if defined (__cplusplus) || (defined (__STDC__) && __STDC__)
#undef __P
#define __P(protos) protos
#else /* Not C++ or ANSI C. */
#undef __P
#define __P(protos) ()
/* We can get away without defining `const' here only because in this file
it is used only inside the prototype for `fnmatch', which is elided in
non-ANSI C where `const' is problematical. */
#endif /* C++ or ANSI C. */
/* We #undef these before defining them because some losing systems
(HP-UX A.08.07 for example) define these in <unistd.h>. */
#undef FNM_PATHNAME
#undef FNM_NOESCAPE
#undef FNM_PERIOD
/* Bits set in the FLAGS argument to `fnmatch'. */
#define FNM_PATHNAME (1 << 0) /* No wildcard can ever match `/'. */
#define FNM_NOESCAPE (1 << 1) /* Backslashes don't quote special chars. */
#define FNM_PERIOD (1 << 2) /* Leading `.' is matched only explicitly. */
#if !defined (_POSIX_C_SOURCE) || _POSIX_C_SOURCE < 2 || defined (_GNU_SOURCE)
#define FNM_FILE_NAME FNM_PATHNAME /* Preferred GNU name. */
#define FNM_LEADING_DIR (1 << 3) /* Ignore `/...' after a match. */
#define FNM_CASEFOLD (1 << 4) /* Compare without regard to case. */
#endif
/* Value returned by `fnmatch' if STRING does not match PATTERN. */
#define FNM_NOMATCH 1
/* Match STRING against the filename pattern PATTERN,
returning zero if it matches, FNM_NOMATCH if not. */
extern int fnmatch __P ((const char *__pattern, const char *__string,
int __flags));
#ifdef __cplusplus
}
#endif
#endif /* fnmatch.h */

View File

@ -1,33 +0,0 @@
/* $NetBSD: freesoft.c,v 1.1.1.1 2003/01/26 00:43:15 wiz Exp $ */
/* Free software message ID.
Copyright (C) 2001 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
any later version.
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
GNU General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. */
#if HAVE_CONFIG_H
# include <config.h>
#endif
#include "freesoft.h"
#define N_(Text) Text
char const free_software_msgid[] = N_("\
This program comes with NO WARRANTY, to the extent permitted by law.\n\
You may redistribute copies of this program\n\
under the terms of the GNU General Public License.\n\
For more information about these matters, see the file named COPYING.");

View File

@ -1,3 +0,0 @@
/* $NetBSD: freesoft.h,v 1.1.1.1 2003/01/26 00:43:14 wiz Exp $ */
extern char const free_software_msgid[];

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff

View File

@ -1,181 +0,0 @@
/* $NetBSD: getopt.h,v 1.1.1.1 2003/01/26 00:43:14 wiz Exp $ */
/* Declarations for getopt.
Copyright (C) 1989-1994, 1996-1999, 2001 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
This file is part of the GNU C Library.
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
any later version.
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
GNU General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. */
#ifndef _GETOPT_H
#ifndef __need_getopt
# define _GETOPT_H 1
#endif
/* If __GNU_LIBRARY__ is not already defined, either we are being used
standalone, or this is the first header included in the source file.
If we are being used with glibc, we need to include <features.h>, but
that does not exist if we are standalone. So: if __GNU_LIBRARY__ is
not defined, include <ctype.h>, which will pull in <features.h> for us
if it's from glibc. (Why ctype.h? It's guaranteed to exist and it
doesn't flood the namespace with stuff the way some other headers do.) */
#if !defined __GNU_LIBRARY__
# include <ctype.h>
#endif
#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif
/* For communication from `getopt' to the caller.
When `getopt' finds an option that takes an argument,
the argument value is returned here.
Also, when `ordering' is RETURN_IN_ORDER,
each non-option ARGV-element is returned here. */
extern char *optarg;
/* Index in ARGV of the next element to be scanned.
This is used for communication to and from the caller
and for communication between successive calls to `getopt'.
On entry to `getopt', zero means this is the first call; initialize.
When `getopt' returns -1, this is the index of the first of the
non-option elements that the caller should itself scan.
Otherwise, `optind' communicates from one call to the next
how much of ARGV has been scanned so far. */
extern int optind;
/* Callers store zero here to inhibit the error message `getopt' prints
for unrecognized options. */
extern int opterr;
/* Set to an option character which was unrecognized. */
extern int optopt;
#ifndef __need_getopt
/* Describe the long-named options requested by the application.
The LONG_OPTIONS argument to getopt_long or getopt_long_only is a vector
of `struct option' terminated by an element containing a name which is
zero.
The field `has_arg' is:
no_argument (or 0) if the option does not take an argument,
required_argument (or 1) if the option requires an argument,
optional_argument (or 2) if the option takes an optional argument.
If the field `flag' is not NULL, it points to a variable that is set
to the value given in the field `val' when the option is found, but
left unchanged if the option is not found.
To have a long-named option do something other than set an `int' to
a compiled-in constant, such as set a value from `optarg', set the
option's `flag' field to zero and its `val' field to a nonzero
value (the equivalent single-letter option character, if there is
one). For long options that have a zero `flag' field, `getopt'
returns the contents of the `val' field. */
struct option
{
# if (defined __STDC__ && __STDC__) || defined __cplusplus
const char *name;
# else
char *name;
# endif
/* has_arg can't be an enum because some compilers complain about
type mismatches in all the code that assumes it is an int. */
int has_arg;
int *flag;
int val;
};
/* Names for the values of the `has_arg' field of `struct option'. */
# define no_argument 0
# define required_argument 1
# define optional_argument 2
#endif /* need getopt */
/* Get definitions and prototypes for functions to process the
arguments in ARGV (ARGC of them, minus the program name) for
options given in OPTS.
Return the option character from OPTS just read. Return -1 when
there are no more options. For unrecognized options, or options
missing arguments, `optopt' is set to the option letter, and '?' is
returned.
The OPTS string is a list of characters which are recognized option
letters, optionally followed by colons, specifying that that letter
takes an argument, to be placed in `optarg'.
If a letter in OPTS is followed by two colons, its argument is
optional. This behavior is specific to the GNU `getopt'.
The argument `--' causes premature termination of argument
scanning, explicitly telling `getopt' that there are no more
options.
If OPTS begins with `--', then non-option arguments are treated as
arguments to the option '\0'. This behavior is specific to the GNU
`getopt'. */
#if (defined __STDC__ && __STDC__) || defined __cplusplus
# ifdef __GNU_LIBRARY__
/* Many other libraries have conflicting prototypes for getopt, with
differences in the consts, in stdlib.h. To avoid compilation
errors, only prototype getopt for the GNU C library. */
extern int getopt (int __argc, char *const *__argv, const char *__shortopts);
# else /* not __GNU_LIBRARY__ */
extern int getopt ();
# endif /* __GNU_LIBRARY__ */
# ifndef __need_getopt
extern int getopt_long (int __argc, char *const *__argv, const char *__shortopts,
const struct option *__longopts, int *__longind);
extern int getopt_long_only (int __argc, char *const *__argv,
const char *__shortopts,
const struct option *__longopts, int *__longind);
/* Internal only. Users should not call this directly. */
extern int _getopt_internal (int __argc, char *const *__argv,
const char *__shortopts,
const struct option *__longopts, int *__longind,
int __long_only);
# endif
#else /* not __STDC__ */
extern int getopt ();
# ifndef __need_getopt
extern int getopt_long ();
extern int getopt_long_only ();
extern int _getopt_internal ();
# endif
#endif /* __STDC__ */
#ifdef __cplusplus
}
#endif
/* Make sure we later can get all the definitions and declarations. */
#undef __need_getopt
#endif /* getopt.h */

View File

@ -1,189 +0,0 @@
/* $NetBSD: getopt1.c,v 1.1.1.1 2003/01/26 00:43:15 wiz Exp $ */
/* getopt_long and getopt_long_only entry points for GNU getopt.
Copyright (C) 1987,88,89,90,91,92,93,94,96,97,98
Free Software Foundation, Inc.
This file is part of the GNU C Library.
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
any later version.
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
GNU General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. */
#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
#include <config.h>
#endif
#include "getopt.h"
#if !defined __STDC__ || !__STDC__
/* This is a separate conditional since some stdc systems
reject `defined (const)'. */
#ifndef const
#define const
#endif
#endif
#include <stdio.h>
/* Comment out all this code if we are using the GNU C Library, and are not
actually compiling the library itself. This code is part of the GNU C
Library, but also included in many other GNU distributions. Compiling
and linking in this code is a waste when using the GNU C library
(especially if it is a shared library). Rather than having every GNU
program understand `configure --with-gnu-libc' and omit the object files,
it is simpler to just do this in the source for each such file. */
#define GETOPT_INTERFACE_VERSION 2
#if !defined _LIBC && defined __GLIBC__ && __GLIBC__ >= 2
#include <gnu-versions.h>
#if _GNU_GETOPT_INTERFACE_VERSION == GETOPT_INTERFACE_VERSION
#define ELIDE_CODE
#endif
#endif
#ifndef ELIDE_CODE
/* This needs to come after some library #include
to get __GNU_LIBRARY__ defined. */
#ifdef __GNU_LIBRARY__
#include <stdlib.h>
#endif
#ifndef NULL
#define NULL 0
#endif
int
getopt_long (argc, argv, options, long_options, opt_index)
int argc;
char *const *argv;
const char *options;
const struct option *long_options;
int *opt_index;
{
return _getopt_internal (argc, argv, options, long_options, opt_index, 0);
}
/* Like getopt_long, but '-' as well as '--' can indicate a long option.
If an option that starts with '-' (not '--') doesn't match a long option,
but does match a short option, it is parsed as a short option
instead. */
int
getopt_long_only (argc, argv, options, long_options, opt_index)
int argc;
char *const *argv;
const char *options;
const struct option *long_options;
int *opt_index;
{
return _getopt_internal (argc, argv, options, long_options, opt_index, 1);
}
#endif /* Not ELIDE_CODE. */
#ifdef TEST
#include <stdio.h>
int
main (argc, argv)
int argc;
char **argv;
{
int c;
int digit_optind = 0;
while (1)
{
int this_option_optind = optind ? optind : 1;
int option_index = 0;
static struct option long_options[] =
{
{"add", 1, 0, 0},
{"append", 0, 0, 0},
{"delete", 1, 0, 0},
{"verbose", 0, 0, 0},
{"create", 0, 0, 0},
{"file", 1, 0, 0},
{0, 0, 0, 0}
};
c = getopt_long (argc, argv, "abc:d:0123456789",
long_options, &option_index);
if (c == -1)
break;
switch (c)
{
case 0:
printf ("option %s", long_options[option_index].name);
if (optarg)
printf (" with arg %s", optarg);
printf ("\n");
break;
case '0':
case '1':
case '2':
case '3':
case '4':
case '5':
case '6':
case '7':
case '8':
case '9':
if (digit_optind != 0 && digit_optind != this_option_optind)
printf ("digits occur in two different argv-elements.\n");
digit_optind = this_option_optind;
printf ("option %c\n", c);
break;
case 'a':
printf ("option a\n");
break;
case 'b':
printf ("option b\n");
break;
case 'c':
printf ("option c with value `%s'\n", optarg);
break;
case 'd':
printf ("option d with value `%s'\n", optarg);
break;
case '?':
break;
default:
printf ("?? getopt returned character code 0%o ??\n", c);
}
}
if (optind < argc)
{
printf ("non-option ARGV-elements: ");
while (optind < argc)
printf ("%s ", argv[optind++]);
printf ("\n");
}
exit (0);
}
#endif /* TEST */

View File

@ -1,61 +0,0 @@
/* $NetBSD: gettext.h,v 1.1.1.1 2003/01/26 00:43:14 wiz Exp $ */
/* Convenience header for conditional use of GNU <libintl.h>.
Copyright (C) 1995-1998, 2000-2002 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published
by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
any later version.
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
Library General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307,
USA. */
#ifndef _LIBGETTEXT_H
#define _LIBGETTEXT_H 1
/* NLS can be disabled through the configure --disable-nls option. */
#if ENABLE_NLS
/* Get declarations of GNU message catalog functions. */
# include <libintl.h>
#else
/* Disabled NLS.
The casts to 'const char *' serve the purpose of producing warnings
for invalid uses of the value returned from these functions.
On pre-ANSI systems without 'const', the config.h file is supposed to
contain "#define const". */
# define gettext(Msgid) ((const char *) (Msgid))
# define dgettext(Domainname, Msgid) ((const char *) (Msgid))
# define dcgettext(Domainname, Msgid, Category) ((const char *) (Msgid))
# define ngettext(Msgid1, Msgid2, N) \
((N) == 1 ? (const char *) (Msgid1) : (const char *) (Msgid2))
# define dngettext(Domainname, Msgid1, Msgid2, N) \
((N) == 1 ? (const char *) (Msgid1) : (const char *) (Msgid2))
# define dcngettext(Domainname, Msgid1, Msgid2, N, Category) \
((N) == 1 ? (const char *) (Msgid1) : (const char *) (Msgid2))
# define textdomain(Domainname) ((const char *) (Domainname))
# define bindtextdomain(Domainname, Dirname) ((const char *) (Dirname))
# define bind_textdomain_codeset(Domainname, Codeset) ((const char *) (Codeset))
#endif
/* A pseudo function call that serves as a marker for the automated
extraction of messages, but does not call gettext(). The run-time
translation is done at a different place in the code.
The argument, String, should be a literal string. Concatenated strings
and other string expressions won't work.
The macro's expansion is not parenthesized, so that it is suitable as
initializer for static 'char[]' or 'const char[]' variables. */
#define gettext_noop(String) String
#endif /* _LIBGETTEXT_H */

View File

@ -1,81 +0,0 @@
/* $NetBSD: hard-locale.c,v 1.1.1.1 2003/01/26 00:43:15 wiz Exp $ */
/* hard-locale.c -- Determine whether a locale is hard.
Copyright (C) 1997, 1998, 1999, 2002 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
any later version.
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
GNU General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. */
#if HAVE_CONFIG_H
# include <config.h>
#endif
#if HAVE_LOCALE_H
# include <locale.h>
#endif
#if HAVE_STDLIB_H
# include <stdlib.h>
#endif
#if HAVE_STRING_H
# include <string.h>
#endif
#include "hard-locale.h"
/* Return nonzero if the current CATEGORY locale is hard, i.e. if you
can't get away with assuming traditional C or POSIX behavior. */
int
hard_locale (int category)
{
#if ! HAVE_SETLOCALE
return 0;
#else
int hard = 1;
char const *p = setlocale (category, 0);
if (p)
{
# if defined __GLIBC__ && 2 <= __GLIBC__
if (strcmp (p, "C") == 0 || strcmp (p, "POSIX") == 0)
hard = 0;
# else
char *locale = malloc (strlen (p) + 1);
if (locale)
{
strcpy (locale, p);
/* Temporarily set the locale to the "C" and "POSIX" locales
to find their names, so that we can determine whether one
or the other is the caller's locale. */
if (((p = setlocale (category, "C"))
&& strcmp (p, locale) == 0)
|| ((p = setlocale (category, "POSIX"))
&& strcmp (p, locale) == 0))
hard = 0;
/* Restore the caller's locale. */
setlocale (category, locale);
free (locale);
}
# endif
}
return hard;
#endif
}

View File

@ -1,20 +0,0 @@
/* $NetBSD: hard-locale.h,v 1.1.1.1 2003/01/26 00:43:14 wiz Exp $ */
#ifndef HARD_LOCALE_H_
# define HARD_LOCALE_H_ 1
# if HAVE_CONFIG_H
# include <config.h>
# endif
# ifndef PARAMS
# if defined PROTOTYPES || (defined __STDC__ && __STDC__)
# define PARAMS(Args) Args
# else
# define PARAMS(Args) ()
# endif
# endif
int hard_locale PARAMS ((int));
#endif /* HARD_LOCALE_H_ */

View File

@ -1,5 +0,0 @@
/* $NetBSD: imaxtostr.c,v 1.1.1.1 2003/01/26 00:43:15 wiz Exp $ */
#define inttostr imaxtostr
#define inttype intmax_t
#include "inttostr.c"

View File

@ -1,51 +0,0 @@
/* $NetBSD: inttostr.c,v 1.1.1.1 2003/01/26 00:43:15 wiz Exp $ */
/* inttostr.c -- convert integers to printable strings
Copyright (C) 2001 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
any later version.
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
GNU General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. */
/* Written by Paul Eggert */
#include "inttostr.h"
/* Convert I to a printable string in BUF, which must be at least
INT_BUFSIZE_BOUND (INTTYPE) bytes long. Return the address of the
printable string, which need not start at BUF. */
char *
inttostr (inttype i, char *buf)
{
char *p = buf + INT_STRLEN_BOUND (inttype);
*p = 0;
if (i < 0)
{
do
*--p = '0' - i % 10;
while ((i /= 10) != 0);
*--p = '-';
}
else
{
do
*--p = '0' + i % 10;
while ((i /= 10) != 0);
}
return p;
}

View File

@ -1,62 +0,0 @@
/* $NetBSD: inttostr.h,v 1.1.1.1 2003/01/26 00:43:14 wiz Exp $ */
/* inttostr.h -- convert integers to printable strings
Copyright (C) 2001 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
any later version.
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
GNU General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. */
/* Written by Paul Eggert */
#if HAVE_CONFIG_H
# include <config.h>
#endif
#if HAVE_INTTYPES_H
# include <inttypes.h>
#endif
#if HAVE_LIMITS_H
# include <limits.h>
#endif
#ifndef CHAR_BIT
# define CHAR_BIT 8
#endif
#if HAVE_SYS_TYPES_H
# include <sys/types.h>
#endif
#define TYPE_SIGNED(t) (! ((t) 0 < (t) -1))
/* Upper bound on the string length of an integer converted to string.
302 / 1000 is ceil (log10 (2.0)). Subtract 1 for the sign bit;
add 1 for integer division truncation; add 1 more for a minus sign. */
#define INT_STRLEN_BOUND(t) \
((sizeof (t) * CHAR_BIT - TYPE_SIGNED (t)) * 302 / 1000 + 1 + TYPE_SIGNED (t))
#define INT_BUFSIZE_BOUND(t) (INT_STRLEN_BOUND (t) + 1)
#ifndef PARAMS
# if defined PROTOTYPES || defined __STDC__
# define PARAMS(Args) Args
# else
# define PARAMS(Args) ()
# endif
#endif
char *offtostr PARAMS ((off_t, char *));
char *imaxtostr PARAMS ((intmax_t, char *));
char *umaxtostr PARAMS ((uintmax_t, char *));

View File

@ -1,40 +0,0 @@
/* $NetBSD: malloc.c,v 1.1.1.1 2003/01/26 00:43:14 wiz Exp $ */
/* Work around bug on some systems where malloc (0) fails.
Copyright (C) 1997, 1998 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
any later version.
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
GNU General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. */
/* written by Jim Meyering */
#if HAVE_CONFIG_H
# include <config.h>
#endif
#undef malloc
#include <sys/types.h>
char *malloc ();
/* Allocate an N-byte block of memory from the heap.
If N is zero, allocate a 1-byte block. */
char *
rpl_malloc (size_t n)
{
if (n == 0)
n = 1;
return malloc (n);
}

View File

@ -1,218 +0,0 @@
/* $NetBSD: memchr.c,v 1.1.1.1 2003/01/26 00:43:14 wiz Exp $ */
/* Copyright (C) 1991,93,96,97,99,2000 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
Based on strlen implementation by Torbjorn Granlund (tege@sics.se),
with help from Dan Sahlin (dan@sics.se) and
commentary by Jim Blandy (jimb@ai.mit.edu);
adaptation to memchr suggested by Dick Karpinski (dick@cca.ucsf.edu),
and implemented by Roland McGrath (roland@ai.mit.edu).
NOTE: The canonical source of this file is maintained with the GNU C Library.
Bugs can be reported to bug-glibc@prep.ai.mit.edu.
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the
Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) any
later version.
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
GNU General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307,
USA. */
#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
# include <config.h>
#endif
#undef __ptr_t
#if defined (__cplusplus) || (defined (__STDC__) && __STDC__)
# define __ptr_t void *
#else /* Not C++ or ANSI C. */
# define __ptr_t char *
#endif /* C++ or ANSI C. */
#if defined _LIBC
# include <string.h>
# include <memcopy.h>
#else
# define reg_char char
#endif
#if HAVE_STDLIB_H || defined _LIBC
# include <stdlib.h>
#endif
#if HAVE_LIMITS_H || defined _LIBC
# include <limits.h>
#endif
#define LONG_MAX_32_BITS 2147483647
#ifndef LONG_MAX
# define LONG_MAX LONG_MAX_32_BITS
#endif
#include <sys/types.h>
#if HAVE_BP_SYM_H || defined _LIBC
# include <bp-sym.h>
#else
# define BP_SYM(sym) sym
#endif
#undef memchr
#undef __memchr
/* Search no more than N bytes of S for C. */
__ptr_t
__memchr (s, c_in, n)
const __ptr_t s;
int c_in;
size_t n;
{
const unsigned char *char_ptr;
const unsigned long int *longword_ptr;
unsigned long int longword, magic_bits, charmask;
unsigned reg_char c;
c = (unsigned char) c_in;
/* Handle the first few characters by reading one character at a time.
Do this until CHAR_PTR is aligned on a longword boundary. */
for (char_ptr = (const unsigned char *) s;
n > 0 && ((unsigned long int) char_ptr
& (sizeof (longword) - 1)) != 0;
--n, ++char_ptr)
if (*char_ptr == c)
return (__ptr_t) char_ptr;
/* All these elucidatory comments refer to 4-byte longwords,
but the theory applies equally well to 8-byte longwords. */
longword_ptr = (unsigned long int *) char_ptr;
/* Bits 31, 24, 16, and 8 of this number are zero. Call these bits
the "holes." Note that there is a hole just to the left of
each byte, with an extra at the end:
bits: 01111110 11111110 11111110 11111111
bytes: AAAAAAAA BBBBBBBB CCCCCCCC DDDDDDDD
The 1-bits make sure that carries propagate to the next 0-bit.
The 0-bits provide holes for carries to fall into. */
if (sizeof (longword) != 4 && sizeof (longword) != 8)
abort ();
#if LONG_MAX <= LONG_MAX_32_BITS
magic_bits = 0x7efefeff;
#else
magic_bits = ((unsigned long int) 0x7efefefe << 32) | 0xfefefeff;
#endif
/* Set up a longword, each of whose bytes is C. */
charmask = c | (c << 8);
charmask |= charmask << 16;
#if LONG_MAX > LONG_MAX_32_BITS
charmask |= charmask << 32;
#endif
/* Instead of the traditional loop which tests each character,
we will test a longword at a time. The tricky part is testing
if *any of the four* bytes in the longword in question are zero. */
while (n >= sizeof (longword))
{
/* We tentatively exit the loop if adding MAGIC_BITS to
LONGWORD fails to change any of the hole bits of LONGWORD.
1) Is this safe? Will it catch all the zero bytes?
Suppose there is a byte with all zeros. Any carry bits
propagating from its left will fall into the hole at its
least significant bit and stop. Since there will be no
carry from its most significant bit, the LSB of the
byte to the left will be unchanged, and the zero will be
detected.
2) Is this worthwhile? Will it ignore everything except
zero bytes? Suppose every byte of LONGWORD has a bit set
somewhere. There will be a carry into bit 8. If bit 8
is set, this will carry into bit 16. If bit 8 is clear,
one of bits 9-15 must be set, so there will be a carry
into bit 16. Similarly, there will be a carry into bit
24. If one of bits 24-30 is set, there will be a carry
into bit 31, so all of the hole bits will be changed.
The one misfire occurs when bits 24-30 are clear and bit
31 is set; in this case, the hole at bit 31 is not
changed. If we had access to the processor carry flag,
we could close this loophole by putting the fourth hole
at bit 32!
So it ignores everything except 128's, when they're aligned
properly.
3) But wait! Aren't we looking for C, not zero?
Good point. So what we do is XOR LONGWORD with a longword,
each of whose bytes is C. This turns each byte that is C
into a zero. */
longword = *longword_ptr++ ^ charmask;
/* Add MAGIC_BITS to LONGWORD. */
if ((((longword + magic_bits)
/* Set those bits that were unchanged by the addition. */
^ ~longword)
/* Look at only the hole bits. If any of the hole bits
are unchanged, most likely one of the bytes was a
zero. */
& ~magic_bits) != 0)
{
/* Which of the bytes was C? If none of them were, it was
a misfire; continue the search. */
const unsigned char *cp = (const unsigned char *) (longword_ptr - 1);
if (cp[0] == c)
return (__ptr_t) cp;
if (cp[1] == c)
return (__ptr_t) &cp[1];
if (cp[2] == c)
return (__ptr_t) &cp[2];
if (cp[3] == c)
return (__ptr_t) &cp[3];
#if LONG_MAX > 2147483647
if (cp[4] == c)
return (__ptr_t) &cp[4];
if (cp[5] == c)
return (__ptr_t) &cp[5];
if (cp[6] == c)
return (__ptr_t) &cp[6];
if (cp[7] == c)
return (__ptr_t) &cp[7];
#endif
}
n -= sizeof (longword);
}
char_ptr = (const unsigned char *) longword_ptr;
while (n-- > 0)
{
if (*char_ptr == c)
return (__ptr_t) char_ptr;
else
++char_ptr;
}
return 0;
}
#ifdef weak_alias
weak_alias (__memchr, BP_SYM (memchr))
#endif

View File

@ -1,44 +0,0 @@
/* $NetBSD: mkstemp.c,v 1.1.1.1 2003/01/26 00:43:14 wiz Exp $ */
/* Copyright (C) 1998, 1999, 2001 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
This file is derived from the one in the GNU C Library.
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
any later version.
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
GNU General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. */
#include <config.h>
/* Disable the definition of mkstemp to rpl_mkstemp (from config.h) in this
file. Otherwise, we'd get conflicting prototypes for rpl_mkstemp on
most systems. */
#undef mkstemp
#include <stdio.h>
#include <stdlib.h>
#ifndef __GT_FILE
# define __GT_FILE 0
#endif
int __gen_tempname ();
/* Generate a unique temporary file name from TEMPLATE.
The last six characters of TEMPLATE must be "XXXXXX";
they are replaced with a string that makes the filename unique.
Then open the file and return a fd. */
int
rpl_mkstemp (char *template)
{
return __gen_tempname (template, __GT_FILE);
}

View File

@ -1,5 +0,0 @@
/* $NetBSD: offtostr.c,v 1.1.1.1 2003/01/26 00:43:15 wiz Exp $ */
#define inttostr offtostr
#define inttype off_t
#include "inttostr.c"

View File

@ -1,4 +0,0 @@
## Process this file with automake to create Makefile.in
AUTOMAKE_OPTIONS=no-dependencies
EXTRA_DIST = regex.h

View File

@ -1,229 +0,0 @@
# Makefile.in generated by automake 1.6 from Makefile.am.
# @configure_input@
# Copyright 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002
# Free Software Foundation, Inc.
# This Makefile.in is free software; the Free Software Foundation
# gives unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it,
# with or without modifications, as long as this notice is preserved.
# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY, to the extent permitted by law; without
# even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A
# PARTICULAR PURPOSE.
@SET_MAKE@
SHELL = @SHELL@
srcdir = @srcdir@
top_srcdir = @top_srcdir@
VPATH = @srcdir@
prefix = @prefix@
exec_prefix = @exec_prefix@
bindir = @bindir@
sbindir = @sbindir@
libexecdir = @libexecdir@
datadir = @datadir@
sysconfdir = @sysconfdir@
sharedstatedir = @sharedstatedir@
localstatedir = @localstatedir@
libdir = @libdir@
infodir = @infodir@
mandir = @mandir@
includedir = @includedir@
oldincludedir = /usr/include
pkgdatadir = $(datadir)/@PACKAGE@
pkglibdir = $(libdir)/@PACKAGE@
pkgincludedir = $(includedir)/@PACKAGE@
top_builddir = ../..
ACLOCAL = @ACLOCAL@
AUTOCONF = @AUTOCONF@
AUTOMAKE = @AUTOMAKE@
AUTOHEADER = @AUTOHEADER@
am__cd = CDPATH="$${ZSH_VERSION+.}$(PATH_SEPARATOR)" && cd
INSTALL = @INSTALL@
INSTALL_PROGRAM = @INSTALL_PROGRAM@
INSTALL_DATA = @INSTALL_DATA@
install_sh_DATA = $(install_sh) -c -m 644
install_sh_PROGRAM = $(install_sh) -c
INSTALL_SCRIPT = @INSTALL_SCRIPT@
INSTALL_HEADER = $(INSTALL_DATA)
transform = @program_transform_name@
NORMAL_INSTALL = :
PRE_INSTALL = :
POST_INSTALL = :
NORMAL_UNINSTALL = :
PRE_UNINSTALL = :
POST_UNINSTALL = :
host_alias = @host_alias@
host_triplet = @host@
EXEEXT = @EXEEXT@
OBJEXT = @OBJEXT@
PATH_SEPARATOR = @PATH_SEPARATOR@
AMTAR = @AMTAR@
AWK = @AWK@
BUILD_INCLUDED_LIBINTL = @BUILD_INCLUDED_LIBINTL@
CATOBJEXT = @CATOBJEXT@
CC = @CC@
CPP = @CPP@
DATADIRNAME = @DATADIRNAME@
DEPDIR = @DEPDIR@
GENCAT = @GENCAT@
GLIBC21 = @GLIBC21@
GMSGFMT = @GMSGFMT@
HAVE_LIB = @HAVE_LIB@
HELP2MAN = @HELP2MAN@
INSTALL_STRIP_PROGRAM = @INSTALL_STRIP_PROGRAM@
INSTOBJEXT = @INSTOBJEXT@
INTLBISON = @INTLBISON@
INTLLIBS = @INTLLIBS@
INTLOBJS = @INTLOBJS@
INTL_LIBTOOL_SUFFIX_PREFIX = @INTL_LIBTOOL_SUFFIX_PREFIX@
LIB = @LIB@
LIBICONV = @LIBICONV@
LIBINTL = @LIBINTL@
LIB_CLOCK_GETTIME = @LIB_CLOCK_GETTIME@
LTLIB = @LTLIB@
LTLIBICONV = @LTLIBICONV@
LTLIBINTL = @LTLIBINTL@
MKINSTALLDIRS = @MKINSTALLDIRS@
PACKAGE = @PACKAGE@
POSUB = @POSUB@
PR_PROGRAM = @PR_PROGRAM@
RANLIB = @RANLIB@
STRIP = @STRIP@
U = @U@
USE_INCLUDED_LIBINTL = @USE_INCLUDED_LIBINTL@
USE_NLS = @USE_NLS@
VERSION = @VERSION@
am__include = @am__include@
am__quote = @am__quote@
install_sh = @install_sh@
AUTOMAKE_OPTIONS = no-dependencies
EXTRA_DIST = regex.h
subdir = lib/posix
mkinstalldirs = $(SHELL) $(top_srcdir)/config/mkinstalldirs
CONFIG_HEADER = $(top_builddir)/config.h
CONFIG_CLEAN_FILES =
depcomp =
am__depfiles_maybe =
DIST_SOURCES =
DIST_COMMON = Makefile.am Makefile.in
all: all-am
.SUFFIXES:
$(srcdir)/Makefile.in: Makefile.am $(top_srcdir)/configure.ac $(ACLOCAL_M4)
cd $(top_srcdir) && \
$(AUTOMAKE) --gnits lib/posix/Makefile
Makefile: $(srcdir)/Makefile.in $(top_builddir)/config.status
cd $(top_builddir) && $(SHELL) ./config.status $(subdir)/$@ $(am__depfiles_maybe)
uninstall-info-am:
tags: TAGS
TAGS:
DISTFILES = $(DIST_COMMON) $(DIST_SOURCES) $(TEXINFOS) $(EXTRA_DIST)
top_distdir = ../..
distdir = $(top_distdir)/$(PACKAGE)-$(VERSION)
distdir: $(DISTFILES)
@for file in $(DISTFILES); do \
if test -f $$file || test -d $$file; then d=.; else d=$(srcdir); fi; \
dir=`echo "$$file" | sed -e 's,/[^/]*$$,,'`; \
if test "$$dir" != "$$file" && test "$$dir" != "."; then \
dir="/$$dir"; \
$(mkinstalldirs) "$(distdir)$$dir"; \
else \
dir=''; \
fi; \
if test -d $$d/$$file; then \
cp -pR $$d/$$file $(distdir)$$dir \
|| exit 1; \
else \
test -f $(distdir)/$$file \
|| cp -p $$d/$$file $(distdir)/$$file \
|| exit 1; \
fi; \
done
check-am: all-am
check: check-am
all-am: Makefile
installdirs:
install: install-am
install-exec: install-exec-am
install-data: install-data-am
uninstall: uninstall-am
install-am: all-am
@$(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) install-exec-am install-data-am
installcheck: installcheck-am
install-strip:
$(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) INSTALL_PROGRAM="$(INSTALL_STRIP_PROGRAM)" \
INSTALL_STRIP_FLAG=-s \
`test -z '$(STRIP)' || \
echo "INSTALL_PROGRAM_ENV=STRIPPROG='$(STRIP)'"` install
mostlyclean-generic:
clean-generic:
distclean-generic:
-rm -f Makefile $(CONFIG_CLEAN_FILES) stamp-h stamp-h[0-9]*
maintainer-clean-generic:
@echo "This command is intended for maintainers to use"
@echo "it deletes files that may require special tools to rebuild."
clean: clean-am
clean-am: clean-generic mostlyclean-am
distclean: distclean-am
distclean-am: clean-am distclean-generic
dvi: dvi-am
dvi-am:
info: info-am
info-am:
install-data-am:
install-exec-am:
install-info: install-info-am
install-man:
installcheck-am:
maintainer-clean: maintainer-clean-am
maintainer-clean-am: distclean-am maintainer-clean-generic
mostlyclean: mostlyclean-am
mostlyclean-am: mostlyclean-generic
uninstall-am: uninstall-info-am
.PHONY: all all-am check check-am clean clean-generic distclean \
distclean-generic distdir dvi dvi-am info info-am install \
install-am install-data install-data-am install-exec \
install-exec-am install-info install-info-am install-man \
install-strip installcheck installcheck-am installdirs \
maintainer-clean maintainer-clean-generic mostlyclean \
mostlyclean-generic uninstall uninstall-am uninstall-info-am
# Tell versions [3.59,3.63) of GNU make to not export all variables.
# Otherwise a system limit (for SysV at least) may be exceeded.
.NOEXPORT:

View File

@ -1,564 +0,0 @@
/* $NetBSD: regex.h,v 1.1.1.1 2003/01/26 00:43:16 wiz Exp $ */
/* Definitions for data structures and routines for the regular
expression library, version 0.12.
Copyright (C) 1985,1989-1993,1995-1998, 2000 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
any later version.
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
GNU General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. */
#ifndef _REGEX_H
#define _REGEX_H 1
/* Allow the use in C++ code. */
#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif
/* POSIX says that <sys/types.h> must be included (by the caller) before
<regex.h>. */
#if !defined _POSIX_C_SOURCE && !defined _POSIX_SOURCE && defined VMS
/* VMS doesn't have `size_t' in <sys/types.h>, even though POSIX says it
should be there. */
# include <stddef.h>
#endif
/* The following two types have to be signed and unsigned integer type
wide enough to hold a value of a pointer. For most ANSI compilers
ptrdiff_t and size_t should be likely OK. Still size of these two
types is 2 for Microsoft C. Ugh... */
typedef long int s_reg_t;
typedef unsigned long int active_reg_t;
/* The following bits are used to determine the regexp syntax we
recognize. The set/not-set meanings are chosen so that Emacs syntax
remains the value 0. The bits are given in alphabetical order, and
the definitions shifted by one from the previous bit; thus, when we
add or remove a bit, only one other definition need change. */
typedef unsigned long int reg_syntax_t;
/* If this bit is not set, then \ inside a bracket expression is literal.
If set, then such a \ quotes the following character. */
#define RE_BACKSLASH_ESCAPE_IN_LISTS ((unsigned long int) 1)
/* If this bit is not set, then + and ? are operators, and \+ and \? are
literals.
If set, then \+ and \? are operators and + and ? are literals. */
#define RE_BK_PLUS_QM (RE_BACKSLASH_ESCAPE_IN_LISTS << 1)
/* If this bit is set, then character classes are supported. They are:
[:alpha:], [:upper:], [:lower:], [:digit:], [:alnum:], [:xdigit:],
[:space:], [:print:], [:punct:], [:graph:], and [:cntrl:].
If not set, then character classes are not supported. */
#define RE_CHAR_CLASSES (RE_BK_PLUS_QM << 1)
/* If this bit is set, then ^ and $ are always anchors (outside bracket
expressions, of course).
If this bit is not set, then it depends:
^ is an anchor if it is at the beginning of a regular
expression or after an open-group or an alternation operator;
$ is an anchor if it is at the end of a regular expression, or
before a close-group or an alternation operator.
This bit could be (re)combined with RE_CONTEXT_INDEP_OPS, because
POSIX draft 11.2 says that * etc. in leading positions is undefined.
We already implemented a previous draft which made those constructs
invalid, though, so we haven't changed the code back. */
#define RE_CONTEXT_INDEP_ANCHORS (RE_CHAR_CLASSES << 1)
/* If this bit is set, then special characters are always special
regardless of where they are in the pattern.
If this bit is not set, then special characters are special only in
some contexts; otherwise they are ordinary. Specifically,
* + ? and intervals are only special when not after the beginning,
open-group, or alternation operator. */
#define RE_CONTEXT_INDEP_OPS (RE_CONTEXT_INDEP_ANCHORS << 1)
/* If this bit is set, then *, +, ?, and { cannot be first in an re or
immediately after an alternation or begin-group operator. */
#define RE_CONTEXT_INVALID_OPS (RE_CONTEXT_INDEP_OPS << 1)
/* If this bit is set, then . matches newline.
If not set, then it doesn't. */
#define RE_DOT_NEWLINE (RE_CONTEXT_INVALID_OPS << 1)
/* If this bit is set, then . doesn't match NUL.
If not set, then it does. */
#define RE_DOT_NOT_NULL (RE_DOT_NEWLINE << 1)
/* If this bit is set, nonmatching lists [^...] do not match newline.
If not set, they do. */
#define RE_HAT_LISTS_NOT_NEWLINE (RE_DOT_NOT_NULL << 1)
/* If this bit is set, either \{...\} or {...} defines an
interval, depending on RE_NO_BK_BRACES.
If not set, \{, \}, {, and } are literals. */
#define RE_INTERVALS (RE_HAT_LISTS_NOT_NEWLINE << 1)
/* If this bit is set, +, ? and | aren't recognized as operators.
If not set, they are. */
#define RE_LIMITED_OPS (RE_INTERVALS << 1)
/* If this bit is set, newline is an alternation operator.
If not set, newline is literal. */
#define RE_NEWLINE_ALT (RE_LIMITED_OPS << 1)
/* If this bit is set, then `{...}' defines an interval, and \{ and \}
are literals.
If not set, then `\{...\}' defines an interval. */
#define RE_NO_BK_BRACES (RE_NEWLINE_ALT << 1)
/* If this bit is set, (...) defines a group, and \( and \) are literals.
If not set, \(...\) defines a group, and ( and ) are literals. */
#define RE_NO_BK_PARENS (RE_NO_BK_BRACES << 1)
/* If this bit is set, then \<digit> matches <digit>.
If not set, then \<digit> is a back-reference. */
#define RE_NO_BK_REFS (RE_NO_BK_PARENS << 1)
/* If this bit is set, then | is an alternation operator, and \| is literal.
If not set, then \| is an alternation operator, and | is literal. */
#define RE_NO_BK_VBAR (RE_NO_BK_REFS << 1)
/* If this bit is set, then an ending range point collating higher
than the starting range point, as in [z-a], is invalid.
If not set, then when ending range point collates higher than the
starting range point, the range is ignored. */
#define RE_NO_EMPTY_RANGES (RE_NO_BK_VBAR << 1)
/* If this bit is set, then an unmatched ) is ordinary.
If not set, then an unmatched ) is invalid. */
#define RE_UNMATCHED_RIGHT_PAREN_ORD (RE_NO_EMPTY_RANGES << 1)
/* If this bit is set, succeed as soon as we match the whole pattern,
without further backtracking. */
#define RE_NO_POSIX_BACKTRACKING (RE_UNMATCHED_RIGHT_PAREN_ORD << 1)
/* If this bit is set, do not process the GNU regex operators.
If not set, then the GNU regex operators are recognized. */
#define RE_NO_GNU_OPS (RE_NO_POSIX_BACKTRACKING << 1)
/* If this bit is set, turn on internal regex debugging.
If not set, and debugging was on, turn it off.
This only works if regex.c is compiled -DDEBUG.
We define this bit always, so that all that's needed to turn on
debugging is to recompile regex.c; the calling code can always have
this bit set, and it won't affect anything in the normal case. */
#define RE_DEBUG (RE_NO_GNU_OPS << 1)
/* If this bit is set, a syntactically invalid interval is treated as
a string of ordinary characters. For example, the ERE 'a{1' is
treated as 'a\{1'. */
#define RE_INVALID_INTERVAL_ORD (RE_DEBUG << 1)
/* This global variable defines the particular regexp syntax to use (for
some interfaces). When a regexp is compiled, the syntax used is
stored in the pattern buffer, so changing this does not affect
already-compiled regexps. */
extern reg_syntax_t re_syntax_options;
/* Define combinations of the above bits for the standard possibilities.
(The [[[ comments delimit what gets put into the Texinfo file, so
don't delete them!) */
/* [[[begin syntaxes]]] */
#define RE_SYNTAX_EMACS 0
#define RE_SYNTAX_AWK \
(RE_BACKSLASH_ESCAPE_IN_LISTS | RE_DOT_NOT_NULL \
| RE_NO_BK_PARENS | RE_NO_BK_REFS \
| RE_NO_BK_VBAR | RE_NO_EMPTY_RANGES \
| RE_DOT_NEWLINE | RE_CONTEXT_INDEP_ANCHORS \
| RE_UNMATCHED_RIGHT_PAREN_ORD | RE_NO_GNU_OPS)
#define RE_SYNTAX_GNU_AWK \
((RE_SYNTAX_POSIX_EXTENDED | RE_BACKSLASH_ESCAPE_IN_LISTS | RE_DEBUG) \
& ~(RE_DOT_NOT_NULL | RE_INTERVALS | RE_CONTEXT_INDEP_OPS))
#define RE_SYNTAX_POSIX_AWK \
(RE_SYNTAX_POSIX_EXTENDED | RE_BACKSLASH_ESCAPE_IN_LISTS \
| RE_INTERVALS | RE_NO_GNU_OPS)
#define RE_SYNTAX_GREP \
(RE_BK_PLUS_QM | RE_CHAR_CLASSES \
| RE_HAT_LISTS_NOT_NEWLINE | RE_INTERVALS \
| RE_NEWLINE_ALT)
#define RE_SYNTAX_EGREP \
(RE_CHAR_CLASSES | RE_CONTEXT_INDEP_ANCHORS \
| RE_CONTEXT_INDEP_OPS | RE_HAT_LISTS_NOT_NEWLINE \
| RE_NEWLINE_ALT | RE_NO_BK_PARENS \
| RE_NO_BK_VBAR)
#define RE_SYNTAX_POSIX_EGREP \
(RE_SYNTAX_EGREP | RE_INTERVALS | RE_NO_BK_BRACES \
| RE_INVALID_INTERVAL_ORD)
/* P1003.2/D11.2, section 4.20.7.1, lines 5078ff. */
#define RE_SYNTAX_ED RE_SYNTAX_POSIX_BASIC
#define RE_SYNTAX_SED RE_SYNTAX_POSIX_BASIC
/* Syntax bits common to both basic and extended POSIX regex syntax. */
#define _RE_SYNTAX_POSIX_COMMON \
(RE_CHAR_CLASSES | RE_DOT_NEWLINE | RE_DOT_NOT_NULL \
| RE_INTERVALS | RE_NO_EMPTY_RANGES)
#define RE_SYNTAX_POSIX_BASIC \
(_RE_SYNTAX_POSIX_COMMON | RE_BK_PLUS_QM)
/* Differs from ..._POSIX_BASIC only in that RE_BK_PLUS_QM becomes
RE_LIMITED_OPS, i.e., \? \+ \| are not recognized. Actually, this
isn't minimal, since other operators, such as \`, aren't disabled. */
#define RE_SYNTAX_POSIX_MINIMAL_BASIC \
(_RE_SYNTAX_POSIX_COMMON | RE_LIMITED_OPS)
#define RE_SYNTAX_POSIX_EXTENDED \
(_RE_SYNTAX_POSIX_COMMON | RE_CONTEXT_INDEP_ANCHORS \
| RE_CONTEXT_INDEP_OPS | RE_NO_BK_BRACES \
| RE_NO_BK_PARENS | RE_NO_BK_VBAR \
| RE_CONTEXT_INVALID_OPS | RE_UNMATCHED_RIGHT_PAREN_ORD)
/* Differs from ..._POSIX_EXTENDED in that RE_CONTEXT_INDEP_OPS is
removed and RE_NO_BK_REFS is added. */
#define RE_SYNTAX_POSIX_MINIMAL_EXTENDED \
(_RE_SYNTAX_POSIX_COMMON | RE_CONTEXT_INDEP_ANCHORS \
| RE_CONTEXT_INVALID_OPS | RE_NO_BK_BRACES \
| RE_NO_BK_PARENS | RE_NO_BK_REFS \
| RE_NO_BK_VBAR | RE_UNMATCHED_RIGHT_PAREN_ORD)
/* [[[end syntaxes]]] */
/* Maximum number of duplicates an interval can allow. Some systems
(erroneously) define this in other header files, but we want our
value, so remove any previous define. */
#ifdef RE_DUP_MAX
# undef RE_DUP_MAX
#endif
/* If sizeof(int) == 2, then ((1 << 15) - 1) overflows. */
#define RE_DUP_MAX (0x7fff)
/* POSIX `cflags' bits (i.e., information for `regcomp'). */
/* If this bit is set, then use extended regular expression syntax.
If not set, then use basic regular expression syntax. */
#define REG_EXTENDED 1
/* If this bit is set, then ignore case when matching.
If not set, then case is significant. */
#define REG_ICASE (REG_EXTENDED << 1)
/* If this bit is set, then anchors do not match at newline
characters in the string.
If not set, then anchors do match at newlines. */
#define REG_NEWLINE (REG_ICASE << 1)
/* If this bit is set, then report only success or fail in regexec.
If not set, then returns differ between not matching and errors. */
#define REG_NOSUB (REG_NEWLINE << 1)
/* POSIX `eflags' bits (i.e., information for regexec). */
/* If this bit is set, then the beginning-of-line operator doesn't match
the beginning of the string (presumably because it's not the
beginning of a line).
If not set, then the beginning-of-line operator does match the
beginning of the string. */
#define REG_NOTBOL 1
/* Like REG_NOTBOL, except for the end-of-line. */
#define REG_NOTEOL (1 << 1)
/* If any error codes are removed, changed, or added, update the
`re_error_msg' table in regex.c. */
typedef enum
{
#ifdef _XOPEN_SOURCE
REG_ENOSYS = -1, /* This will never happen for this implementation. */
#endif
REG_NOERROR = 0, /* Success. */
REG_NOMATCH, /* Didn't find a match (for regexec). */
/* POSIX regcomp return error codes. (In the order listed in the
standard.) */
REG_BADPAT, /* Invalid pattern. */
REG_ECOLLATE, /* Not implemented. */
REG_ECTYPE, /* Invalid character class name. */
REG_EESCAPE, /* Trailing backslash. */
REG_ESUBREG, /* Invalid back reference. */
REG_EBRACK, /* Unmatched left bracket. */
REG_EPAREN, /* Parenthesis imbalance. */
REG_EBRACE, /* Unmatched \{. */
REG_BADBR, /* Invalid contents of \{\}. */
REG_ERANGE, /* Invalid range end. */
REG_ESPACE, /* Ran out of memory. */
REG_BADRPT, /* No preceding re for repetition op. */
/* Error codes we've added. */
REG_EEND, /* Premature end. */
REG_ESIZE, /* Compiled pattern bigger than 2^16 bytes. */
REG_ERPAREN /* Unmatched ) or \); not returned from regcomp. */
} reg_errcode_t;
/* This data structure represents a compiled pattern. Before calling
the pattern compiler, the fields `buffer', `allocated', `fastmap',
`translate', and `no_sub' can be set. After the pattern has been
compiled, the `re_nsub' field is available. All other fields are
private to the regex routines. */
#ifndef RE_TRANSLATE_TYPE
# define RE_TRANSLATE_TYPE char *
#endif
struct re_pattern_buffer
{
/* [[[begin pattern_buffer]]] */
/* Space that holds the compiled pattern. It is declared as
`unsigned char *' because its elements are
sometimes used as array indexes. */
unsigned char *buffer;
/* Number of bytes to which `buffer' points. */
unsigned long int allocated;
/* Number of bytes actually used in `buffer'. */
unsigned long int used;
/* Syntax setting with which the pattern was compiled. */
reg_syntax_t syntax;
/* Pointer to a fastmap, if any, otherwise zero. re_search uses
the fastmap, if there is one, to skip over impossible
starting points for matches. */
char *fastmap;
/* Either a translate table to apply to all characters before
comparing them, or zero for no translation. The translation
is applied to a pattern when it is compiled and to a string
when it is matched. */
RE_TRANSLATE_TYPE translate;
/* Number of subexpressions found by the compiler. */
size_t re_nsub;
/* Zero if this pattern cannot match the empty string, one else.
Well, in truth it's used only in `re_search_2', to see
whether or not we should use the fastmap, so we don't set
this absolutely perfectly; see `re_compile_fastmap' (the
`duplicate' case). */
unsigned can_be_null : 1;
/* If REGS_UNALLOCATED, allocate space in the `regs' structure
for `max (RE_NREGS, re_nsub + 1)' groups.
If REGS_REALLOCATE, reallocate space if necessary.
If REGS_FIXED, use what's there. */
#define REGS_UNALLOCATED 0
#define REGS_REALLOCATE 1
#define REGS_FIXED 2
unsigned regs_allocated : 2;
/* Set to zero when `regex_compile' compiles a pattern; set to one
by `re_compile_fastmap' if it updates the fastmap. */
unsigned fastmap_accurate : 1;
/* If set, `re_match_2' does not return information about
subexpressions. */
unsigned no_sub : 1;
/* If set, a beginning-of-line anchor doesn't match at the
beginning of the string. */
unsigned not_bol : 1;
/* Similarly for an end-of-line anchor. */
unsigned not_eol : 1;
/* If true, an anchor at a newline matches. */
unsigned newline_anchor : 1;
/* [[[end pattern_buffer]]] */
};
typedef struct re_pattern_buffer regex_t;
/* Type for byte offsets within the string. POSIX mandates this. */
typedef int regoff_t;
/* This is the structure we store register match data in. See
regex.texinfo for a full description of what registers match. */
struct re_registers
{
unsigned num_regs;
regoff_t *start;
regoff_t *end;
};
/* If `regs_allocated' is REGS_UNALLOCATED in the pattern buffer,
`re_match_2' returns information about at least this many registers
the first time a `regs' structure is passed. */
#ifndef RE_NREGS
# define RE_NREGS 30
#endif
/* POSIX specification for registers. Aside from the different names than
`re_registers', POSIX uses an array of structures, instead of a
structure of arrays. */
typedef struct
{
regoff_t rm_so; /* Byte offset from string's start to substring's start. */
regoff_t rm_eo; /* Byte offset from string's start to substring's end. */
} regmatch_t;
/* Declarations for routines. */
/* To avoid duplicating every routine declaration -- once with a
prototype (if we are ANSI), and once without (if we aren't) -- we
use the following macro to declare argument types. This
unfortunately clutters up the declarations a bit, but I think it's
worth it. */
#if __STDC__
# define _RE_ARGS(args) args
#else /* not __STDC__ */
# define _RE_ARGS(args) ()
#endif /* not __STDC__ */
/* Sets the current default syntax to SYNTAX, and return the old syntax.
You can also simply assign to the `re_syntax_options' variable. */
extern reg_syntax_t re_set_syntax _RE_ARGS ((reg_syntax_t syntax));
/* Compile the regular expression PATTERN, with length LENGTH
and syntax given by the global `re_syntax_options', into the buffer
BUFFER. Return NULL if successful, and an error string if not. */
extern const char *re_compile_pattern
_RE_ARGS ((const char *pattern, size_t length,
struct re_pattern_buffer *buffer));
/* Compile a fastmap for the compiled pattern in BUFFER; used to
accelerate searches. Return 0 if successful and -2 if was an
internal error. */
extern int re_compile_fastmap _RE_ARGS ((struct re_pattern_buffer *buffer));
/* Search in the string STRING (with length LENGTH) for the pattern
compiled into BUFFER. Start searching at position START, for RANGE
characters. Return the starting position of the match, -1 for no
match, or -2 for an internal error. Also return register
information in REGS (if REGS and BUFFER->no_sub are nonzero). */
extern int re_search
_RE_ARGS ((struct re_pattern_buffer *buffer, const char *string,
int length, int start, int range, struct re_registers *regs));
/* Like `re_search', but search in the concatenation of STRING1 and
STRING2. Also, stop searching at index START + STOP. */
extern int re_search_2
_RE_ARGS ((struct re_pattern_buffer *buffer, const char *string1,
int length1, const char *string2, int length2,
int start, int range, struct re_registers *regs, int stop));
/* Like `re_search', but return how many characters in STRING the regexp
in BUFFER matched, starting at position START. */
extern int re_match
_RE_ARGS ((struct re_pattern_buffer *buffer, const char *string,
int length, int start, struct re_registers *regs));
/* Relates to `re_match' as `re_search_2' relates to `re_search'. */
extern int re_match_2
_RE_ARGS ((struct re_pattern_buffer *buffer, const char *string1,
int length1, const char *string2, int length2,
int start, struct re_registers *regs, int stop));
/* Set REGS to hold NUM_REGS registers, storing them in STARTS and
ENDS. Subsequent matches using BUFFER and REGS will use this memory
for recording register information. STARTS and ENDS must be
allocated with malloc, and must each be at least `NUM_REGS * sizeof
(regoff_t)' bytes long.
If NUM_REGS == 0, then subsequent matches should allocate their own
register data.
Unless this function is called, the first search or match using
PATTERN_BUFFER will allocate its own register data, without
freeing the old data. */
extern void re_set_registers
_RE_ARGS ((struct re_pattern_buffer *buffer, struct re_registers *regs,
unsigned num_regs, regoff_t *starts, regoff_t *ends));
#if defined _REGEX_RE_COMP || defined _LIBC
# ifndef _CRAY
/* 4.2 bsd compatibility. */
extern char *re_comp _RE_ARGS ((const char *));
extern int re_exec _RE_ARGS ((const char *));
# endif
#endif
/* GCC 2.95 and later have "__restrict"; C99 compilers have
"restrict", and "configure" may have defined "restrict". */
#ifndef __restrict
# if ! (2 < __GNUC__ || (2 == __GNUC__ && 95 <= __GNUC_MINOR__))
# if defined restrict || 199901L <= __STDC_VERSION__
# define __restrict restrict
# else
# define __restrict
# endif
# endif
#endif
/* For now unconditionally define __restrict_arr to expand to nothing.
Ideally we would have a test for the compiler which allows defining
it to restrict. */
#define __restrict_arr
/* POSIX compatibility. */
extern int regcomp _RE_ARGS ((regex_t *__restrict __preg,
const char *__restrict __pattern,
int __cflags));
extern int regexec _RE_ARGS ((const regex_t *__restrict __preg,
const char *__restrict __string, size_t __nmatch,
regmatch_t __pmatch[__restrict_arr],
int __eflags));
extern size_t regerror _RE_ARGS ((int __errcode, const regex_t *__preg,
char *__errbuf, size_t __errbuf_size));
extern void regfree _RE_ARGS ((regex_t *__preg));
#ifdef __cplusplus
}
#endif /* C++ */
#endif /* regex.h */
/*
Local variables:
make-backup-files: t
version-control: t
trim-versions-without-asking: nil
End:
*/

View File

@ -1,60 +0,0 @@
/* $NetBSD: posixver.c,v 1.1.1.1 2003/01/26 00:43:15 wiz Exp $ */
/* Which POSIX version to conform to, for utilities.
Copyright (C) 2002 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published
by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
any later version.
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
Library General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307,
USA. */
/* Written by Paul Eggert. */
#if HAVE_CONFIG_H
# include <config.h>
#endif
#include <limits.h>
#include <stdlib.h>
#if !HAVE_DECL_GETENV && !defined getenv
char *getenv ();
#endif
#if HAVE_UNISTD_H
# include <unistd.h>
#endif
#ifndef _POSIX2_VERSION
# define _POSIX2_VERSION 0
#endif
/* The POSIX version that utilities should conform to. The default is
specified by the system. */
int
posix2_version (void)
{
long int v = _POSIX2_VERSION;
char const *s = getenv ("_POSIX2_VERSION");
if (s && *s)
{
char *e;
long int i = strtol (s, &e, 10);
if (! *e)
v = i;
}
return v < INT_MIN ? INT_MIN : v < INT_MAX ? v : INT_MAX;
}

View File

@ -1,3 +0,0 @@
/* $NetBSD: posixver.h,v 1.1.1.1 2003/01/26 00:43:14 wiz Exp $ */
int posix2_version (void);

View File

@ -1,95 +0,0 @@
/* $NetBSD: prepargs.c,v 1.1.1.1 2003/01/26 00:43:15 wiz Exp $ */
/* Parse arguments from a string and prepend them to an argv.
Copyright (C) 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
any later version.
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
GNU General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA
02111-1307, USA. */
/* Written by Paul Eggert <eggert@twinsun.com>. */
#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
# include <config.h>
#endif
#include "prepargs.h"
#include <string.h>
#include <sys/types.h>
#include <xalloc.h>
#include <ctype.h>
/* IN_CTYPE_DOMAIN (C) is nonzero if the unsigned char C can safely be given
as an argument to <ctype.h> macros like "isspace". */
#ifdef STDC_HEADERS
# define IN_CTYPE_DOMAIN(c) 1
#else
# define IN_CTYPE_DOMAIN(c) ((c) <= 0177)
#endif
#define ISSPACE(c) (IN_CTYPE_DOMAIN (c) && isspace (c))
/* Find the white-space-separated options specified by OPTIONS, and
using BUF to store copies of these options, set ARGV[0], ARGV[1],
etc. to the option copies. Return the number N of options found.
Do not set ARGV[N]. If ARGV is zero, do not store ARGV[0] etc.
Backslash can be used to escape whitespace (and backslashes). */
static int
prepend_args (char const *options, char *buf, char **argv)
{
char const *o = options;
char *b = buf;
int n = 0;
for (;;)
{
while (ISSPACE ((unsigned char) *o))
o++;
if (!*o)
return n;
if (argv)
argv[n] = b;
n++;
do
if ((*b++ = *o++) == '\\' && *o)
b[-1] = *o++;
while (*o && ! ISSPACE ((unsigned char) *o));
*b++ = '\0';
}
}
/* Prepend the whitespace-separated options in OPTIONS to the argument
vector of a main program with argument count *PARGC and argument
vector *PARGV. */
void
prepend_default_options (char const *options, int *pargc, char ***pargv)
{
if (options)
{
char *buf = xmalloc (strlen (options) + 1);
int prepended = prepend_args (options, buf, (char **) 0);
int argc = *pargc;
char * const *argv = *pargv;
char **pp = (char **) xmalloc ((prepended + argc + 1) * sizeof *pp);
*pargc = prepended + argc;
*pargv = pp;
*pp++ = *argv++;
pp += prepend_args (options, buf, pp);
while ((*pp++ = *argv++))
continue;
}
}

View File

@ -1,5 +0,0 @@
/* $NetBSD: prepargs.h,v 1.1.1.1 2003/01/26 00:43:14 wiz Exp $ */
/* Parse arguments from a string and prepend them to an argv. */
void prepend_default_options (char const *, int *, char ***);

View File

@ -1,127 +0,0 @@
/* $NetBSD: quotesys.c,v 1.1.1.1 2003/01/26 00:43:15 wiz Exp $ */
/* Shell command argument quoting.
Copyright (C) 1994, 1995, 1997 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
any later version.
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
GNU General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
along with this program; see the file COPYING.
If not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. */
/* Written by Paul Eggert <eggert@twinsun.com> */
#if HAVE_CONFIG_H
# include <config.h>
#endif
#include <sys/types.h>
#include <quotesys.h>
/* Place into QUOTED a quoted version of ARG suitable for `system'.
Return the length of the resulting string (which is not null-terminated).
If QUOTED is null, return the length without any side effects. */
size_t
quote_system_arg (quoted, arg)
char *quoted;
char const *arg;
{
char const *a;
size_t len = 0;
/* Scan ARG, copying it to QUOTED if QUOTED is not null,
looking for shell metacharacters. */
for (a = arg; ; a++)
{
char c = *a;
switch (c)
{
case 0:
/* ARG has no shell metacharacters. */
return len;
case '=':
if (*arg == '-')
break;
/* Fall through. */
case '\t': case '\n': case ' ':
case '!': case '"': case '#': case '$': case '%': case '&': case '\'':
case '(': case ')': case '*': case ';':
case '<': case '>': case '?': case '[': case '\\':
case '^': case '`': case '|': case '~':
{
/* ARG has a shell metacharacter.
Start over, quoting it this time. */
len = 0;
c = *arg++;
/* If ARG is an option, quote just its argument.
This is not necessary, but it looks nicer. */
if (c == '-' && arg < a)
{
c = *arg++;
if (quoted)
{
quoted[len] = '-';
quoted[len + 1] = c;
}
len += 2;
if (c == '-')
while (arg < a)
{
c = *arg++;
if (quoted)
quoted[len] = c;
len++;
if (c == '=')
break;
}
c = *arg++;
}
if (quoted)
quoted[len] = '\'';
len++;
for (; c; c = *arg++)
{
if (c == '\'')
{
if (quoted)
{
quoted[len] = '\'';
quoted[len + 1] = '\\';
quoted[len + 2] = '\'';
}
len += 3;
}
if (quoted)
quoted[len] = c;
len++;
}
if (quoted)
quoted[len] = '\'';
return len + 1;
}
}
if (quoted)
quoted[len] = c;
len++;
}
}

View File

@ -1,11 +0,0 @@
/* $NetBSD: quotesys.h,v 1.1.1.1 2003/01/26 00:43:14 wiz Exp $ */
/* quotesys.h -- declarations for quoting system arguments */
#if defined __STDC__ || __GNUC__
# define __QUOTESYS_P(args) args
#else
# define __QUOTESYS_P(args) ()
#endif
size_t quote_system_arg __QUOTESYS_P ((char *, char const *));

View File

@ -1,46 +0,0 @@
/* $NetBSD: realloc.c,v 1.1.1.1 2003/01/26 00:43:14 wiz Exp $ */
/* Work around bug on some systems where realloc (NULL, 0) fails.
Copyright (C) 1997 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
any later version.
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
GNU General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. */
/* written by Jim Meyering */
#if HAVE_CONFIG_H
# include <config.h>
#endif
#undef realloc
#include <sys/types.h>
char *malloc ();
char *realloc ();
/* Change the size of an allocated block of memory P to N bytes,
with error checking. If N is zero, change it to 1. If P is NULL,
use malloc. */
char *
rpl_realloc (p, n)
char *p;
size_t n;
{
if (n == 0)
n = 1;
if (p == 0)
return malloc (n);
return realloc (p, n);
}

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff

View File

@ -1,46 +0,0 @@
#ifndef _REGEX_H
#include <posix/regex.h>
/* Document internal interfaces. */
extern reg_syntax_t __re_set_syntax _RE_ARGS ((reg_syntax_t syntax));
extern const char *__re_compile_pattern
_RE_ARGS ((const char *pattern, size_t length,
struct re_pattern_buffer *buffer));
extern int __re_compile_fastmap _RE_ARGS ((struct re_pattern_buffer *buffer));
extern int __re_search
_RE_ARGS ((struct re_pattern_buffer *buffer, const char *string,
int length, int start, int range, struct re_registers *regs));
extern int __re_search_2
_RE_ARGS ((struct re_pattern_buffer *buffer, const char *string1,
int length1, const char *string2, int length2,
int start, int range, struct re_registers *regs, int stop));
extern int __re_match
_RE_ARGS ((struct re_pattern_buffer *buffer, const char *string,
int length, int start, struct re_registers *regs));
extern int __re_match_2
_RE_ARGS ((struct re_pattern_buffer *buffer, const char *string1,
int length1, const char *string2, int length2,
int start, struct re_registers *regs, int stop));
extern void __re_set_registers
_RE_ARGS ((struct re_pattern_buffer *buffer, struct re_registers *regs,
unsigned num_regs, regoff_t *starts, regoff_t *ends));
extern int __regcomp _RE_ARGS ((regex_t *__preg, const char *__pattern,
int __cflags));
extern int __regexec _RE_ARGS ((const regex_t *__preg,
const char *__string, size_t __nmatch,
regmatch_t __pmatch[], int __eflags));
extern size_t __regerror _RE_ARGS ((int __errcode, const regex_t *__preg,
char *__errbuf, size_t __errbuf_size));
extern void __regfree _RE_ARGS ((regex_t *__preg));
#endif

View File

@ -1,64 +0,0 @@
/* $NetBSD: setmode.c,v 1.1.1.1 2003/01/26 00:43:15 wiz Exp $ */
/* Set a file descriptor's mode to binary or to text.
Copyright (C) 2001 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
any later version.
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
GNU General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
along with this program; see the file COPYING.
If not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. */
/* Written by Paul Eggert <eggert@twinsun.com> */
#if HAVE_CONFIG_H
# include <config.h>
#endif
#if HAVE_STDBOOL_H
# include <stdbool.h>
#else
typedef enum {false = 0, true = 1} bool;
#endif
#if HAVE_SETMODE_DOS
# include <io.h>
# if HAVE_FCNTL_H
# include <fcntl.h>
# endif
# if HAVE_UNISTD_H
# include <unistd.h>
# endif
#endif
#include "setmode.h"
#undef set_binary_mode
/* Set the binary mode of FD to MODE, returning its previous mode.
MODE is 1 for binary and 0 for text. If setting the mode might
cause problems, ignore the request and return MODE. Always return
1 on POSIX platforms, which do not distinguish between text and
binary. */
bool
set_binary_mode (int fd, bool mode)
{
#if HAVE_SETMODE_DOS
if (isatty (fd))
return mode;
return setmode (fd, mode ? O_BINARY : O_TEXT) != O_TEXT;
#else
return 1;
#endif
}

View File

@ -1,29 +0,0 @@
/* $NetBSD: setmode.h,v 1.1.1.1 2003/01/26 00:43:14 wiz Exp $ */
/* Set a file descriptor's mode to binary or to text.
Copyright (C) 2001 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
any later version.
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
GNU General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
along with this program; see the file COPYING.
If not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. */
/* Written by Paul Eggert <eggert@twinsun.com> */
#ifndef set_binary_mode
bool set_binary_mode (int, bool);
# if ! HAVE_SETMODE_DOS
# define set_binary_mode(fd, mode) 1
# endif
#endif

View File

@ -1,68 +0,0 @@
/* $NetBSD: strcasecmp.c,v 1.1.1.1 2003/01/26 00:43:15 wiz Exp $ */
/* strcasecmp.c -- case insensitive string comparator
Copyright (C) 1998, 1999 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
any later version.
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
GNU General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. */
#if HAVE_CONFIG_H
# include <config.h>
#endif
#ifdef LENGTH_LIMIT
# define STRXCASECMP_FUNCTION strncasecmp
# define STRXCASECMP_DECLARE_N , size_t n
# define LENGTH_LIMIT_EXPR(Expr) Expr
#else
# define STRXCASECMP_FUNCTION strcasecmp
# define STRXCASECMP_DECLARE_N /* empty */
# define LENGTH_LIMIT_EXPR(Expr) 0
#endif
#include <sys/types.h>
#include <ctype.h>
#define TOLOWER(Ch) (isupper (Ch) ? tolower (Ch) : (Ch))
/* Compare {{no more than N characters of }}strings S1 and S2,
ignoring case, returning less than, equal to or
greater than zero if S1 is lexicographically less
than, equal to or greater than S2. */
int
STRXCASECMP_FUNCTION (const char *s1, const char *s2 STRXCASECMP_DECLARE_N)
{
register const unsigned char *p1 = (const unsigned char *) s1;
register const unsigned char *p2 = (const unsigned char *) s2;
unsigned char c1, c2;
if (p1 == p2 || LENGTH_LIMIT_EXPR (n == 0))
return 0;
do
{
c1 = TOLOWER (*p1);
c2 = TOLOWER (*p2);
if (LENGTH_LIMIT_EXPR (--n == 0) || c1 == '\0')
break;
++p1;
++p2;
}
while (c1 == c2);
return c1 - c2;
}

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff

View File

@ -1,103 +0,0 @@
/* $NetBSD: strtoimax.c,v 1.1.1.1 2003/01/26 00:43:15 wiz Exp $ */
/* Convert string representation of a number into an intmax_t value.
Copyright (C) 1999, 2001 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
any later version.
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
GNU General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. */
/* Written by Paul Eggert. */
#if HAVE_CONFIG_H
# include <config.h>
#endif
#if HAVE_INTTYPES_H
# include <inttypes.h>
#endif
#if HAVE_STDLIB_H
# include <stdlib.h>
#endif
#ifndef PARAMS
# if defined PROTOTYPES || defined __STDC__
# define PARAMS(Args) Args
# else
# define PARAMS(Args) ()
# endif
#endif
/* Verify a requirement at compile-time (unlike assert, which is runtime). */
#define verify(name, assertion) struct name { char a[(assertion) ? 1 : -1]; }
#ifdef UNSIGNED
# ifndef HAVE_DECL_STRTOUL
"this configure-time declaration test was not run"
# endif
# if !HAVE_DECL_STRTOUL
unsigned long strtoul PARAMS ((char const *, char **, int));
# endif
# ifndef HAVE_DECL_STRTOULL
"this configure-time declaration test was not run"
# endif
# if !HAVE_DECL_STRTOULL && HAVE_UNSIGNED_LONG_LONG
unsigned long long strtoull PARAMS ((char const *, char **, int));
# endif
#else
# ifndef HAVE_DECL_STRTOL
"this configure-time declaration test was not run"
# endif
# if !HAVE_DECL_STRTOL
long strtol PARAMS ((char const *, char **, int));
# endif
# ifndef HAVE_DECL_STRTOLL
"this configure-time declaration test was not run"
# endif
# if !HAVE_DECL_STRTOLL && HAVE_UNSIGNED_LONG_LONG
long long strtoll PARAMS ((char const *, char **, int));
# endif
#endif
#ifdef UNSIGNED
# undef HAVE_LONG_LONG
# define HAVE_LONG_LONG HAVE_UNSIGNED_LONG_LONG
# define INT uintmax_t
# define strtoimax strtoumax
# define strtol strtoul
# define strtoll strtoull
#else
# define INT intmax_t
#endif
INT
strtoimax (char const *ptr, char **endptr, int base)
{
#if HAVE_LONG_LONG
verify (size_is_that_of_long_or_long_long,
(sizeof (INT) == sizeof (long)
|| sizeof (INT) == sizeof (long long)));
if (sizeof (INT) != sizeof (long))
return strtoll (ptr, endptr, base);
#else
verify (size_is_that_of_long,
sizeof (INT) == sizeof (long));
#endif
return strtol (ptr, endptr, base);
}

View File

@ -1,474 +0,0 @@
/* $NetBSD: strtol.c,v 1.1.1.1 2003/01/26 00:43:15 wiz Exp $ */
/* Convert string representation of a number into an integer value.
Copyright (C) 1991, 92, 94, 95, 96, 97, 98, 99 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
NOTE: The canonical source of this file is maintained with the GNU C
Library. Bugs can be reported to bug-glibc@gnu.org.
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the
Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) any
later version.
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
GNU General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. */
#if HAVE_CONFIG_H
# include <config.h>
#endif
#ifdef _LIBC
# define USE_NUMBER_GROUPING
# define STDC_HEADERS
# define HAVE_LIMITS_H
#endif
#include <ctype.h>
#include <errno.h>
#ifndef errno
extern int errno;
#endif
#ifndef __set_errno
# define __set_errno(Val) errno = (Val)
#endif
#ifdef HAVE_LIMITS_H
# include <limits.h>
#endif
#ifdef STDC_HEADERS
# include <stddef.h>
# include <stdlib.h>
# include <string.h>
#else
# ifndef NULL
# define NULL 0
# endif
#endif
#ifdef USE_NUMBER_GROUPING
# include "../locale/localeinfo.h"
#endif
/* Nonzero if we are defining `strtoul' or `strtoull', operating on
unsigned integers. */
#ifndef UNSIGNED
# define UNSIGNED 0
# define INT LONG int
#else
# define INT unsigned LONG int
#endif
/* Determine the name. */
#ifdef USE_IN_EXTENDED_LOCALE_MODEL
# if UNSIGNED
# ifdef USE_WIDE_CHAR
# ifdef QUAD
# define strtol __wcstoull_l
# else
# define strtol __wcstoul_l
# endif
# else
# ifdef QUAD
# define strtol __strtoull_l
# else
# define strtol __strtoul_l
# endif
# endif
# else
# ifdef USE_WIDE_CHAR
# ifdef QUAD
# define strtol __wcstoll_l
# else
# define strtol __wcstol_l
# endif
# else
# ifdef QUAD
# define strtol __strtoll_l
# else
# define strtol __strtol_l
# endif
# endif
# endif
#else
# if UNSIGNED
# ifdef USE_WIDE_CHAR
# ifdef QUAD
# define strtol wcstoull
# else
# define strtol wcstoul
# endif
# else
# ifdef QUAD
# define strtol strtoull
# else
# define strtol strtoul
# endif
# endif
# else
# ifdef USE_WIDE_CHAR
# ifdef QUAD
# define strtol wcstoll
# else
# define strtol wcstol
# endif
# else
# ifdef QUAD
# define strtol strtoll
# endif
# endif
# endif
#endif
/* If QUAD is defined, we are defining `strtoll' or `strtoull',
operating on `long long int's. */
#ifdef QUAD
# define LONG long long
# define STRTOL_LONG_MIN LONG_LONG_MIN
# define STRTOL_LONG_MAX LONG_LONG_MAX
# define STRTOL_ULONG_MAX ULONG_LONG_MAX
/* The extra casts work around common compiler bugs,
e.g. Cray C 5.0.3.0 when t == time_t. */
# ifndef TYPE_SIGNED
# define TYPE_SIGNED(t) (! ((t) 0 < (t) -1))
# endif
# ifndef TYPE_MINIMUM
# define TYPE_MINIMUM(t) ((t) (TYPE_SIGNED (t) \
? ~ (t) 0 << (sizeof (t) * CHAR_BIT - 1) \
: (t) 0))
# endif
# ifndef TYPE_MAXIMUM
# define TYPE_MAXIMUM(t) ((t) (~ (t) 0 - TYPE_MINIMUM (t)))
# endif
# ifndef ULONG_LONG_MAX
# define ULONG_LONG_MAX TYPE_MAXIMUM (unsigned long long)
# endif
# ifndef LONG_LONG_MAX
# define LONG_LONG_MAX TYPE_MAXIMUM (long long int)
# endif
# ifndef LONG_LONG_MIN
# define LONG_LONG_MIN TYPE_MINIMUM (long long int)
# endif
# if __GNUC__ == 2 && __GNUC_MINOR__ < 7
/* Work around gcc bug with using this constant. */
static const unsigned long long int maxquad = ULONG_LONG_MAX;
# undef STRTOL_ULONG_MAX
# define STRTOL_ULONG_MAX maxquad
# endif
#else
# define LONG long
# ifndef ULONG_MAX
# define ULONG_MAX ((unsigned long) ~(unsigned long) 0)
# endif
# ifndef LONG_MAX
# define LONG_MAX ((long int) (ULONG_MAX >> 1))
# endif
# define STRTOL_LONG_MIN LONG_MIN
# define STRTOL_LONG_MAX LONG_MAX
# define STRTOL_ULONG_MAX ULONG_MAX
#endif
/* We use this code also for the extended locale handling where the
function gets as an additional argument the locale which has to be
used. To access the values we have to redefine the _NL_CURRENT
macro. */
#ifdef USE_IN_EXTENDED_LOCALE_MODEL
# undef _NL_CURRENT
# define _NL_CURRENT(category, item) \
(current->values[_NL_ITEM_INDEX (item)].string)
# define LOCALE_PARAM , loc
# define LOCALE_PARAM_DECL __locale_t loc;
#else
# define LOCALE_PARAM
# define LOCALE_PARAM_DECL
#endif
#if defined _LIBC || defined HAVE_WCHAR_H
# include <wchar.h>
#endif
#ifdef USE_WIDE_CHAR
# include <wctype.h>
# define L_(Ch) L##Ch
# define UCHAR_TYPE wint_t
# define STRING_TYPE wchar_t
# ifdef USE_IN_EXTENDED_LOCALE_MODEL
# define ISSPACE(Ch) __iswspace_l ((Ch), loc)
# define ISALPHA(Ch) __iswalpha_l ((Ch), loc)
# define TOUPPER(Ch) __towupper_l ((Ch), loc)
# else
# define ISSPACE(Ch) iswspace (Ch)
# define ISALPHA(Ch) iswalpha (Ch)
# define TOUPPER(Ch) towupper (Ch)
# endif
#else
# if defined STDC_HEADERS || (!defined isascii && !defined HAVE_ISASCII)
# define IN_CTYPE_DOMAIN(c) 1
# else
# define IN_CTYPE_DOMAIN(c) isascii(c)
# endif
# define L_(Ch) Ch
# define UCHAR_TYPE unsigned char
# define STRING_TYPE char
# ifdef USE_IN_EXTENDED_LOCALE_MODEL
# define ISSPACE(Ch) __isspace_l ((Ch), loc)
# define ISALPHA(Ch) __isalpha_l ((Ch), loc)
# define TOUPPER(Ch) __toupper_l ((Ch), loc)
# else
# define ISSPACE(Ch) (IN_CTYPE_DOMAIN (Ch) && isspace (Ch))
# define ISALPHA(Ch) (IN_CTYPE_DOMAIN (Ch) && isalpha (Ch))
# define TOUPPER(Ch) (IN_CTYPE_DOMAIN (Ch) ? toupper (Ch) : (Ch))
# endif
#endif
/* For compilers which are ansi but don't define __STDC__, like SGI
Irix-4.0.5 cc, also check whether PROTOTYPES is defined. */
#if defined (__STDC__) || defined (PROTOTYPES)
# define INTERNAL(X) INTERNAL1(X)
# define INTERNAL1(X) __##X##_internal
# define WEAKNAME(X) WEAKNAME1(X)
#else
# define INTERNAL(X) __/**/X/**/_internal
#endif
#ifdef USE_NUMBER_GROUPING
/* This file defines a function to check for correct grouping. */
# include "grouping.h"
#endif
/* Convert NPTR to an `unsigned long int' or `long int' in base BASE.
If BASE is 0 the base is determined by the presence of a leading
zero, indicating octal or a leading "0x" or "0X", indicating hexadecimal.
If BASE is < 2 or > 36, it is reset to 10.
If ENDPTR is not NULL, a pointer to the character after the last
one converted is stored in *ENDPTR. */
INT
INTERNAL (strtol) (nptr, endptr, base, group LOCALE_PARAM)
const STRING_TYPE *nptr;
STRING_TYPE **endptr;
int base;
int group;
LOCALE_PARAM_DECL
{
int negative;
register unsigned LONG int cutoff;
register unsigned int cutlim;
register unsigned LONG int i;
register const STRING_TYPE *s;
register UCHAR_TYPE c;
const STRING_TYPE *save, *end;
int overflow;
#ifdef USE_NUMBER_GROUPING
# ifdef USE_IN_EXTENDED_LOCALE_MODEL
struct locale_data *current = loc->__locales[LC_NUMERIC];
# endif
/* The thousands character of the current locale. */
wchar_t thousands = L'\0';
/* The numeric grouping specification of the current locale,
in the format described in <locale.h>. */
const char *grouping;
if (group)
{
grouping = _NL_CURRENT (LC_NUMERIC, GROUPING);
if (*grouping <= 0 || *grouping == CHAR_MAX)
grouping = NULL;
else
{
/* Figure out the thousands separator character. */
# if defined _LIBC || defined _HAVE_BTOWC
thousands = __btowc (*_NL_CURRENT (LC_NUMERIC, THOUSANDS_SEP));
if (thousands == WEOF)
thousands = L'\0';
# endif
if (thousands == L'\0')
grouping = NULL;
}
}
else
grouping = NULL;
#endif
if (base < 0 || base == 1 || base > 36)
{
__set_errno (EINVAL);
return 0;
}
save = s = nptr;
/* Skip white space. */
while (ISSPACE (*s))
++s;
if (*s == L_('\0'))
goto noconv;
/* Check for a sign. */
if (*s == L_('-'))
{
negative = 1;
++s;
}
else if (*s == L_('+'))
{
negative = 0;
++s;
}
else
negative = 0;
/* Recognize number prefix and if BASE is zero, figure it out ourselves. */
if (*s == L_('0'))
{
if ((base == 0 || base == 16) && TOUPPER (s[1]) == L_('X'))
{
s += 2;
base = 16;
}
else if (base == 0)
base = 8;
}
else if (base == 0)
base = 10;
/* Save the pointer so we can check later if anything happened. */
save = s;
#ifdef USE_NUMBER_GROUPING
if (group)
{
/* Find the end of the digit string and check its grouping. */
end = s;
for (c = *end; c != L_('\0'); c = *++end)
if ((wchar_t) c != thousands
&& ((wchar_t) c < L_('0') || (wchar_t) c > L_('9'))
&& (!ISALPHA (c) || (int) (TOUPPER (c) - L_('A') + 10) >= base))
break;
if (*s == thousands)
end = s;
else
end = correctly_grouped_prefix (s, end, thousands, grouping);
}
else
#endif
end = NULL;
cutoff = STRTOL_ULONG_MAX / (unsigned LONG int) base;
cutlim = STRTOL_ULONG_MAX % (unsigned LONG int) base;
overflow = 0;
i = 0;
for (c = *s; c != L_('\0'); c = *++s)
{
if (s == end)
break;
if (c >= L_('0') && c <= L_('9'))
c -= L_('0');
else if (ISALPHA (c))
c = TOUPPER (c) - L_('A') + 10;
else
break;
if ((int) c >= base)
break;
/* Check for overflow. */
if (i > cutoff || (i == cutoff && c > cutlim))
overflow = 1;
else
{
i *= (unsigned LONG int) base;
i += c;
}
}
/* Check if anything actually happened. */
if (s == save)
goto noconv;
/* Store in ENDPTR the address of one character
past the last character we converted. */
if (endptr != NULL)
*endptr = (STRING_TYPE *) s;
#if !UNSIGNED
/* Check for a value that is within the range of
`unsigned LONG int', but outside the range of `LONG int'. */
if (overflow == 0
&& i > (negative
? -((unsigned LONG int) (STRTOL_LONG_MIN + 1)) + 1
: (unsigned LONG int) STRTOL_LONG_MAX))
overflow = 1;
#endif
if (overflow)
{
__set_errno (ERANGE);
#if UNSIGNED
return STRTOL_ULONG_MAX;
#else
return negative ? STRTOL_LONG_MIN : STRTOL_LONG_MAX;
#endif
}
/* Return the result of the appropriate sign. */
return negative ? -i : i;
noconv:
/* We must handle a special case here: the base is 0 or 16 and the
first two characters are '0' and 'x', but the rest are no
hexadecimal digits. This is no error case. We return 0 and
ENDPTR points to the `x`. */
if (endptr != NULL)
{
if (save - nptr >= 2 && TOUPPER (save[-1]) == L_('X')
&& save[-2] == L_('0'))
*endptr = (STRING_TYPE *) &save[-1];
else
/* There was no number to convert. */
*endptr = (STRING_TYPE *) nptr;
}
return 0L;
}
/* External user entry point. */
#if _LIBC - 0 == 0
# undef PARAMS
# if defined (__STDC__) && __STDC__
# define PARAMS(Args) Args
# else
# define PARAMS(Args) ()
# endif
/* Prototype. */
INT strtol PARAMS ((const STRING_TYPE *nptr, STRING_TYPE **endptr, int base));
#endif
INT
#ifdef weak_function
weak_function
#endif
strtol (nptr, endptr, base LOCALE_PARAM)
const STRING_TYPE *nptr;
STRING_TYPE **endptr;
int base;
LOCALE_PARAM_DECL
{
return INTERNAL (strtol) (nptr, endptr, base, 0 LOCALE_PARAM);
}

View File

@ -1,24 +0,0 @@
/* $NetBSD: strtoul.c,v 1.1.1.1 2003/01/26 00:43:15 wiz Exp $ */
/* Copyright (C) 1991, 1999, 2001 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
NOTE: The canonical source of this file is maintained with the GNU C Library.
Bugs can be reported to bug-glibc@prep.ai.mit.edu.
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the
Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) any
later version.
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
GNU General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. */
#define UNSIGNED 1
#include "strtol.c"

View File

@ -1,29 +0,0 @@
/* $NetBSD: strtoull.c,v 1.1.1.1 2003/01/26 00:43:15 wiz Exp $ */
/* Function to parse an `unsigned long long int' from text.
Copyright (C) 1995, 1996, 1997, 1999 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
NOTE: The canonical source of this file is maintained with the GNU C
Library. Bugs can be reported to bug-glibc@gnu.org.
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the
Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) any
later version.
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
GNU General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. */
#define QUAD 1
#include "strtoul.c"
#ifdef _LIBC
strong_alias (__strtoull_internal, __strtouq_internal)
weak_alias (strtoull, strtouq)
#endif

View File

@ -1,4 +0,0 @@
/* $NetBSD: strtoumax.c,v 1.1.1.1 2003/01/26 00:43:15 wiz Exp $ */
#define UNSIGNED 1
#include "strtoimax.c"

View File

@ -1,344 +0,0 @@
/* $NetBSD: tempname.c,v 1.1.1.1 2003/01/26 00:43:15 wiz Exp $ */
/* Copyright (C) 1991-1999, 2000, 2001 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
This file is part of the GNU C Library.
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
any later version.
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
GNU General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. */
#if HAVE_CONFIG_H
# include <config.h>
#endif
#include <sys/types.h>
#include <assert.h>
#include <errno.h>
#ifndef __set_errno
# define __set_errno(Val) errno = (Val)
#endif
#include <stdio.h>
#ifndef P_tmpdir
# define P_tmpdir "/tmp"
#endif
#ifndef TMP_MAX
# define TMP_MAX 238328
#endif
#ifndef __GT_FILE
# define __GT_FILE 0
# define __GT_BIGFILE 1
# define __GT_DIR 2
# define __GT_NOCREATE 3
#endif
#if STDC_HEADERS || _LIBC
# include <stddef.h>
# include <string.h>
#endif
#include <stdlib.h>
#if HAVE_FCNTL_H || _LIBC
# include <fcntl.h>
#endif
#if HAVE_SYS_TIME_H || _LIBC
# include <sys/time.h>
#endif
#if HAVE_STDINT_H || _LIBC
# include <stdint.h>
#endif
#if HAVE_UNISTD_H || _LIBC
# include <unistd.h>
#endif
#include <sys/stat.h>
#if STAT_MACROS_BROKEN
# undef S_ISDIR
#endif
#if !defined S_ISDIR && defined S_IFDIR
# define S_ISDIR(mode) (((mode) & S_IFMT) == S_IFDIR)
#endif
#if !S_IRUSR && S_IREAD
# define S_IRUSR S_IREAD
#endif
#if !S_IRUSR
# define S_IRUSR 00400
#endif
#if !S_IWUSR && S_IWRITE
# define S_IWUSR S_IWRITE
#endif
#if !S_IWUSR
# define S_IWUSR 00200
#endif
#if !S_IXUSR && S_IEXEC
# define S_IXUSR S_IEXEC
#endif
#if !S_IXUSR
# define S_IXUSR 00100
#endif
#if _LIBC
# define struct_stat64 struct stat64
#else
# define struct_stat64 struct stat
# define __getpid getpid
# define __gettimeofday gettimeofday
# define __mkdir mkdir
# define __open open
# define __open64 open
# define __lxstat64(version, path, buf) lstat (path, buf)
# define __xstat64(version, path, buf) stat (path, buf)
#endif
#if ! (HAVE___SECURE_GETENV || _LIBC)
# define __secure_getenv getenv
#endif
#ifdef _LIBC
# include <hp-timing.h>
# if HP_TIMING_AVAIL
# define RANDOM_BITS(Var) \
if (__builtin_expect (value == UINT64_C (0), 0)) \
{ \
/* If this is the first time this function is used initialize \
the variable we accumulate the value in to some somewhat \
random value. If we'd not do this programs at startup time \
might have a reduced set of possible names, at least on slow \
machines. */ \
struct timeval tv; \
__gettimeofday (&tv, NULL); \
value = ((uint64_t) tv.tv_usec << 16) ^ tv.tv_sec; \
} \
HP_TIMING_NOW (Var)
# endif
#endif
/* Use the widest available unsigned type if uint64_t is not
available. The algorithm below extracts a number less than 62**6
(approximately 2**35.725) from uint64_t, so ancient hosts where
uintmax_t is only 32 bits lose about 3.725 bits of randomness,
which is better than not having mkstemp at all. */
#if !defined UINT64_MAX && !defined uint64_t
# define uint64_t uintmax_t
#endif
/* Return nonzero if DIR is an existent directory. */
static int
direxists (const char *dir)
{
struct_stat64 buf;
return __xstat64 (_STAT_VER, dir, &buf) == 0 && S_ISDIR (buf.st_mode);
}
/* Path search algorithm, for tmpnam, tmpfile, etc. If DIR is
non-null and exists, uses it; otherwise uses the first of $TMPDIR,
P_tmpdir, /tmp that exists. Copies into TMPL a template suitable
for use with mk[s]temp. Will fail (-1) if DIR is non-null and
doesn't exist, none of the searched dirs exists, or there's not
enough space in TMPL. */
int
__path_search (char *tmpl, size_t tmpl_len, const char *dir, const char *pfx,
int try_tmpdir)
{
const char *d;
size_t dlen, plen;
if (!pfx || !pfx[0])
{
pfx = "file";
plen = 4;
}
else
{
plen = strlen (pfx);
if (plen > 5)
plen = 5;
}
if (try_tmpdir)
{
d = __secure_getenv ("TMPDIR");
if (d != NULL && direxists (d))
dir = d;
else if (dir != NULL && direxists (dir))
/* nothing */ ;
else
dir = NULL;
}
if (dir == NULL)
{
if (direxists (P_tmpdir))
dir = P_tmpdir;
else if (strcmp (P_tmpdir, "/tmp") != 0 && direxists ("/tmp"))
dir = "/tmp";
else
{
__set_errno (ENOENT);
return -1;
}
}
dlen = strlen (dir);
while (dlen > 1 && dir[dlen - 1] == '/')
dlen--; /* remove trailing slashes */
/* check we have room for "${dir}/${pfx}XXXXXX\0" */
if (tmpl_len < dlen + 1 + plen + 6 + 1)
{
__set_errno (EINVAL);
return -1;
}
sprintf (tmpl, "%.*s/%.*sXXXXXX", (int) dlen, dir, (int) plen, pfx);
return 0;
}
/* These are the characters used in temporary filenames. */
static const char letters[] =
"abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyzABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ0123456789";
/* Generate a temporary file name based on TMPL. TMPL must match the
rules for mk[s]temp (i.e. end in "XXXXXX"). The name constructed
does not exist at the time of the call to __gen_tempname. TMPL is
overwritten with the result.
KIND may be one of:
__GT_NOCREATE: simply verify that the name does not exist
at the time of the call.
__GT_FILE: create the file using open(O_CREAT|O_EXCL)
and return a read-write fd. The file is mode 0600.
__GT_BIGFILE: same as __GT_FILE but use open64().
__GT_DIR: create a directory, which will be mode 0700.
We use a clever algorithm to get hard-to-predict names. */
int
__gen_tempname (char *tmpl, int kind)
{
int len;
char *XXXXXX;
static uint64_t value;
uint64_t random_time_bits;
unsigned int count;
int fd = -1;
int save_errno = errno;
struct_stat64 st;
/* A lower bound on the number of temporary files to attempt to
generate. The maximum total number of temporary file names that
can exist for a given template is 62**6. It should never be
necessary to try all these combinations. Instead if a reasonable
number of names is tried (we define reasonable as 62**3) fail to
give the system administrator the chance to remove the problems. */
unsigned int attempts_min = 62 * 62 * 62;
/* The number of times to attempt to generate a temporary file. To
conform to POSIX, this must be no smaller than TMP_MAX. */
unsigned int attempts = attempts_min < TMP_MAX ? TMP_MAX : attempts_min;
len = strlen (tmpl);
if (len < 6 || strcmp (&tmpl[len - 6], "XXXXXX"))
{
__set_errno (EINVAL);
return -1;
}
/* This is where the Xs start. */
XXXXXX = &tmpl[len - 6];
/* Get some more or less random data. */
#ifdef RANDOM_BITS
RANDOM_BITS (random_time_bits);
#else
# if HAVE_GETTIMEOFDAY || _LIBC
{
struct timeval tv;
__gettimeofday (&tv, NULL);
random_time_bits = ((uint64_t) tv.tv_usec << 16) ^ tv.tv_sec;
}
# else
random_time_bits = time (NULL);
# endif
#endif
value += random_time_bits ^ __getpid ();
for (count = 0; count < attempts; value += 7777, ++count)
{
uint64_t v = value;
/* Fill in the random bits. */
XXXXXX[0] = letters[v % 62];
v /= 62;
XXXXXX[1] = letters[v % 62];
v /= 62;
XXXXXX[2] = letters[v % 62];
v /= 62;
XXXXXX[3] = letters[v % 62];
v /= 62;
XXXXXX[4] = letters[v % 62];
v /= 62;
XXXXXX[5] = letters[v % 62];
switch (kind)
{
case __GT_FILE:
fd = __open (tmpl, O_RDWR | O_CREAT | O_EXCL, S_IRUSR | S_IWUSR);
break;
case __GT_BIGFILE:
fd = __open64 (tmpl, O_RDWR | O_CREAT | O_EXCL, S_IRUSR | S_IWUSR);
break;
case __GT_DIR:
fd = __mkdir (tmpl, S_IRUSR | S_IWUSR | S_IXUSR);
break;
case __GT_NOCREATE:
/* This case is backward from the other three. __gen_tempname
succeeds if __xstat fails because the name does not exist.
Note the continue to bypass the common logic at the bottom
of the loop. */
if (__lxstat64 (_STAT_VER, tmpl, &st) < 0)
{
if (errno == ENOENT)
{
__set_errno (save_errno);
return 0;
}
else
/* Give up now. */
return -1;
}
continue;
default:
assert (! "invalid KIND in __gen_tempname");
}
if (fd >= 0)
{
__set_errno (save_errno);
return fd;
}
else if (errno != EEXIST)
return -1;
}
/* We got out of the loop because we ran out of combinations to try. */
__set_errno (EEXIST);
return -1;
}

View File

@ -1,5 +0,0 @@
/* $NetBSD: umaxtostr.c,v 1.1.1.1 2003/01/26 00:43:15 wiz Exp $ */
#define inttostr umaxtostr
#define inttype uintmax_t
#include "inttostr.c"

View File

@ -1,71 +0,0 @@
/* $NetBSD: unlocked-io.h,v 1.1.1.1 2003/01/26 00:43:14 wiz Exp $ */
#ifndef UNLOCKED_IO_H
# define UNLOCKED_IO_H 1
# ifndef USE_UNLOCKED_IO
# define USE_UNLOCKED_IO 1
# endif
# if USE_UNLOCKED_IO
/* These are wrappers for functions/macros from GNU libc.
The standard I/O functions are thread-safe. These *_unlocked ones are
more efficient but not thread-safe. That they're not thread-safe is
fine since all of the applications in this package are single threaded. */
# if HAVE_DECL_CLEARERR_UNLOCKED
# undef clearerr
# define clearerr(x) clearerr_unlocked (x)
# endif
# if HAVE_DECL_FEOF_UNLOCKED
# undef feof
# define feof(x) feof_unlocked (x)
# endif
# if HAVE_DECL_FERROR_UNLOCKED
# undef ferror
# define ferror(x) ferror_unlocked (x)
# endif
# if HAVE_DECL_FFLUSH_UNLOCKED
# undef fflush
# define fflush(x) fflush_unlocked (x)
# endif
# if HAVE_DECL_FGETS_UNLOCKED
# undef fgets
# define fgets(x,y,z) fgets_unlocked (x,y,z)
# endif
# if HAVE_DECL_FPUTC_UNLOCKED
# undef fputc
# define fputc(x,y) fputc_unlocked (x,y)
# endif
# if HAVE_DECL_FPUTS_UNLOCKED
# undef fputs
# define fputs(x,y) fputs_unlocked (x,y)
# endif
# if HAVE_DECL_FREAD_UNLOCKED
# undef fread
# define fread(w,x,y,z) fread_unlocked (w,x,y,z)
# endif
# if HAVE_DECL_FWRITE_UNLOCKED
# undef fwrite
# define fwrite(w,x,y,z) fwrite_unlocked (w,x,y,z)
# endif
# if HAVE_DECL_GETC_UNLOCKED
# undef getc
# define getc(x) getc_unlocked (x)
# endif
# if HAVE_DECL_GETCHAR_UNLOCKED
# undef getchar
# define getchar() getchar_unlocked ()
# endif
# if HAVE_DECL_PUTC_UNLOCKED
# undef putc
# define putc(x,y) putc_unlocked (x,y)
# endif
# if HAVE_DECL_PUTCHAR_UNLOCKED
# undef putchar
# define putchar(x) putchar_unlocked (x)
# endif
# endif /* USE_UNLOCKED_IO */
#endif /* UNLOCKED_IO_H */

View File

@ -1,74 +0,0 @@
/* $NetBSD: waitpid.c,v 1.1.1.1 2003/01/26 00:43:15 wiz Exp $ */
/* Emulate waitpid on systems that just have wait.
Copyright (C) 1994, 1995, 1998, 1999 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
any later version.
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
GNU General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
along with this program; see the file COPYING.
If not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. */
#if HAVE_CONFIG_H
# include <config.h>
#endif
#include <errno.h>
#ifndef errno
extern int errno;
#endif
#define WAITPID_CHILDREN 8
static pid_t waited_pid[WAITPID_CHILDREN];
static int waited_status[WAITPID_CHILDREN];
pid_t
waitpid (pid_t pid, int *stat_loc, int options)
{
int i;
pid_t p;
if (!options && (pid == -1 || 0 < pid))
{
/* If we have already waited for this child, return it immediately. */
for (i = 0; i < WAITPID_CHILDREN; i++)
{
p = waited_pid[i];
if (p && (p == pid || pid == -1))
{
waited_pid[i] = 0;
goto success;
}
}
/* The child has not returned yet; wait for it, accumulating status. */
for (i = 0; i < WAITPID_CHILDREN; i++)
if (! waited_pid[i])
{
p = wait (&waited_status[i]);
if (p < 0)
return p;
if (p == pid || pid == -1)
goto success;
waited_pid[i] = p;
}
}
/* We cannot emulate this wait call, e.g. because of too many children. */
errno = EINVAL;
return -1;
success:
if (stat_loc)
*stat_loc = waited_status[i];
return p;
}

View File

@ -1,84 +0,0 @@
/* $NetBSD: xalloc.h,v 1.1.1.1 2003/01/26 00:43:14 wiz Exp $ */
/* xalloc.h -- malloc with out-of-memory checking
Copyright (C) 1990-1998, 1999, 2000, 2002 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
any later version.
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
GNU General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. */
#ifndef XALLOC_H_
# define XALLOC_H_
# ifndef PARAMS
# if defined PROTOTYPES || (defined __STDC__ && __STDC__)
# define PARAMS(Args) Args
# else
# define PARAMS(Args) ()
# endif
# endif
# ifndef __attribute__
# if __GNUC__ < 2 || (__GNUC__ == 2 && __GNUC_MINOR__ < 8) || __STRICT_ANSI__
# define __attribute__(x)
# endif
# endif
# ifndef ATTRIBUTE_NORETURN
# define ATTRIBUTE_NORETURN __attribute__ ((__noreturn__))
# endif
/* If this pointer is non-zero, run the specified function upon each
allocation failure. It is initialized to zero. */
extern void (*xalloc_fail_func) PARAMS ((void));
/* If XALLOC_FAIL_FUNC is undefined or a function that returns, this
message is output. It is translated via gettext.
Its value is "memory exhausted". */
extern char const xalloc_msg_memory_exhausted[];
/* This function is always triggered when memory is exhausted. It is
in charge of honoring the three previous items. This is the
function to call when one wants the program to die because of a
memory allocation failure. */
extern void xalloc_die PARAMS ((void)) ATTRIBUTE_NORETURN;
void *xmalloc PARAMS ((size_t n));
void *xcalloc PARAMS ((size_t n, size_t s));
void *xrealloc PARAMS ((void *p, size_t n));
char *xstrdup PARAMS ((const char *str));
# define XMALLOC(Type, N_items) ((Type *) xmalloc (sizeof (Type) * (N_items)))
# define XCALLOC(Type, N_items) ((Type *) xcalloc (sizeof (Type), (N_items)))
# define XREALLOC(Ptr, Type, N_items) \
((Type *) xrealloc ((void *) (Ptr), sizeof (Type) * (N_items)))
/* Declare and alloc memory for VAR of type TYPE. */
# define NEW(Type, Var) Type *(Var) = XMALLOC (Type, 1)
/* Free VAR only if non NULL. */
# define XFREE(Var) \
do { \
if (Var) \
free (Var); \
} while (0)
/* Return a pointer to a malloc'ed copy of the array SRC of NUM elements. */
# define CCLONE(Src, Num) \
(memcpy (xmalloc (sizeof (*Src) * (Num)), (Src), sizeof (*Src) * (Num)))
/* Return a malloc'ed copy of SRC. */
# define CLONE(Src) CCLONE (Src, 1)
#endif /* !XALLOC_H_ */

View File

@ -1,115 +0,0 @@
/* $NetBSD: xmalloc.c,v 1.2 2012/03/12 17:41:59 christos Exp $ */
/* xmalloc.c -- malloc with out of memory checking
Copyright (C) 1990-1999, 2000, 2002 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
any later version.
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
GNU General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. */
#if HAVE_CONFIG_H
# include <config.h>
#endif
#include <sys/types.h>
#if STDC_HEADERS
# include <stdlib.h>
#else
void *calloc ();
void *malloc ();
void *realloc ();
void free ();
#endif
#if ENABLE_NLS
# include <libintl.h>
# define _(Text) gettext (Text)
#else
# define textdomain(Domain)
# define _(Text) Text
#endif
#define N_(Text) Text
#include "error.h"
#include "exitfail.h"
#include "xalloc.h"
#ifndef EXIT_FAILURE
# define EXIT_FAILURE 1
#endif
#ifndef HAVE_DONE_WORKING_MALLOC_CHECK
"you must run the autoconf test for a properly working malloc -- see malloc.m4"
#endif
#ifndef HAVE_DONE_WORKING_REALLOC_CHECK
"you must run the autoconf test for a properly working realloc --see realloc.m4"
#endif
/* If non NULL, call this function when memory is exhausted. */
void (*xalloc_fail_func) PARAMS ((void)) = 0;
/* If XALLOC_FAIL_FUNC is NULL, or does return, display this message
before exiting when memory is exhausted. Goes through gettext. */
char const xalloc_msg_memory_exhausted[] = N_("memory exhausted");
void
xalloc_die (void)
{
if (xalloc_fail_func)
(*xalloc_fail_func) ();
error (exit_failure, 0, "%s", _(xalloc_msg_memory_exhausted));
/* The `noreturn' cannot be given to error, since it may return if
its first argument is 0. To help compilers understand the
xalloc_die does terminate, call exit. */
exit (EXIT_FAILURE);
}
/* Allocate N bytes of memory dynamically, with error checking. */
void *
xmalloc (size_t n)
{
void *p;
p = malloc (n);
if (p == 0 && n)
xalloc_die ();
return p;
}
/* Change the size of an allocated block of memory P to N bytes,
with error checking. */
void *
xrealloc (void *p, size_t n)
{
p = realloc (p, n);
if (p == 0 && n)
xalloc_die ();
return p;
}
/* Allocate memory for N elements of S bytes, with error checking. */
void *
xcalloc (size_t n, size_t s)
{
void *p;
p = calloc (n, s);
if (p == 0 && n && s)
xalloc_die ();
return p;
}

View File

@ -1,304 +0,0 @@
/* $NetBSD: xstrtol.c,v 1.1.1.1 2003/01/26 00:43:15 wiz Exp $ */
/* A more useful interface to strtol.
Copyright (C) 1995, 1996, 1998-2001 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
any later version.
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
GNU General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. */
/* Written by Jim Meyering. */
#if HAVE_CONFIG_H
# include <config.h>
#endif
#ifndef __strtol
# define __strtol strtol
# define __strtol_t long int
# define __xstrtol xstrtol
#endif
/* Some pre-ANSI implementations (e.g. SunOS 4)
need stderr defined if assertion checking is enabled. */
#include <stdio.h>
#if STDC_HEADERS
# include <stdlib.h>
#endif
#if HAVE_STRING_H
# include <string.h>
#else
# include <strings.h>
# ifndef strchr
# define strchr index
# endif
#endif
#include <assert.h>
#include <ctype.h>
#include <errno.h>
#ifndef errno
extern int errno;
#endif
#if HAVE_LIMITS_H
# include <limits.h>
#endif
#ifndef CHAR_BIT
# define CHAR_BIT 8
#endif
/* The extra casts work around common compiler bugs. */
#define TYPE_SIGNED(t) (! ((t) 0 < (t) -1))
/* The outer cast is needed to work around a bug in Cray C 5.0.3.0.
It is necessary at least when t == time_t. */
#define TYPE_MINIMUM(t) ((t) (TYPE_SIGNED (t) \
? ~ (t) 0 << (sizeof (t) * CHAR_BIT - 1) : (t) 0))
#define TYPE_MAXIMUM(t) (~ (t) 0 - TYPE_MINIMUM (t))
#if defined (STDC_HEADERS) || (!defined (isascii) && !defined (HAVE_ISASCII))
# define IN_CTYPE_DOMAIN(c) 1
#else
# define IN_CTYPE_DOMAIN(c) isascii(c)
#endif
#define ISSPACE(c) (IN_CTYPE_DOMAIN (c) && isspace (c))
#include "xstrtol.h"
#if !HAVE_DECL_STRTOL && !defined strtol
long int strtol ();
#endif
#if !HAVE_DECL_STRTOUL && !defined strtoul
unsigned long int strtoul ();
#endif
#if !HAVE_DECL_STRTOIMAX && !defined strtoimax
intmax_t strtoimax ();
#endif
#if !HAVE_DECL_STRTOUMAX && !defined strtoumax
uintmax_t strtoumax ();
#endif
static int
bkm_scale (__strtol_t *x, int scale_factor)
{
__strtol_t product = *x * scale_factor;
if (*x != product / scale_factor)
return 1;
*x = product;
return 0;
}
static int
bkm_scale_by_power (__strtol_t *x, int base, int power)
{
while (power--)
if (bkm_scale (x, base))
return 1;
return 0;
}
/* FIXME: comment. */
strtol_error
__xstrtol (const char *s, char **ptr, int strtol_base,
__strtol_t *val, const char *valid_suffixes)
{
char *t_ptr;
char **p;
__strtol_t tmp;
assert (0 <= strtol_base && strtol_base <= 36);
p = (ptr ? ptr : &t_ptr);
if (! TYPE_SIGNED (__strtol_t))
{
const char *q = s;
while (ISSPACE ((unsigned char) *q))
++q;
if (*q == '-')
return LONGINT_INVALID;
}
errno = 0;
tmp = __strtol (s, p, strtol_base);
if (errno != 0)
return LONGINT_OVERFLOW;
if (*p == s)
{
/* If there is no number but there is a valid suffix, assume the
number is 1. The string is invalid otherwise. */
if (valid_suffixes && **p && strchr (valid_suffixes, **p))
tmp = 1;
else
return LONGINT_INVALID;
}
/* Let valid_suffixes == NULL mean `allow any suffix'. */
/* FIXME: update all callers except the ones that allow suffixes
after the number, changing last parameter NULL to `""'. */
if (!valid_suffixes)
{
*val = tmp;
return LONGINT_OK;
}
if (**p != '\0')
{
int base = 1024;
int suffixes = 1;
int overflow;
if (!strchr (valid_suffixes, **p))
{
*val = tmp;
return LONGINT_INVALID_SUFFIX_CHAR;
}
if (strchr (valid_suffixes, '0'))
{
/* The ``valid suffix'' '0' is a special flag meaning that
an optional second suffix is allowed, which can change
the base. A suffix "B" (e.g. "100MB") stands for a power
of 1000, whereas a suffix "iB" (e.g. "100MiB") stands for
a power of 1024. If no suffix (e.g. "100M"), assume
power-of-1024. */
switch (p[0][1])
{
case 'i':
if (p[0][2] == 'B')
suffixes += 2;
break;
case 'B':
case 'D': /* 'D' is obsolescent */
base = 1000;
suffixes++;
break;
}
}
switch (**p)
{
case 'b':
overflow = bkm_scale (&tmp, 512);
break;
case 'B':
overflow = bkm_scale (&tmp, 1024);
break;
case 'c':
overflow = 0;
break;
case 'E': /* exa or exbi */
overflow = bkm_scale_by_power (&tmp, base, 6);
break;
case 'G': /* giga or gibi */
case 'g': /* 'g' is undocumented; for compatibility only */
overflow = bkm_scale_by_power (&tmp, base, 3);
break;
case 'k': /* kilo */
case 'K': /* kibi */
overflow = bkm_scale_by_power (&tmp, base, 1);
break;
case 'M': /* mega or mebi */
case 'm': /* 'm' is undocumented; for compatibility only */
overflow = bkm_scale_by_power (&tmp, base, 2);
break;
case 'P': /* peta or pebi */
overflow = bkm_scale_by_power (&tmp, base, 5);
break;
case 'T': /* tera or tebi */
case 't': /* 't' is undocumented; for compatibility only */
overflow = bkm_scale_by_power (&tmp, base, 4);
break;
case 'w':
overflow = bkm_scale (&tmp, 2);
break;
case 'Y': /* yotta or 2**80 */
overflow = bkm_scale_by_power (&tmp, base, 8);
break;
case 'Z': /* zetta or 2**70 */
overflow = bkm_scale_by_power (&tmp, base, 7);
break;
default:
*val = tmp;
return LONGINT_INVALID_SUFFIX_CHAR;
break;
}
if (overflow)
return LONGINT_OVERFLOW;
(*p) += suffixes;
}
*val = tmp;
return LONGINT_OK;
}
#ifdef TESTING_XSTRTO
# include <stdio.h>
# include "error.h"
char *program_name;
int
main (int argc, char** argv)
{
strtol_error s_err;
int i;
program_name = argv[0];
for (i=1; i<argc; i++)
{
char *p;
__strtol_t val;
s_err = __xstrtol (argv[i], &p, 0, &val, "bckmw");
if (s_err == LONGINT_OK)
{
printf ("%s->%lu (%s)\n", argv[i], val, p);
}
else
{
STRTOL_FATAL_ERROR (argv[i], "arg", s_err);
}
}
exit (0);
}
#endif /* TESTING_XSTRTO */

View File

@ -1,84 +0,0 @@
/* $NetBSD: xstrtol.h,v 1.1.1.1 2003/01/26 00:43:14 wiz Exp $ */
/* A more useful interface to strtol.
Copyright 1995, 1996, 1998, 1999, 2001 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
any later version.
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
GNU General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. */
#ifndef XSTRTOL_H_
# define XSTRTOL_H_ 1
# if HAVE_INTTYPES_H
# include <inttypes.h> /* for uintmax_t */
# endif
# ifndef PARAMS
# if defined PROTOTYPES || (defined __STDC__ && __STDC__)
# define PARAMS(Args) Args
# else
# define PARAMS(Args) ()
# endif
# endif
# ifndef _STRTOL_ERROR
enum strtol_error
{
LONGINT_OK, LONGINT_INVALID, LONGINT_INVALID_SUFFIX_CHAR, LONGINT_OVERFLOW
};
typedef enum strtol_error strtol_error;
# endif
# define _DECLARE_XSTRTOL(name, type) \
strtol_error \
name PARAMS ((const char *s, char **ptr, int base, \
type *val, const char *valid_suffixes));
_DECLARE_XSTRTOL (xstrtol, long int)
_DECLARE_XSTRTOL (xstrtoul, unsigned long int)
_DECLARE_XSTRTOL (xstrtoimax, intmax_t)
_DECLARE_XSTRTOL (xstrtoumax, uintmax_t)
# define _STRTOL_ERROR(Exit_code, Str, Argument_type_string, Err) \
do \
{ \
switch ((Err)) \
{ \
case LONGINT_OK: \
abort (); \
\
case LONGINT_INVALID: \
error ((Exit_code), 0, "invalid %s `%s'", \
(Argument_type_string), (Str)); \
break; \
\
case LONGINT_INVALID_SUFFIX_CHAR: \
error ((Exit_code), 0, "invalid character following %s in `%s'", \
(Argument_type_string), (Str)); \
break; \
\
case LONGINT_OVERFLOW: \
error ((Exit_code), 0, "%s `%s' too large", \
(Argument_type_string), (Str)); \
break; \
} \
} \
while (0)
# define STRTOL_FATAL_ERROR(Str, Argument_type_string, Err) \
_STRTOL_ERROR (2, Str, Argument_type_string, Err)
# define STRTOL_FAIL_WARN(Str, Argument_type_string, Err) \
_STRTOL_ERROR (0, Str, Argument_type_string, Err)
#endif /* not XSTRTOL_H_ */

View File

@ -1,33 +0,0 @@
/* $NetBSD: xstrtoumax.c,v 1.1.1.1 2003/01/26 00:43:15 wiz Exp $ */
/* xstrtoumax.c -- A more useful interface to strtoumax.
Copyright 1999 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
any later version.
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
GNU General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. */
/* Written by Paul Eggert. */
#if HAVE_CONFIG_H
# include <config.h>
#endif
#if HAVE_INTTYPES_H
# include <inttypes.h>
#endif
#define __strtol strtoumax
#define __strtol_t uintmax_t
#define __xstrtol xstrtoumax
#include "xstrtol.c"

View File

@ -1,50 +0,0 @@
## Process this file with automake to produce Makefile.in -*-Makefile-*-
##m4-files-begin
EXTRA_DIST = \
README jm-glibc-io.m4 Makefile.am.in \
c-bs-a.m4 \
c-stack.m4 \
check-decl.m4 \
codeset.m4 \
dos.m4 \
error.m4 \
fnmatch.m4 \
gettext.m4 \
glibc21.m4 \
gnu-source.m4 \
iconv.m4 \
inttypes.m4 \
jm-glibc-io.m4 \
lcmessage.m4 \
lib-ld.m4 \
lib-link.m4 \
lib-prefix.m4 \
longlong.m4 \
malloc.m4 \
mbrtowc.m4 \
mbstate_t.m4 \
prereq.m4 \
progtest.m4 \
realloc.m4 \
regex.m4 \
setmode.m4 \
st_mtim.m4 \
stdbool.m4 \
strftime.m4 \
vararrays.m4 \
xstrtoumax.m4
##m4-files-end
Makefile.am: Makefile.am.in
rm -f $@ $@t
sed -n '1,/^##m4-files-begin/p' $< > $@t
(((echo EXTRA_DIST =; \
echo " README jm-glibc-io.m4 Makefile.am.in" \
) | tr '\012' @); \
(echo *.m4|tr ' ' @) ) \
|sed 's/@$$/%/;s/@/ \\@/g' |tr @% '\012\012' \
>> $@t
sed -n '/^##m4-files-end/,$$p' $< >> $@t
chmod a-w $@t
mv $@t $@

View File

@ -1,17 +0,0 @@
## Process this file with automake to produce Makefile.in -*-Makefile-*-
##m4-files-begin
##m4-files-end
Makefile.am: Makefile.am.in
rm -f $@ $@t
sed -n '1,/^##m4-files-begin/p' $< > $@t
(((echo EXTRA_DIST =; \
echo " README jm-glibc-io.m4 Makefile.am.in" \
) | tr '\012' @); \
(echo *.m4|tr ' ' @) ) \
|sed 's/@$$/%/;s/@/ \\@/g' |tr @% '\012\012' \
>> $@t
sed -n '/^##m4-files-end/,$$p' $< >> $@t
chmod a-w $@t
mv $@t $@

View File

@ -1,272 +0,0 @@
# Makefile.in generated by automake 1.6 from Makefile.am.
# @configure_input@
# Copyright 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002
# Free Software Foundation, Inc.
# This Makefile.in is free software; the Free Software Foundation
# gives unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it,
# with or without modifications, as long as this notice is preserved.
# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY, to the extent permitted by law; without
# even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A
# PARTICULAR PURPOSE.
@SET_MAKE@
SHELL = @SHELL@
srcdir = @srcdir@
top_srcdir = @top_srcdir@
VPATH = @srcdir@
prefix = @prefix@
exec_prefix = @exec_prefix@
bindir = @bindir@
sbindir = @sbindir@
libexecdir = @libexecdir@
datadir = @datadir@
sysconfdir = @sysconfdir@
sharedstatedir = @sharedstatedir@
localstatedir = @localstatedir@
libdir = @libdir@
infodir = @infodir@
mandir = @mandir@
includedir = @includedir@
oldincludedir = /usr/include
pkgdatadir = $(datadir)/@PACKAGE@
pkglibdir = $(libdir)/@PACKAGE@
pkgincludedir = $(includedir)/@PACKAGE@
top_builddir = ..
ACLOCAL = @ACLOCAL@
AUTOCONF = @AUTOCONF@
AUTOMAKE = @AUTOMAKE@
AUTOHEADER = @AUTOHEADER@
am__cd = CDPATH="$${ZSH_VERSION+.}$(PATH_SEPARATOR)" && cd
INSTALL = @INSTALL@
INSTALL_PROGRAM = @INSTALL_PROGRAM@
INSTALL_DATA = @INSTALL_DATA@
install_sh_DATA = $(install_sh) -c -m 644
install_sh_PROGRAM = $(install_sh) -c
INSTALL_SCRIPT = @INSTALL_SCRIPT@
INSTALL_HEADER = $(INSTALL_DATA)
transform = @program_transform_name@
NORMAL_INSTALL = :
PRE_INSTALL = :
POST_INSTALL = :
NORMAL_UNINSTALL = :
PRE_UNINSTALL = :
POST_UNINSTALL = :
host_alias = @host_alias@
host_triplet = @host@
EXEEXT = @EXEEXT@
OBJEXT = @OBJEXT@
PATH_SEPARATOR = @PATH_SEPARATOR@
AMTAR = @AMTAR@
AWK = @AWK@
BUILD_INCLUDED_LIBINTL = @BUILD_INCLUDED_LIBINTL@
CATOBJEXT = @CATOBJEXT@
CC = @CC@
CPP = @CPP@
DATADIRNAME = @DATADIRNAME@
DEPDIR = @DEPDIR@
GENCAT = @GENCAT@
GLIBC21 = @GLIBC21@
GMSGFMT = @GMSGFMT@
HAVE_LIB = @HAVE_LIB@
HELP2MAN = @HELP2MAN@
INSTALL_STRIP_PROGRAM = @INSTALL_STRIP_PROGRAM@
INSTOBJEXT = @INSTOBJEXT@
INTLBISON = @INTLBISON@
INTLLIBS = @INTLLIBS@
INTLOBJS = @INTLOBJS@
INTL_LIBTOOL_SUFFIX_PREFIX = @INTL_LIBTOOL_SUFFIX_PREFIX@
LIB = @LIB@
LIBICONV = @LIBICONV@
LIBINTL = @LIBINTL@
LIB_CLOCK_GETTIME = @LIB_CLOCK_GETTIME@
LTLIB = @LTLIB@
LTLIBICONV = @LTLIBICONV@
LTLIBINTL = @LTLIBINTL@
MKINSTALLDIRS = @MKINSTALLDIRS@
PACKAGE = @PACKAGE@
POSUB = @POSUB@
PR_PROGRAM = @PR_PROGRAM@
RANLIB = @RANLIB@
STRIP = @STRIP@
U = @U@
USE_INCLUDED_LIBINTL = @USE_INCLUDED_LIBINTL@
USE_NLS = @USE_NLS@
VERSION = @VERSION@
am__include = @am__include@
am__quote = @am__quote@
install_sh = @install_sh@
EXTRA_DIST = \
README jm-glibc-io.m4 Makefile.am.in \
c-bs-a.m4 \
c-stack.m4 \
check-decl.m4 \
codeset.m4 \
dos.m4 \
error.m4 \
fnmatch.m4 \
gettext.m4 \
glibc21.m4 \
gnu-source.m4 \
iconv.m4 \
inttypes.m4 \
jm-glibc-io.m4 \
lcmessage.m4 \
lib-ld.m4 \
lib-link.m4 \
lib-prefix.m4 \
longlong.m4 \
malloc.m4 \
mbrtowc.m4 \
mbstate_t.m4 \
prereq.m4 \
progtest.m4 \
realloc.m4 \
regex.m4 \
setmode.m4 \
st_mtim.m4 \
stdbool.m4 \
strftime.m4 \
vararrays.m4 \
xstrtoumax.m4
subdir = m4
mkinstalldirs = $(SHELL) $(top_srcdir)/config/mkinstalldirs
CONFIG_HEADER = $(top_builddir)/config.h
CONFIG_CLEAN_FILES =
DIST_SOURCES =
DIST_COMMON = README Makefile.am Makefile.in
all: all-am
.SUFFIXES:
$(srcdir)/Makefile.in: Makefile.am $(top_srcdir)/configure.ac $(ACLOCAL_M4)
cd $(top_srcdir) && \
$(AUTOMAKE) --gnits m4/Makefile
Makefile: $(srcdir)/Makefile.in $(top_builddir)/config.status
cd $(top_builddir) && $(SHELL) ./config.status $(subdir)/$@ $(am__depfiles_maybe)
uninstall-info-am:
tags: TAGS
TAGS:
DISTFILES = $(DIST_COMMON) $(DIST_SOURCES) $(TEXINFOS) $(EXTRA_DIST)
top_distdir = ..
distdir = $(top_distdir)/$(PACKAGE)-$(VERSION)
distdir: $(DISTFILES)
@for file in $(DISTFILES); do \
if test -f $$file || test -d $$file; then d=.; else d=$(srcdir); fi; \
dir=`echo "$$file" | sed -e 's,/[^/]*$$,,'`; \
if test "$$dir" != "$$file" && test "$$dir" != "."; then \
dir="/$$dir"; \
$(mkinstalldirs) "$(distdir)$$dir"; \
else \
dir=''; \
fi; \
if test -d $$d/$$file; then \
cp -pR $$d/$$file $(distdir)$$dir \
|| exit 1; \
else \
test -f $(distdir)/$$file \
|| cp -p $$d/$$file $(distdir)/$$file \
|| exit 1; \
fi; \
done
check-am: all-am
check: check-am
all-am: Makefile
installdirs:
install: install-am
install-exec: install-exec-am
install-data: install-data-am
uninstall: uninstall-am
install-am: all-am
@$(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) install-exec-am install-data-am
installcheck: installcheck-am
install-strip:
$(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) INSTALL_PROGRAM="$(INSTALL_STRIP_PROGRAM)" \
INSTALL_STRIP_FLAG=-s \
`test -z '$(STRIP)' || \
echo "INSTALL_PROGRAM_ENV=STRIPPROG='$(STRIP)'"` install
mostlyclean-generic:
clean-generic:
distclean-generic:
-rm -f Makefile $(CONFIG_CLEAN_FILES) stamp-h stamp-h[0-9]*
maintainer-clean-generic:
@echo "This command is intended for maintainers to use"
@echo "it deletes files that may require special tools to rebuild."
clean: clean-am
clean-am: clean-generic mostlyclean-am
distclean: distclean-am
distclean-am: clean-am distclean-generic
dvi: dvi-am
dvi-am:
info: info-am
info-am:
install-data-am:
install-exec-am:
install-info: install-info-am
install-man:
installcheck-am:
maintainer-clean: maintainer-clean-am
maintainer-clean-am: distclean-am maintainer-clean-generic
mostlyclean: mostlyclean-am
mostlyclean-am: mostlyclean-generic
uninstall-am: uninstall-info-am
.PHONY: all all-am check check-am clean clean-generic distclean \
distclean-generic distdir dvi dvi-am info info-am install \
install-am install-data install-data-am install-exec \
install-exec-am install-info install-info-am install-man \
install-strip installcheck installcheck-am installdirs \
maintainer-clean maintainer-clean-generic mostlyclean \
mostlyclean-generic uninstall uninstall-am uninstall-info-am
Makefile.am: Makefile.am.in
rm -f $@ $@t
sed -n '1,/^##m4-files-begin/p' $< > $@t
(((echo EXTRA_DIST =; \
echo " README jm-glibc-io.m4 Makefile.am.in" \
) | tr '\012' @); \
(echo *.m4|tr ' ' @) ) \
|sed 's/@$$/%/;s/@/ \\@/g' |tr @% '\012\012' \
>> $@t
sed -n '/^##m4-files-end/,$$p' $< >> $@t
chmod a-w $@t
mv $@t $@
# Tell versions [3.59,3.63) of GNU make to not export all variables.
# Otherwise a system limit (for SysV at least) may be exceeded.
.NOEXPORT:

View File

@ -1,10 +0,0 @@
Many of the files in this directory are taken from the fileutils,
shellutils, and textutils packages.
These files are used by a program called aclocal (part of the GNU automake
package). aclocal uses these files to create aclocal.m4 which is in turn
used by autoconf to create the configure script at the top level in
this distribution.
The Makefile.am file in this directory is automatically generated
from the template file, Makefile.am.in.

Some files were not shown because too many files have changed in this diff Show More